summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/dviware/dvibook
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /dviware/dvibook
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'dviware/dvibook')
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Imakefile28
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Makefile356
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.c871
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.man52
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/Imakefile20
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.c756
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.man46
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.pdfbin0 -> 44133 bytes
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/Imakefile20
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.c1054
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.man129
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Imakefile28
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Makefile356
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.c1141
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.man137
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Imake.Config205
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Imake.cpp33
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Imake.m489
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/Imakefile121
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/NoImake17
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/README21
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/Imakefile44
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/Makefile388
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/bcopy.c26
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/bzero.c17
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.c52
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.h89
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/convstruct.h38
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvi_draw.c390
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.c97
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.h71
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvicodes.h73
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.c243
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.h112
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.c1188
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.h145
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.c197
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.h14
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/findpost.c86
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.c44
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.h53
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.c537
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.h301
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/font_subr.c251
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/getopt.c69
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.c81
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.h58
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfcodes.h44
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gffont.c943
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes.h16
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes0.c98
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes1.c161
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/magfactor.c40
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/num.h39
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/pkfont.c729
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/postamble.h48
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/pxlfont.c304
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/rotate.c154
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/rstfont.c299
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/scaletfm.c120
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/scanpost.c111
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.c642
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.h54
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.c180
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.h37
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.c147
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.h14
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/skip.c30
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/split.c226
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/strsave.c29
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/strtol.c56
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/tempfile.c77
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.c122
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.h84
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfmfont.c260
-rw-r--r--dviware/dvibook/libtex/types.h107
76 files changed, 15315 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Imakefile b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Imakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2ae432374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Imakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+OBJS =dvibook.o
+SRCS =dvibook.c
+
+ LIBTEXROOT= ../
+ LIBTEXSRC = ../libtex
+ LIBTEX = $(LIBTEXSRC)/libtex.a
+ DEPLIBTEX = $(LIBTEX)
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPLIBTEX) XawClientDepLibs
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(LIBTEX)
+
+ DEFINES = -I$(LIBTEXROOT)
+
+FILES =Imakefile dvibook.man Makefile.raw $(SRCS)
+
+all: dvibook
+
+NormalProgramTarget(dvibook,$(OBJS),$(DEPLIBS),$(LOCAL_LIBRARIES),$(SYSLIBS))
+InstallProgram(dvibook, $(BINDIR))
+InstallManPage(dvibook,$(MANDIR))
+DependTarget()
+TagsTarget()
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/Dvibook/$$file; \
+ done
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Makefile b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cea59ac94b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+# Makefile generated by imake - do not edit!
+# $XConsortium: imake.c,v 1.65 91/07/25 17:50:17 rws Exp $
+#
+# The cpp used on this machine replaces all newlines and multiple tabs and
+# spaces in a macro expansion with a single space. Imake tries to compensate
+# for this, but is not always successful.
+#
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Makefile generated from "Imake.tmpl" and <Imakefile>
+# $XConsortium: Imake.tmpl,v 1.139 91/09/16 08:52:48 rws Exp $
+#
+# Platform-specific parameters may be set in the appropriate <vendor>.cf
+# configuration files. Site-specific parameters should be set in the file
+# site.def. Full rebuilds are recommended if any parameters are changed.
+#
+# If your C preprocessor does not define any unique symbols, you will need
+# to set BOOTSTRAPCFLAGS when rebuilding imake (usually when doing
+# "make World" the first time).
+#
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# site-specific configuration parameters that need to come before
+# the platform-specific parameters - edit site.def to change
+
+# site: $XConsortium: site.def,v 1.2 91/07/30 20:26:44 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# platform-specific configuration parameters - edit sun.cf to change
+
+# platform: $XConsortium: sun.cf,v 1.69 91/09/09 18:23:59 rws Exp $
+
+# operating system: SunOS 4.1.1
+
+# $XConsortium: sunLib.rules,v 1.6 91/03/24 17:55:58 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# site-specific configuration parameters that go after
+# the platform-specific parameters - edit site.def to change
+
+# site: $XConsortium: site.def,v 1.2 91/07/30 20:26:44 rws Exp $
+
+ SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ TOP = .
+ CURRENT_DIR = .
+
+ AR = ar clq
+ BOOTSTRAPCFLAGS =
+ CC = cc
+ AS = as
+
+ COMPRESS = compress
+ CPP = /lib/cpp $(STD_CPP_DEFINES)
+ PREPROCESSCMD = cc -E $(STD_CPP_DEFINES)
+ INSTALL = /usr/local/bin/install
+ LD = ld
+ LINT = lint
+ LINTLIBFLAG = -C
+ LINTOPTS = -axz
+ LN = ln -s
+ MAKE = make
+ MV = mv
+ CP = cp
+
+ RANLIB = ranlib
+ RANLIBINSTFLAGS =
+
+ RM = rm -f
+ TROFF = psroff
+ MSMACROS = -ms
+ TBL = tbl
+ EQN = eqn
+ STD_INCLUDES =
+ STD_CPP_DEFINES =
+ STD_DEFINES =
+ EXTRA_LOAD_FLAGS =
+ EXTRA_LIBRARIES =
+ TAGS = ctags
+
+ SHAREDCODEDEF = -DSHAREDCODE
+ SHLIBDEF = -DSUNSHLIB
+
+ PROTO_DEFINES =
+
+ INSTPGMFLAGS = -s
+
+ INSTBINFLAGS = -m 0755
+ INSTUIDFLAGS = -m 4755
+ INSTLIBFLAGS = -m 0644
+ INSTINCFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTMANFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTDATFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTKMEMFLAGS = -m 4755
+
+ TOP_INCLUDES = -I$(INCROOT)
+
+ CDEBUGFLAGS = -O
+ CCOPTIONS = -pipe -temp=.
+
+ ALLINCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) $(EXTRA_INCLUDES) $(TOP_INCLUDES) $(STD_INCLUDES)
+ ALLDEFINES = $(ALLINCLUDES) $(STD_DEFINES) $(EXTRA_DEFINES) $(PROTO_DEFINES) $(DEFINES)
+ CFLAGS = $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(CCOPTIONS) $(ALLDEFINES)
+ LINTFLAGS = $(LINTOPTS) -DLINT $(ALLDEFINES)
+
+ LDLIBS = $(SYS_LIBRARIES) $(EXTRA_LIBRARIES)
+
+ LDOPTIONS = $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(CCOPTIONS) $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) -L$(USRLIBDIR)
+
+ LDCOMBINEFLAGS = -X -r
+ DEPENDFLAGS =
+
+ MACROFILE = sun.cf
+ RM_CMD = $(RM) *.CKP *.ln *.BAK *.bak *.o core errs ,* *~ *.a .emacs_* tags TAGS make.log MakeOut
+
+ IMAKE_DEFINES =
+
+ IRULESRC = $(CONFIGDIR)
+ IMAKE_CMD = $(IMAKE) -DUseInstalled -I$(IRULESRC) $(IMAKE_DEFINES)
+
+ ICONFIGFILES = $(IRULESRC)/Imake.tmpl $(IRULESRC)/Imake.rules \
+ $(IRULESRC)/Project.tmpl $(IRULESRC)/site.def \
+ $(IRULESRC)/$(MACROFILE) $(EXTRA_ICONFIGFILES)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# X Window System Build Parameters
+# $XConsortium: Project.tmpl,v 1.138 91/09/10 09:02:12 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# X Window System make variables; this need to be coordinated with rules
+
+ PATHSEP = /
+ USRLIBDIR = /usr/local/lib/X11R5
+ BINDIR = /usr/local/bin/X11R5
+ INCROOT = /usr/local/share/X11R5/include
+ BUILDINCROOT = $(TOP)
+ BUILDINCDIR = $(BUILDINCROOT)/X11
+ BUILDINCTOP = ..
+ INCDIR = $(INCROOT)/X11
+ ADMDIR = /usr/adm
+ LIBDIR = /usr/local/lib/X11R5
+ CONFIGDIR = $(LIBDIR)/config
+ LINTLIBDIR = $(USRLIBDIR)/lint
+
+ FONTDIR = $(LIBDIR)/fonts
+ XINITDIR = $(LIBDIR)/xinit
+ XDMDIR = $(LIBDIR)/xdm
+ TWMDIR = $(LIBDIR)/twm
+ MANPATH = /usr/local/share/man
+ MANSOURCEPATH = $(MANPATH)/man
+ MANSUFFIX = n
+ LIBMANSUFFIX = 3
+ MANDIR = $(MANSOURCEPATH)$(MANSUFFIX)
+ LIBMANDIR = $(MANSOURCEPATH)$(LIBMANSUFFIX)
+ NLSDIR = $(LIBDIR)/nls
+ PEXAPIDIR = $(LIBDIR)/PEX
+ XAPPLOADDIR = $(LIBDIR)/app-defaults
+ FONTCFLAGS = -t
+
+ INSTAPPFLAGS = $(INSTDATFLAGS)
+
+ IMAKE = imake
+ DEPEND = makedepend
+ RGB = rgb
+
+ FONTC = bdftopcf
+
+ MKFONTDIR = mkfontdir
+ MKDIRHIER = /bin/sh $(BINDIR)/mkdirhier
+
+ CONFIGSRC = $(TOP)/config
+ DOCUTILSRC = $(TOP)/doc/util
+ CLIENTSRC = $(TOP)/clients
+ DEMOSRC = $(TOP)/demos
+ LIBSRC = $(TOP)/lib
+ FONTSRC = $(TOP)/fonts
+ INCLUDESRC = $(TOP)/X11
+ SERVERSRC = $(TOP)/server
+ UTILSRC = $(TOP)/util
+ SCRIPTSRC = $(UTILSRC)/scripts
+ EXAMPLESRC = $(TOP)/examples
+ CONTRIBSRC = $(TOP)/../contrib
+ DOCSRC = $(TOP)/doc
+ RGBSRC = $(TOP)/rgb
+ DEPENDSRC = $(UTILSRC)/makedepend
+ IMAKESRC = $(CONFIGSRC)
+ XAUTHSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xau
+ XLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/X
+ XMUSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xmu
+ TOOLKITSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xt
+ AWIDGETSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xaw
+ OLDXLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/oldX
+ XDMCPLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xdmcp
+ BDFTOSNFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/bdftosnf
+ BDFTOSNFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/bdftosnf
+ BDFTOPCFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/bdftopcf
+ MKFONTDIRSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/mkfontdir
+ FSLIBSRC = $(FONTSRC)/lib/fs
+ FONTSERVERSRC = $(FONTSRC)/server
+ EXTENSIONSRC = $(TOP)/extensions
+ XILIBSRC = $(EXTENSIONSRC)/lib/xinput
+ PHIGSLIBSRC = $(EXTENSIONSRC)/lib/PEX
+
+# $XConsortium: sunLib.tmpl,v 1.11 91/07/31 11:32:08 rws Exp $
+
+SHLIBLDFLAGS = -assert pure-text
+PICFLAGS = -pic
+
+ DEPEXTENSIONLIB =
+ EXTENSIONLIB = -lXext
+
+ DEPXLIB = $(DEPEXTENSIONLIB)
+ XLIB = $(EXTENSIONLIB) -lX11
+
+ DEPXMULIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXmu.sa.$(SOXMUREV)
+ XMULIB = -lXmu
+
+ DEPOLDXLIB =
+ OLDXLIB = -loldX
+
+ DEPXTOOLLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXt.sa.$(SOXTREV)
+ XTOOLLIB = -lXt
+
+ DEPXAWLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXaw.sa.$(SOXAWREV)
+ XAWLIB = -lXaw
+
+ DEPXILIB =
+ XILIB = -lXi
+
+ SOXLIBREV = 4.10
+ SOXTREV = 4.10
+ SOXAWREV = 5.0
+ SOOLDXREV = 4.10
+ SOXMUREV = 4.10
+ SOXEXTREV = 4.10
+ SOXINPUTREV = 4.10
+
+ DEPXAUTHLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXau.a
+ XAUTHLIB = -lXau
+ DEPXDMCPLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXdmcp.a
+ XDMCPLIB = -lXdmcp
+
+ DEPPHIGSLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libphigs.a
+ PHIGSLIB = -lphigs
+
+ DEPXBSDLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXbsd.a
+ XBSDLIB = -lXbsd
+
+ LINTEXTENSIONLIB = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXext.ln
+ LINTXLIB = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lX11.ln
+ LINTXMU = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXmu.ln
+ LINTXTOOL = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXt.ln
+ LINTXAW = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXaw.ln
+ LINTXI = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXi.ln
+ LINTPHIGS = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lphigs.ln
+
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPXAWLIB) $(DEPXMULIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+
+ DEPLIBS1 = $(DEPLIBS)
+ DEPLIBS2 = $(DEPLIBS)
+ DEPLIBS3 = $(DEPLIBS)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Imake rules for building libraries, programs, scripts, and data files
+# rules: $XConsortium: Imake.rules,v 1.123 91/09/16 20:12:16 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# start of Imakefile
+
+OBJS =dvibook.o
+SRCS =dvibook.c
+
+ LIBTEXROOT= ../
+ LIBTEXSRC = ../libtex
+ LIBTEX = $(LIBTEXSRC)/libtex.a
+ DEPLIBTEX = $(LIBTEX)
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPLIBTEX) $(DEPXAWLIB) $(DEPXMULIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(LIBTEX)
+
+ DEFINES = -I$(LIBTEXROOT)
+
+FILES =Imakefile dvibook.man Makefile.raw $(SRCS)
+
+all: dvibook
+
+dvibook: $(OBJS) $(DEPLIBS)
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(CC) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LDOPTIONS) $(LOCAL_LIBRARIES) $(LDLIBS) $(SYSLIBS) $(EXTRA_LOAD_FLAGS)
+
+clean::
+ $(RM) dvibook
+
+install:: dvibook
+ @if [ -d $(DESTDIR) $(BINDIR) ]; then set +x; \
+ else (set -x; $(MKDIRHIER) $(DESTDIR) $(BINDIR)); fi
+ $(INSTALL) -c $(INSTPGMFLAGS) dvibook $(DESTDIR) $(BINDIR)
+
+install.man:: dvibook.man
+ @if [ -d $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR) ]; then set +x; \
+ else (set -x; $(MKDIRHIER) $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)); fi
+ $(INSTALL) -c $(INSTMANFLAGS) dvibook.man $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/dvibook.$(MANSUFFIX)
+
+depend::
+ $(DEPEND) $(DEPENDFLAGS) -s "# DO NOT DELETE" -- $(ALLDEFINES) -- $(SRCS)
+
+tags::
+ $(TAGS) -w *.[ch]
+ $(TAGS) -xw *.[ch] > TAGS
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/Dvibook/$$file; \
+ done
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# common rules for all Makefiles - do not edit
+
+emptyrule::
+
+clean::
+ $(RM_CMD) "#"*
+
+Makefile::
+ -@if [ -f Makefile ]; then set -x; \
+ $(RM) Makefile.bak; $(MV) Makefile Makefile.bak; \
+ else exit 0; fi
+ $(IMAKE_CMD) -DTOPDIR=$(TOP) -DCURDIR=$(CURRENT_DIR)
+
+tags::
+ $(TAGS) -w *.[ch]
+ $(TAGS) -xw *.[ch] > TAGS
+
+saber:
+ # load $(ALLDEFINES) $(SRCS)
+
+osaber:
+ # load $(ALLDEFINES) $(OBJS)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# empty rules for directories that do not have SUBDIRS - do not edit
+
+install::
+ @echo "install in $(CURRENT_DIR) done"
+
+install.man::
+ @echo "install.man in $(CURRENT_DIR) done"
+
+Makefiles::
+
+includes::
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# dependencies generated by makedepend
+
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.c b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ee3266e6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.c
@@ -0,0 +1,871 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/dvi/RCS/dviselect.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 17:16:13 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DVI page rearrangement program
+ *
+ * Reads DVI version 2 files and rearranges pages into signatures,
+ * writing a new DVI file.
+ */
+
+#include "libtex/types.h"
+#include "libtex/dviclass.h"
+#include "libtex/dvicodes.h"
+#include "libtex/error.h"
+#include "libtex/fio.h"
+#include "libtex/gripes.h"
+#include "libtex/search.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "libtex/seek.h"
+
+#define white(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == ',')
+
+#define MAXDVIPAGES 1000 /* max (absolute) pages in DVI file */
+
+char *ProgName;
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Globals */
+char serrbuf[BUFSIZ]; /* buffer for stderr */
+
+/*
+ * We will try to keep output lines shorter than MAXCOL characters.
+ */
+#define MAXCOL 75
+
+/*
+ * We use the following structure to keep track of fonts we have seen.
+ * The final DVI file lists only the fonts it uses.
+ */
+struct fontinfo {
+ i32 fi_newindex; /* font number in output file */
+ int fi_reallyused; /* true => used on a page we copied */
+ i32 fi_checksum; /* the checksum */
+ i32 fi_mag; /* the magnification */
+ i32 fi_designsize; /* the design size */
+ short fi_n1; /* the name header length */
+ short fi_n2; /* the name body length */
+ char *fi_name; /* the name itself */
+};
+
+int Signature; /* #pages per signature (multiple of 4) */
+
+int SFlag; /* true => -s, silent operation */
+
+struct search *FontFinder; /* maps from input indicies to fontinfo */
+i32 NextOutputFontIndex; /* generates output indicies */
+i32 CurrentFontIndex; /* current (old) index in input */
+i32 OutputFontIndex; /* current (new) index in ouput */
+
+char *DVIFileName; /* name of input DVI file */
+FILE *inf; /* the input file itself */
+FILE *outf; /* the output DVI file */
+
+long StartOfPage[MAXDVIPAGES]; /* The file positions of the
+ input pages */
+
+long StartOfLastPage; /* The file position just before we
+ started the last page */
+long CurrentPosition; /* The current position of the file */
+
+int UseThisPage; /* true => current page is selected */
+
+i32 InputPageNumber; /* current absolute page in old DVI file */
+int NumberOfOutputPages; /* number of pages in new DVI file */
+
+i32 Numerator; /* numerator from DVI file */
+i32 Denominator; /* denominator from DVI file */
+i32 DVIMag; /* magnification from DVI file */
+
+i32 Count[10]; /* the 10 \count variables */
+
+/* save some string space: we use this a lot */
+char writeerr[] = "error writing DVI file";
+
+char *malloc(), *realloc();
+/*
+ * You may get lint warnings about sprintf's return value.
+ * Older versions of 4BSD have `char *sprintf()'. ANSI and
+ * SysV use `int sprintf()'; so ignore the warnings.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Lint gets somewhat confused over putc.
+ */
+#ifdef lint
+#undef putc
+#ifdef ultrix /* grr */
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((char)(c), f)
+#else
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((int)(c), f)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Print a message to stderr, with an optional leading space, and handling
+ * long line wraps.
+ */
+message(space, str, len)
+ int space;
+ register char *str;
+ register int len;
+{
+ static int beenhere;
+ static int col;
+
+ if (!beenhere)
+ space = 0, beenhere++;
+ if (len == 0)
+ len = strlen(str);
+ col += len;
+ if (space) {
+ if (col >= MAXCOL)
+ (void) putc('\n', stderr), col = len;
+ else
+ (void) putc(' ', stderr), col++;
+ }
+ while (--len >= 0)
+ (void) putc(*str++, stderr);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start a page (process a DVI_BOP).
+ */
+BeginPage()
+{
+ register i32 *i;
+
+ OutputFontIndex = -1; /* new page requires respecifying font */
+ for (i = Count; i < &Count[10]; i++)
+ fGetLong(inf, *i);
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ return;
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_BOP);
+ for (i = Count; i < &Count[10]; i++)
+ PutLong(outf, *i);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition;
+ CurrentPosition += 45; /* we just wrote this much */
+
+ if (!SFlag) { /* write nice page usage messages */
+ register int z = 0;
+ register int mlen = 0;
+ char msg[80];
+
+ (void) sprintf(msg, "[%ld", (long)Count[0]);
+ mlen = strlen(msg);
+ for (i = &Count[1]; i < &Count[10]; i++) {
+ if (*i == 0) {
+ z++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (--z >= 0)
+ msg[mlen++] = '.', msg[mlen++] = '0';
+ z = 0;
+ (void) sprintf(msg + mlen, ".%ld", (long)*i);
+ mlen += strlen(msg + mlen);
+ }
+ message(1, msg, mlen);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * End a page (process a DVI_EOP).
+ */
+EndPage()
+{
+
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ return;
+ if (!SFlag)
+ message(0, "]", 1);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_EOP);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ NumberOfOutputPages++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * For each of the fonts used in the new DVI file, write out a definition.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+PostAmbleFontEnumerator(addr, key)
+ char *addr;
+ i32 key;
+{
+
+ if (((struct fontinfo *)addr)->fi_reallyused)
+ WriteFont((struct fontinfo *)addr);
+}
+
+HandlePostAmble()
+{
+ register i32 c;
+
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Numerator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("numerator");
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Denominator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("denominator");
+ if (GetLong(inf) != DVIMag)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("\\magnification");
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, DVIMag);
+ c = GetLong(inf);
+ PutLong(outf, c); /* tallest page height */
+ c = GetLong(inf);
+ PutLong(outf, c); /* widest page width */
+ c = GetWord(inf);
+ PutWord(outf, c); /* DVI stack size */
+ PutWord(outf, NumberOfOutputPages);
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition; /* point at post */
+ CurrentPosition += 29; /* count all those `put's */
+#ifdef notdef
+ (void) GetWord(inf); /* skip original number of pages */
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * just ignore all the incoming font definitions; we are done with
+ * input file
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * run through the FontFinder table and dump definitions for the
+ * fonts we have used.
+ */
+ SEnumerate(FontFinder, PostAmbleFontEnumerator);
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POSTPOST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage); /* actually start of postamble */
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition += 10;
+ while (CurrentPosition & 3) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font definition to the output file
+ */
+WriteFont(fi)
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+{
+ register int l;
+ register char *s;
+
+ if (fi->fi_newindex < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (fi->fi_newindex < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF2);
+ PutWord(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (fi->fi_newindex < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF4);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_checksum);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_mag);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_designsize);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n2);
+ l = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ CurrentPosition += 14 + l;
+ s = fi->fi_name;
+ while (--l >= 0)
+ putbyte(outf, *s++);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle the preamble. Someday we should update the comment field.
+ */
+HandlePreAmble()
+{
+ register int n, c;
+
+ c = getc(inf);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (c != DVI_PRE)
+ GripeMissingOp("PRE");
+ if (getc(inf) != DVI_VERSION)
+ error(1, 0, "%s is not a DVI version %d file",
+ DVIFileName, DVI_VERSION);
+ Numerator = GetLong(inf);
+ Denominator = GetLong(inf);
+ DVIMag = GetLong(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_PRE);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, DVIMag);
+
+ n = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ CurrentPosition = 15 + n; /* well, almost */
+ putbyte(outf, n);
+ while (--n >= 0) {
+ c = GetByte(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+}
+
+main(argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ register char **argv;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *s;
+ char *outname = NULL;
+
+ Signature = 0;
+
+ ProgName = *argv;
+ setbuf(stderr, serrbuf);
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "i:o:s:q")) != EOF) {
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case 'q': /* silent */
+ SFlag++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ if (DVIFileName != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ DVIFileName = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 'o':
+ if (outname != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ outname = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 's':
+ if (Signature != 0)
+ goto usage;
+ Signature = atoi(optarg);
+ if (Signature <= 0)
+ error(1, -1, "-s parameter must be > 0");
+ if (Signature % 4 != 0)
+ error(1, -1,
+ "-s parameter must be a multiple of 4");
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+usage:
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\
+Usage: %s [-s signature] [-q] [-i infile] [-o outfile] [infile [outfile]]\n",
+ ProgName);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (optind < argc) {
+ s = argv[optind++];
+ c = *s;
+ if (DVIFileName == NULL)
+ DVIFileName = s;
+ else if (outname == NULL)
+ outname = s;
+ else
+ goto usage;
+ }
+ if (DVIFileName == NULL) {
+ DVIFileName = "`stdin'";
+ inf = stdin;
+ } else if ((inf = fopen(DVIFileName, "r")) == 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot read %s", DVIFileName);
+ if (outname == NULL)
+ outf = stdout;
+ else if ((outf = fopen(outname, "w")) == 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot write %s", outname);
+
+ if ((FontFinder = SCreate(sizeof(struct fontinfo))) == 0)
+ error(1, 0, "cannot create font finder (out of memory?)");
+
+ /* copy inf to TEMP file if not seekable */
+ if ((inf = SeekFile(inf)) == NULL) {
+ error(1, 0, "can't seek file");
+ }
+ InputPageNumber = 0;
+ StartOfLastPage = -1;
+ HandlePreAmble();
+ ScanDVIFile();
+ HandleDVIFile();
+ HandlePostAmble();
+ if (!SFlag)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\nWrote %d page%s, %ld bytes\n",
+ NumberOfOutputPages, NumberOfOutputPages == 1 ? "" : "s",
+ (long)CurrentPosition);
+ exit(0);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a font definition.
+ */
+HandleFontDef(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ register int i;
+ register char *s;
+ int def = S_CREATE | S_EXCL;
+
+ if (!UseThisPage) {
+ if ((fi = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, index, &def)) == 0)
+ if (def & S_COLL)
+ error(1, 0, "font %ld already defined", (long)index);
+ else
+ error(1, 0, "cannot stash font %ld (out of memory?)",
+ (long)index);
+ fi->fi_reallyused = 0;
+ fi->fi_checksum = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_mag = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_designsize = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_n1 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ fi->fi_n2 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ i = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ if ((s = malloc((unsigned)i)) == 0)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(i, "font name");
+ fi->fi_name = s;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *s++ = GetByte(inf);
+ } else {
+ (void) GetLong(inf);
+ (void) GetLong(inf);
+ (void) GetLong(inf);
+ i = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ i += UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ (void) GetByte(inf);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a \special.
+ */
+HandleSpecial(c, l, p)
+ int c;
+ register int l;
+ register i32 p;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (UseThisPage) {
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleSpecial l=%d", l);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += p;
+ while (--p >= 0) {
+ i = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, i);
+ }
+ if (feof(inf))
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ } else
+ while (--p >= 0)
+ (void) getc(inf);
+}
+
+ReallyUseFont()
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ int look = S_LOOKUP;
+
+ fi = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, CurrentFontIndex, &look);
+ if (fi == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "DVI file requested font %ld without defining it",
+ (long)CurrentFontIndex);
+ if (fi->fi_reallyused == 0) {
+ fi->fi_reallyused++;
+ fi->fi_newindex = NextOutputFontIndex++;
+ WriteFont(fi);
+ }
+ if (fi->fi_newindex != OutputFontIndex) {
+ PutFontSelector(fi->fi_newindex);
+ OutputFontIndex = fi->fi_newindex;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font selection command to the output file
+ */
+PutFontSelector(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+
+ if (index < 64) {
+ putbyte(outf, index + DVI_FNTNUM0);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ } else if (index < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT1);
+ putbyte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (index < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT2);
+ PutWord(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (index < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT4);
+ PutLong(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following table describes the length (in bytes) of each of the DVI
+ * commands that we can simply copy, starting with DVI_SET1 (128).
+ */
+char oplen[128] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_SET1 .. DVI_SET4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_SETRULE */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_PUT1 .. DVI_PUT4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_PUTRULE */
+ 1, /* DVI_NOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_BOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_EOP */
+ 1, /* DVI_PUSH */
+ 1, /* DVI_POP */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_RIGHT1 .. DVI_RIGHT4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_W0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_W1 .. DVI_W4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_X0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_X1 .. DVI_X4 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_DOWN1 .. DVI_DOWN4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Y0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Y1 .. DVI_Y4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Z0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Z1 .. DVI_Z4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_FNTNUM0 (171) */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 172 .. 179 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 180 .. 187 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 188 .. 195 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 196 .. 203 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 204 .. 211 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 212 .. 219 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 220 .. 227 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 228 .. 234 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNT1 .. DVI_FNT4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_XXX1 .. DVI_XXX4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNTDEF1 .. DVI_FNTDEF4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_PRE */
+ 0, /* DVI_POST */
+ 0, /* DVI_POSTPOST */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 250 .. 255 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Here we scan the input DVI file and record pointers to the pages.
+ */
+ScanDVIFile()
+{
+ UseThisPage = 0;
+
+ StartOfPage[InputPageNumber] = ftell(inf);
+ while (HandlePage()) { /* scan DVI file */
+ StartOfPage[++InputPageNumber] = ftell(inf);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Here we read the input DVI file and write relevant pages to the
+ * output DVI file. We also keep track of font changes, handle font
+ * definitions, and perform some other housekeeping.
+ */
+HandleDVIFile()
+{
+ int CurrentPage, ActualPage, MaxPage;
+
+ UseThisPage = 1;
+
+ MaxPage = InputPageNumber + (4-InputPageNumber%4)%4;
+
+ if (!Signature)
+ Signature = MaxPage;
+ for (CurrentPage = 0; CurrentPage < MaxPage; CurrentPage++) {
+ ActualPage = CurrentPage - CurrentPage%Signature;
+ switch (CurrentPage%4) {
+ case 0:
+ case 3:
+ ActualPage += Signature-1-(CurrentPage%Signature)/2;
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ case 2:
+ ActualPage += (CurrentPage%Signature)/2;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (ActualPage < InputPageNumber) {
+ if (fseek(inf, StartOfPage[ActualPage], 0) == -1)
+ error(1, -1,
+ "can't seek page %d", ActualPage+1);
+ HandlePage();
+ } else
+ PutEmptyPage();
+ }
+ if (fseek(inf, StartOfPage[InputPageNumber]+1, 0) == -1)
+ error(1, -1, "can't seek last page");
+}
+
+int
+HandlePage()
+{
+ register int c, l;
+ register i32 p;
+ register int CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ int doingpage = 0;
+
+ /* Only way out is via "return" statement */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = getc(inf); /* getc() returns unsigned values */
+ if (DVI_IsChar(c)) {
+ /*
+ * Copy chars, note font usage, but ignore if
+ * page is not interesting.
+ */
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ continue;
+ if (!CurrentFontOK) {
+ ReallyUseFont();
+ CurrentFontOK++;
+ }
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (DVI_IsFont(c)) { /* note font change */
+ CurrentFontIndex = c - DVI_FNTNUM0;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if ((l = (oplen - 128)[c]) != 0) { /* simple copy */
+ if (!UseThisPage) {
+ while (--l > 0)
+ (void) getc(inf);
+ continue;
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += l;
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ while (--l > 0) {
+ c = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((l = DVI_OpLen(c)) != 0) {
+ /*
+ * Handle other generics.
+ * N.B.: there should only be unsigned parameters
+ * here (save SGN4), for commands with negative
+ * parameters have been taken care of above.
+ */
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ p = getc(inf);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ fGetWord(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ fGet3Byte(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ fGetLong(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile l=%d", l);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now that we have the parameter, perform the
+ * command.
+ */
+ switch (DVI_DT(c)) {
+
+ case DT_SET:
+ case DT_PUT:
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ continue;
+ if (!CurrentFontOK) {
+ ReallyUseFont();
+ CurrentFontOK++;
+ }
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case DT_FNT:
+ CurrentFontIndex = p;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_XXX:
+ HandleSpecial(c, l, p);
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_FNTDEF:
+ HandleFontDef(p);
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile DVI_DT(%d)=%d",
+ c, DVI_DT(c));
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (c) { /* handle the few remaining cases */
+
+ case DVI_BOP:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("BOP (during page)");
+ BeginPage();
+ doingpage = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_EOP:
+ if (!doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("EOP (outside page)");
+ EndPage();
+ doingpage = 0;
+ return(1);
+
+ case DVI_PRE:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("PRE");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DVI_POST:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POST (inside page)");
+ return(0);
+
+ case DVI_POSTPOST:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POSTPOST");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ default:
+ GripeUndefinedOp(c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* write an empty page to fill out space */
+PutEmptyPage()
+{
+ int i;
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_BOP);
+ PutLong(outf, -1L);
+ for (i = 1; i < 10; i++) /* set all sub counts to 0 */
+ PutLong(outf, 0L);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_EOP);
+ if (!SFlag) { /* write nice page usage messages */
+ char *msg = "[*]";
+ message(1, msg, strlen(msg));
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition;
+ CurrentPosition += 46; /* we just wrote this much */
+ NumberOfOutputPages++;
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.man b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00a9df0101
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvibook/dvibook.man
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+.TH DVIBOOK 1
+.SH NAME
+dvibook \- rearrange pages in DVI file into signatures
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dvibook
+[
+.B \-q
+] [
+.B \-s\fI<num>
+] [
+.B \-i
+.I infile
+] [
+.B \-o
+.I outfile
+]
+[
+.I infile
+[
+.I outfile
+] ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Dvibook
+rearranges pages from a DVI file produced by TeX into ``signatures'' for
+printing books or booklets, creating a new DVI file
+usable by any of the TeX conversion programs.
+.PP
+The
+.I \-s
+option selects the size of signature which will be used. The signature size is
+the number of sides which will be folded and bound together; the number given
+should be a multiple of four. The default is to use one signature for the
+whole file. Extra blank sides will be added if the file does not contain a
+multiple of four pages.
+.PP
+Dvibook normally prints the page numbers of the pages rearranged; the
+.I \-q
+option suppresses this.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Angus Duggan, from dviselect(1), by
+Chris Torek, University of Maryland
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+dviconcat(1), dviselect(1), latex(1), tex(1)
+.br
+.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
+.br
+.I "The TeXbook"
+.I Dvibook
+does not adjust the parameters in the postamble; however, since these
+values are normally used only to size certain structures in the output
+conversion programs, and the parameters never need to be adjusted upward,
+this has not proven to be a problem.
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/Imakefile b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/Imakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05ca4e87c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/Imakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#include "../Imake.Config"
+
+ BINDIR = $(TEX_BINDIR)
+ MANDIR = $(TEX_MANDIR)
+
+ FILES = Imakefile dviconcat.man $(SRCS)
+
+ INCLUDES = -I$(LIBTEXROOT)
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(LIBTEX)
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPLIBTEX) \
+ $(DEPXAWLIB) $(DEPXMULIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+
+SimpleProgramTarget(dviconcat)
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/Dviconcat/$$file; \
+ done
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.c b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f4629286d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/dvi/RCS/dviconcat.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 17:23:15 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DVI page concatenation program.
+ */
+
+#include "libtex/types.h"
+#include "libtex/dviclass.h"
+#include "libtex/dvicodes.h"
+#include "libtex/error.h"
+#include "libtex/fio.h"
+#include "libtex/gripes.h"
+#include "libtex/search.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+char *ProgName;
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+
+/*
+ * We use the following structure to keep track of fonts we have seen.
+ * The final DVI file lists all the fonts used in each of the input
+ * files.
+ */
+struct fontinfo {
+ struct fontinfo *fi_next;/* next in list */
+ i32 fi_index; /* font number in output file */
+ i32 fi_checksum; /* the checksum */
+ i32 fi_mag; /* the magnification */
+ i32 fi_designsize; /* the design size */
+ short fi_n1; /* the name header length */
+ short fi_n2; /* the name body length */
+ char *fi_name; /* the name itself */
+} *fonts;
+
+struct search *FontFinder; /* input indicies to ptr-to-fontinfo */
+i32 NextOutputFontIndex; /* generates output indicies */
+i32 OutputFontIndex; /* current (new) index in ouput */
+
+char *DVIFileName; /* the current input file name */
+FILE *inf; /* the current input DVI file */
+FILE *outf; /* the output DVI file */
+
+int errs; /* counts non-fatal errors */
+
+long StartOfLastPage; /* The file position just before we started
+ the last page (this is later written to
+ the output file as the previous page
+ pointer). */
+long CurrentPosition; /* The current position of the file */
+
+int NumberOfOutputPages; /* number of pages in new DVI file */
+
+i32 Numerator; /* numerator from current DVI file */
+i32 Denominator; /* denominator from current DVI file */
+i32 DVIMag; /* magnification from current DVI file */
+
+i32 OutputNumerator; /* numerator from first DVI file */
+i32 OutputDenominator; /* denominator from first DVI file */
+i32 OutputMag; /* magnification from first DVI file or arg */
+
+i32 TallestPageHeight; /* max of all tallest-page-height values */
+i32 WidestPageWidth; /* max of all widest-page-widths */
+i16 DVIStackSize; /* max of all stack sizes */
+
+/* save some string space: we use this a lot */
+char writeerr[] = "error writing DVI file";
+
+char *malloc(), *realloc();
+/*
+ * You may get lint warnings about sprintf's return value.
+ * Older versions of 4BSD have `char *sprintf()'. ANSI and
+ * SysV use `int sprintf()'; so ignore the warnings.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Lint gets somewhat confused over putc.
+ */
+#ifdef lint
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((int) c, f)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Start a page (process a DVI_BOP).
+ */
+void
+BeginPage()
+{
+ register i32 t;
+ register int i;
+
+ OutputFontIndex = -1; /* new page requires respecifying font */
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_BOP);
+ /* copy the count registers */
+ for (i = 10; --i >= 0;) {
+ fGetLong(inf, t);
+ PutLong(outf, t);
+ }
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition;
+ CurrentPosition += 45; /* we just wrote this much */
+}
+
+/*
+ * End a page (process a DVI_EOP).
+ */
+void
+EndPage()
+{
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_EOP);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ NumberOfOutputPages++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font definition to the output file.
+ */
+void
+WriteFont(fi)
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+{
+ register int l;
+ register char *s;
+
+ if (fi->fi_index < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_index);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (fi->fi_index < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF2);
+ PutWord(outf, fi->fi_index);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (fi->fi_index < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, fi->fi_index);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF4);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_index);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_checksum);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_mag);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_designsize);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n2);
+ l = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ CurrentPosition += 14 + l;
+ s = fi->fi_name;
+ while (--l >= 0)
+ putbyte(outf, *s++);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write the postamble for the concatenation of all the input files.
+ */
+void
+WritePostAmble()
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ register i32 postpos = CurrentPosition; /* remember for later */
+
+ /* POST p n d m h w s pages */
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ PutLong(outf, OutputNumerator);
+ PutLong(outf, OutputDenominator);
+ PutLong(outf, OutputMag);
+ PutLong(outf, TallestPageHeight);
+ PutLong(outf, WidestPageWidth);
+ PutWord(outf, DVIStackSize);
+ PutWord(outf, NumberOfOutputPages);
+ CurrentPosition += 29; /* count all those `put's */
+
+ for (fi = fonts; fi != NULL; fi = fi->fi_next)
+ WriteFont(fi);
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POSTPOST);
+ PutLong(outf, postpos);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition += 10;
+ while (CurrentPosition & 3) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the information we need from the postamble for the current DVI file.
+ */
+void
+HandlePostAmble()
+{
+ register i32 t;
+ register i16 w;
+
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Numerator) {
+ error(0, 0,
+ "%s: postamble's numerator does not match preamble's",
+ DVIFileName);
+ errs++;
+ }
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Denominator) {
+ error(0, 0,
+ "%s: postamble's denominator does not match preamble's",
+ DVIFileName);
+ errs++;
+ }
+ if (GetLong(inf) != DVIMag) {
+ error(0, 0,
+ "%s: postamble's magnification does not match preamble's",
+ DVIFileName);
+ errs++;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Find maximum of tallest page height, widest page width, and
+ * stack size.
+ */
+ t = GetLong(inf);
+ if (t > TallestPageHeight)
+ TallestPageHeight = t;
+ t = GetLong(inf);
+ if (t > WidestPageWidth)
+ WidestPageWidth = t;
+ w = GetWord(inf);
+ if (w > DVIStackSize)
+ DVIStackSize = w;
+
+ /*
+ * The remainder of the file---number of pages, list of fonts,
+ * postpost, pointer, version, and filler---we simply ignore.
+ */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a preamble.
+ * `firstone' is true if this is the first input file.
+ * Return true iff something is wrong with the file.
+ */
+int
+HandlePreAmble(firstone)
+ int firstone;
+{
+ register int n, c;
+ static char warn1[] = "%s: Warning: preamble %s of %ld";
+ static char warn2[] = "does not match first file's value of %ld";
+
+ if (getc(inf) != DVI_PRE) {
+ error(0, 0, "%s does not begin with a preamble", DVIFileName);
+ error(0, 0, "(are you sure it is a DVI file?)");
+ errs++;
+ return (1);
+ }
+ if (getc(inf) != DVI_VERSION) {
+ error(0, 0, "%s is not a DVI version %d file", DVIFileName,
+ DVI_VERSION);
+ errs++;
+ return (1);
+ }
+
+ /* committed to DVI file: now most errors are fatal */
+ if (firstone) {
+ OutputNumerator = Numerator = GetLong(inf);
+ OutputDenominator = Denominator = GetLong(inf);
+ } else {
+ Numerator = GetLong(inf);
+ if (Numerator != OutputNumerator) {
+ error(0, 0, warn1, DVIFileName, "numerator",
+ (long)Numerator);
+ error(0, 0, warn2, (long)OutputNumerator);
+ errs++;
+ }
+ Denominator = GetLong(inf);
+ if (Denominator != OutputDenominator) {
+ error(0, 0, warn1, DVIFileName, "denominator",
+ (long)Denominator);
+ error(0, 0, warn2, (long)OutputDenominator);
+ errs++;
+ }
+ }
+ DVIMag = GetLong(inf);
+ if (OutputMag == 0)
+ OutputMag = DVIMag;
+ else if (DVIMag != OutputMag) {
+ error(0, 0,
+ "%s: Warning: magnification of %ld changed to %ld",
+ DVIFileName, (long)DVIMag, (long)OutputMag);
+ errs++;
+ }
+ n = UnSign8(GetByte(inf)); /* comment length */
+ if (firstone) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_PRE);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, OutputMag);
+
+ CurrentPosition = 15 + n; /* well, almost */
+ putbyte(outf, n);
+ while (--n >= 0) {
+ c = GetByte(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+ } else {
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ (void) GetByte(inf);
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read one DVI file, concatenating it with the previous one (if any)
+ * or starting up the output file (otherwise).
+ */
+void
+doit(name, fp)
+ char *name;
+ FILE *fp;
+{
+ static int started;
+
+ DVIFileName = name;
+ inf = fp;
+ if (HandlePreAmble(started ? 0 : 1))
+ return;
+ SClear(FontFinder);
+ HandleDVIFile();
+ HandlePostAmble();
+ started = 1;
+}
+
+main(argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ register char **argv;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *s;
+ FILE *f;
+
+ ProgName = *argv;
+
+ /*
+ * Handle arguments.
+ */
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "m:o:")) != EOF) {
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case 'm':
+ if (OutputMag)
+ goto usage;
+ OutputMag = atoi(optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case 'o':
+ if (outf != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ if ((outf = fopen(optarg, "w")) == NULL)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot write %s", optarg);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+usage:
+ (void) fprintf(stderr,
+ "Usage: %s [-m mag] [-o outfile] [files]\n",
+ ProgName);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* setup */
+ if (outf == NULL)
+ outf = stdout;
+ if ((FontFinder = SCreate(sizeof(struct fontinfo *))) == 0)
+ error(1, 0, "cannot create font finder (out of memory?)");
+ StartOfLastPage = -1;
+
+ /*
+ * Concatenate the named input file(s).
+ * We write a preamble based on the first input file.
+ */
+ if (optind >= argc)
+ doit("`stdin'", stdin);
+ else {
+ for (c = optind; c < argc; c++) {
+ s = argv[c];
+ if (*s == '-' && s[1] == 0)
+ doit("`stdin'", stdin);
+ else if ((f = fopen(s, "r")) == NULL) {
+ error(0, -1, "cannot read %s", s);
+ errs++;
+ } else {
+ doit(s, f);
+ (void) fclose(f);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (CurrentPosition)
+ WritePostAmble();
+
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "Wrote %d page%s, %ld bytes\n",
+ NumberOfOutputPages, NumberOfOutputPages == 1 ? "" : "s",
+ (long)CurrentPosition);
+ exit(errs ? 2 : 0);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a font definition.
+ */
+HandleFontDef(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ register int i;
+ register char *s;
+ register i32 checksum, mag, designsize;
+ register int n1, n2;
+ struct fontinfo **p;
+ char *name;
+ int d = S_CREATE | S_EXCL;
+
+ if ((p = (struct fontinfo **)SSearch(FontFinder, index, &d)) == NULL)
+ if (d & S_COLL)
+ error(1, 0, "font %ld already defined", (long)index);
+ else
+ error(1, 0, "cannot stash font %ld (out of memory?)",
+ (long)index);
+
+ /* collect the font information */
+ checksum = GetLong(inf);
+ mag = GetLong(inf);
+ designsize = GetLong(inf);
+ n1 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ n2 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ i = n1 + n2;
+ if ((s = malloc((unsigned)i)) == NULL)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(i, "font name");
+ for (name = s; --i >= 0;)
+ *s++ = GetByte(inf);
+ s = name;
+
+ /*
+ * We have not seen the font before in this input file,
+ * but we may have seen it in a previous file, so we
+ * must search.
+ */
+ i = n1 + n2;
+ for (fi = fonts; fi != NULL; fi = fi->fi_next) {
+ if (fi->fi_designsize == designsize &&
+ fi->fi_mag == mag &&
+ fi->fi_n1 == n1 && fi->fi_n2 == n2 &&
+ bcmp(fi->fi_name, s, i) == 0) {
+ if (fi->fi_checksum == 0)
+ fi->fi_checksum = checksum;
+ else if (checksum && fi->fi_checksum != checksum) {
+ error(0, 0, "\
+%s: Warning: font checksum mismatch for %.*s detected",
+ DVIFileName, i, s);
+ errs++;
+ }
+ *p = fi;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ /* it is really new; add it to the list */
+ if ((fi = (struct fontinfo *)malloc(sizeof *fi)) == NULL)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(sizeof *fi, "font information");
+ fi->fi_next = fonts;
+ fi->fi_index = NextOutputFontIndex++;
+ fi->fi_checksum = checksum;
+ fi->fi_mag = mag;
+ fi->fi_designsize = designsize;
+ fi->fi_n1 = n1;
+ fi->fi_n2 = n2;
+ fi->fi_name = s;
+ fonts = fi;
+ WriteFont(fi);
+ *p = fi;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a \special.
+ */
+HandleSpecial(c, l, p)
+ int c;
+ register int l;
+ register i32 p;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleSpecial l=%d", l);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += p;
+ while (--p >= 0) {
+ i = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, i);
+ }
+ if (feof(inf))
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+}
+
+UseFont(index)
+ register i32 index;
+{
+ struct fontinfo *fi, **p;
+ int look = S_LOOKUP;
+
+ p = (struct fontinfo **)SSearch(FontFinder, index, &look);
+ if (p == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "%s requested font %ld without defining it",
+ (long)index);
+ if ((fi = *p) == NULL)
+ panic("null entry in FontFinder for %ld", (long)index);
+ index = fi->fi_index;
+ if (index < 64) {
+ putbyte(outf, index + DVI_FNTNUM0);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ } else if (index < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT1);
+ putbyte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (index < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT2);
+ PutWord(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (index < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT4);
+ PutLong(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following table describes the length (in bytes) of each of the DVI
+ * commands that we can simply copy, starting with DVI_SET1 (128).
+ */
+char oplen[128] = {
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_SET1 .. DVI_SET4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_SETRULE */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_PUT1 .. DVI_PUT4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_PUTRULE */
+ 1, /* DVI_NOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_BOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_EOP */
+ 1, /* DVI_PUSH */
+ 1, /* DVI_POP */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_RIGHT1 .. DVI_RIGHT4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_W0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_W1 .. DVI_W4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_X0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_X1 .. DVI_X4 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_DOWN1 .. DVI_DOWN4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Y0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Y1 .. DVI_Y4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Z0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Z1 .. DVI_Z4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_FNTNUM0 (171) */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 172 .. 179 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 180 .. 187 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 188 .. 195 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 196 .. 203 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 204 .. 211 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 212 .. 219 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 220 .. 227 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 228 .. 234 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNT1 .. DVI_FNT4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_XXX1 .. DVI_XXX4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNTDEF1 .. DVI_FNTDEF4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_PRE */
+ 0, /* DVI_POST */
+ 0, /* DVI_POSTPOST */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 250 .. 255 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Here we read the input DVI file and copy the pages to the output
+ * DVI file, renumbering fonts. We also keep track of font changes,
+ * handle font definitions, and perform some other housekeeping.
+ */
+HandleDVIFile()
+{
+ register int c, l;
+ register i32 p;
+ int doingpage = 0;
+
+ /* Only way out is via "return" statement */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = getc(inf); /* getc() returns unsigned values */
+ if (DVI_IsChar(c)) {
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (DVI_IsFont(c)) { /* note font change */
+ UseFont((i32)(c - DVI_FNTNUM0));
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if ((l = (oplen - 128)[c]) != 0) { /* simple copy */
+ CurrentPosition += l;
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ while (--l > 0) {
+ c = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((l = DVI_OpLen(c)) != 0) {
+ /*
+ * Handle other generics.
+ * N.B.: there should only be unsigned parameters
+ * here (save SGN4), for commands with negative
+ * parameters have been taken care of above.
+ */
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ p = getc(inf);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ fGetWord(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ fGet3Byte(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ fGetLong(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile l=%d", l);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now that we have the parameter, perform the
+ * command.
+ */
+ switch (DVI_DT(c)) {
+
+ case DT_FNT:
+ UseFont(p);
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_XXX:
+ HandleSpecial(c, l, p);
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_FNTDEF:
+ HandleFontDef(p);
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile DVI_DT(%d)=%d",
+ c, DVI_DT(c));
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (c) { /* handle the few remaining cases */
+
+ case DVI_BOP:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("BOP (during page)");
+ BeginPage();
+ doingpage = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_EOP:
+ if (!doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("EOP (outside page)");
+ EndPage();
+ doingpage = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_PRE:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("PRE");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DVI_POST:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POST (inside page)");
+ return;
+
+ case DVI_POSTPOST:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POSTPOST");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ default:
+ GripeUndefinedOp(c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.man b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9267446095
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.man
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.TH DVICONCAT 1
+.SH NAME
+dviconcat \- concatenate DVI files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dviconcat
+[
+.B \-m
+.I magnification
+] [
+.B \-o
+.I outfile
+]
+.I "list of files"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Dviconcat
+concatenates the named
+.IR file s
+(or standard input, if no file names are given)
+onto the standard output
+or the given
+.IR outfile ,
+creating a new DVI file
+usable by any of the TeX conversion programs,
+or even by
+.I dviconcat
+itself.
+.PP
+The magnification of the output file
+is the same as that of the first input file
+unless the
+.B \-m
+option is given.
+When
+.I dviconcat
+changes the magnification of any input file,
+it prints a warning to this effect.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Chris Torek, University of Maryland
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+dviselect(1), latex(1), tex(1)
+.br
+.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
+.SH BUGS
+The program should be called
+.IR dvicat ,
+but that name was taken (for the driver for the C/A/T typesetter).
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.pdf b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be3dcd2a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviconcat/dviconcat.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/Imakefile b/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/Imakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a82397690f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/Imakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#include "../Imake.Config"
+
+ BINDIR = $(TEX_BINDIR)
+ MANDIR = $(TEX_MANDIR)
+
+ FILES = Imakefile dviselect.man $(SRCS)
+
+ INCLUDES = -I$(LIBTEXROOT)
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(LIBTEX)
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPLIBTEX)
+ SYS_LIBRARIES = -lm
+
+SimpleProgramTarget(dviselect)
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/Dviselect/$$file; \
+ done
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.c b/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b3714b7e40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1054 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/dvi/RCS/dviselect.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 17:16:13 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DVI page selection program
+ *
+ * Reads DVI version 2 files and selects pages, writing a new DVI
+ * file. The new DVI file is technically correct, though we do not
+ * adjust the tallest and widest page values, nor the DVI stack size.
+ * This is all right since the values will never become too small,
+ * but it might be nice to fix them up. Perhaps someday . . . .
+ */
+
+#include "libtex/types.h"
+#include "libtex/dviclass.h"
+#include "libtex/dvicodes.h"
+#include "libtex/error.h"
+#include "libtex/fio.h"
+#include "libtex/gripes.h"
+#include "libtex/search.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define white(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == ',')
+
+char *ProgName;
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Globals */
+char serrbuf[BUFSIZ]; /* buffer for stderr */
+
+/*
+ * We will try to keep output lines shorter than MAXCOL characters.
+ */
+#define MAXCOL 75
+
+/*
+ * We use the following structure to keep track of fonts we have seen.
+ * The final DVI file lists only the fonts it uses.
+ */
+struct fontinfo {
+ i32 fi_newindex; /* font number in output file */
+ int fi_reallyused; /* true => used on a page we copied */
+ i32 fi_checksum; /* the checksum */
+ i32 fi_mag; /* the magnification */
+ i32 fi_designsize; /* the design size */
+ short fi_n1; /* the name header length */
+ short fi_n2; /* the name body length */
+ char *fi_name; /* the name itself */
+};
+
+/*
+ * We need to remember which pages the user would like. We build a linked
+ * list that allows us to decide (for any given page) whether it should
+ * be included in the output file. Each page has ten \count variables
+ * associated with it. We put a bound on the values allowed for each, and
+ * keep a linked list of alternatives should any be outside the allowed
+ * range. For example, `dviselect *.3,10-15' would generate a two-element
+ * page list, with the first allowing any value for \count0 (and \counts 2 to
+ * 9) but \count1 restricted to the range 3-3, and the second restricting
+ * \count0 to the range 10-15 but leaving \counts 1 to 9 unrestrained.
+ *
+ * We remember whether a bound is specified, so that we need not fix
+ * some `large' number as a maximum value.
+ *
+ * We also allow `absolute' page references, where the first page is
+ * page 1, the second 2, and so forth. These are specified with an
+ * equal sign: `dviselect =4:10' picks up the fourth through tenth
+ * sequential pages, irrespective of \count values.
+ *
+ * There is also an even/odd switch (which can be applied to absolute
+ * or relative pages): dviselect =even, even.3, etc.
+ */
+enum pstype {
+ pt_lu, /* have both lower and upper bounds */
+ pt_l, /* lower bound only */
+ pt_u, /* upper bound only */
+ pt_unbounded, /* any value at all */
+ pt_even, /* even values only */
+ pt_odd /* odd values only */
+};
+struct pagesel {
+ enum pstype ps_type; /* type of selector */
+ i32 ps_low; /* lower bound */
+ i32 ps_high; /* upper bound */
+};
+struct pagelist {
+ struct pagelist *pl_alt; /* next in a series of alternates */
+ int pl_len; /* number of ranges to check */
+ int pl_abs; /* true iff absolute page ref */
+ struct pagesel pl_pages[10]; /* one for each \count variable */
+};
+
+int SFlag; /* true => -s, silent operation */
+
+struct search *FontFinder; /* maps from input indicies to fontinfo */
+i32 NextOutputFontIndex; /* generates output indicies */
+i32 CurrentFontIndex; /* current (old) index in input */
+i32 OutputFontIndex; /* current (new) index in ouput */
+
+struct pagelist *PageList; /* the list of allowed pages */
+
+char *DVIFileName; /* name of input DVI file */
+FILE *inf; /* the input file itself */
+FILE *outf; /* the output DVI file */
+
+long StartOfLastPage; /* The file position just before we started
+ the last page (this is later written to
+ the output file as the previous page
+ pointer). */
+long CurrentPosition; /* The current position of the file */
+
+int UseThisPage; /* true => current page is selected */
+
+i32 InputPageNumber; /* current absolute page in old DVI file */
+int NumberOfOutputPages; /* number of pages in new DVI file */
+
+i32 Numerator; /* numerator from DVI file */
+i32 Denominator; /* denominator from DVI file */
+i32 DVIMag; /* magnification from DVI file */
+
+i32 Count[10]; /* the 10 \count variables */
+
+/* save some string space: we use this a lot */
+char writeerr[] = "error writing DVI file";
+
+char *malloc(), *realloc();
+/*
+ * You may get lint warnings about sprintf's return value.
+ * Older versions of 4BSD have `char *sprintf()'. ANSI and
+ * SysV use `int sprintf()'; so ignore the warnings.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Lint gets somewhat confused over putc.
+ */
+#ifdef lint
+#undef putc
+#ifdef ultrix /* grr */
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((char)(c), f)
+#else
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((int)(c), f)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Return true iff the 10 \counts are one of the desired output pages.
+ */
+DesiredPageP()
+{
+ register struct pagelist *pl;
+
+ for (pl = PageList; pl != NULL; pl = pl->pl_alt) {
+ register struct pagesel *ps = pl->pl_pages;
+ register int i;
+ register i32 *pagep;
+
+ pagep = pl->pl_abs ? &InputPageNumber : &Count[0];
+ for (i = 0; i < pl->pl_len; i++, ps++, pagep++) {
+ switch (ps->ps_type) {
+
+ case pt_lu: /* check upper, fall through */
+ if (*pagep > ps->ps_high)
+ goto no_good;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case pt_l: /* only if not too low */
+ if (*pagep < ps->ps_low)
+ goto no_good;
+ break;
+
+ case pt_u: /* only if not too high */
+ if (*pagep > ps->ps_high)
+ goto no_good;
+ break;
+
+ case pt_unbounded:
+ break;
+
+ case pt_even: /* only if even */
+ if (*pagep & 1)
+ goto no_good;
+ break;
+
+ case pt_odd: /* only if odd */
+ if ((*pagep & 1) == 0)
+ goto no_good;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (1); /* success */
+ no_good:
+ continue;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a message to stderr, with an optional leading space, and handling
+ * long line wraps.
+ */
+message(space, str, len)
+ int space;
+ register char *str;
+ register int len;
+{
+ static int beenhere;
+ static int col;
+
+ if (!beenhere)
+ space = 0, beenhere++;
+ if (len == 0)
+ len = strlen(str);
+ col += len;
+ if (space) {
+ if (col >= MAXCOL)
+ (void) putc('\n', stderr), col = len;
+ else
+ (void) putc(' ', stderr), col++;
+ }
+ while (--len >= 0)
+ (void) putc(*str++, stderr);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start a page (process a DVI_BOP).
+ */
+BeginPage()
+{
+ register i32 *i;
+
+ OutputFontIndex = -1; /* new page requires respecifying font */
+ InputPageNumber++; /* count it */
+ for (i = Count; i < &Count[10]; i++)
+ fGetLong(inf, *i);
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+
+ if ((UseThisPage = DesiredPageP()) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_BOP);
+ for (i = Count; i < &Count[10]; i++)
+ PutLong(outf, *i);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition;
+ CurrentPosition += 45; /* we just wrote this much */
+
+ if (!SFlag) { /* write nice page usage messages */
+ register int z = 0;
+ register int mlen = 0;
+ char msg[80];
+
+ (void) sprintf(msg, "[%ld", (long)Count[0]);
+ mlen = strlen(msg);
+ for (i = &Count[1]; i < &Count[10]; i++) {
+ if (*i == 0) {
+ z++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (--z >= 0)
+ msg[mlen++] = '.', msg[mlen++] = '0';
+ z = 0;
+ (void) sprintf(msg + mlen, ".%ld", (long)*i);
+ mlen += strlen(msg + mlen);
+ }
+ message(1, msg, mlen);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * End a page (process a DVI_EOP).
+ */
+EndPage()
+{
+
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ return;
+ if (!SFlag)
+ message(0, "]", 1);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_EOP);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ NumberOfOutputPages++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * For each of the fonts used in the new DVI file, write out a definition.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+PostAmbleFontEnumerator(addr, key)
+ char *addr;
+ i32 key;
+{
+
+ if (((struct fontinfo *)addr)->fi_reallyused)
+ WriteFont((struct fontinfo *)addr);
+}
+
+HandlePostAmble()
+{
+ register i32 c;
+
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Numerator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("numerator");
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Denominator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("denominator");
+ if (GetLong(inf) != DVIMag)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("\\magnification");
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, DVIMag);
+ c = GetLong(inf);
+ PutLong(outf, c); /* tallest page height */
+ c = GetLong(inf);
+ PutLong(outf, c); /* widest page width */
+ c = GetWord(inf);
+ PutWord(outf, c); /* DVI stack size */
+ PutWord(outf, NumberOfOutputPages);
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition; /* point at post */
+ CurrentPosition += 29; /* count all those `put's */
+#ifdef notdef
+ (void) GetWord(inf); /* skip original number of pages */
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * just ignore all the incoming font definitions; we are done with
+ * input file
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * run through the FontFinder table and dump definitions for the
+ * fonts we have used.
+ */
+ SEnumerate(FontFinder, PostAmbleFontEnumerator);
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POSTPOST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage); /* actually start of postamble */
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition += 10;
+ while (CurrentPosition & 3) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font definition to the output file
+ */
+WriteFont(fi)
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+{
+ register int l;
+ register char *s;
+
+ if (fi->fi_newindex < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (fi->fi_newindex < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF2);
+ PutWord(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (fi->fi_newindex < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF4);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_checksum);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_mag);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_designsize);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n2);
+ l = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ CurrentPosition += 14 + l;
+ s = fi->fi_name;
+ while (--l >= 0)
+ putbyte(outf, *s++);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle the preamble. Someday we should update the comment field.
+ */
+HandlePreAmble()
+{
+ register int n, c;
+
+ c = getc(inf);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (c != DVI_PRE)
+ GripeMissingOp("PRE");
+ if (getc(inf) != DVI_VERSION)
+ error(1, 0, "%s is not a DVI version %d file",
+ DVIFileName, DVI_VERSION);
+ Numerator = GetLong(inf);
+ Denominator = GetLong(inf);
+ DVIMag = GetLong(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_PRE);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, DVIMag);
+
+ n = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ CurrentPosition = 15 + n; /* well, almost */
+ putbyte(outf, n);
+ while (--n >= 0) {
+ c = GetByte(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+}
+
+main(argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ register char **argv;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *s;
+ char *outname = NULL;
+
+ ProgName = *argv;
+ setbuf(stderr, serrbuf);
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "i:o:s")) != EOF) {
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case 's': /* silent */
+ SFlag++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ if (DVIFileName != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ DVIFileName = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 'o':
+ if (outname != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ outname = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+usage:
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\
+Usage: %s [-s] [-i infile] [-o outfile] pages [...] [infile [outfile]]\n",
+ ProgName);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (optind < argc) {
+ s = argv[optind++];
+ c = *s;
+ if (!isalpha(c) && c != '/' ||
+ (c == 'e' || c == 'o') && evenodd(s)) {
+ if (ParsePages(s))
+ goto usage;
+ } else if (DVIFileName == NULL)
+ DVIFileName = s;
+ else if (outname == NULL)
+ outname = s;
+ else
+ goto usage;
+ }
+ if (PageList == NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ if (DVIFileName == NULL) {
+ DVIFileName = "`stdin'";
+ inf = stdin;
+ } else if ((inf = fopen(DVIFileName, "r")) == 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot read %s", DVIFileName);
+ if (outname == NULL)
+ outf = stdout;
+ else if ((outf = fopen(outname, "w")) == 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot write %s", outname);
+
+ if ((FontFinder = SCreate(sizeof(struct fontinfo))) == 0)
+ error(1, 0, "cannot create font finder (out of memory?)");
+
+ StartOfLastPage = -1;
+ HandlePreAmble();
+ HandleDVIFile();
+ HandlePostAmble();
+ if (!SFlag)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\nWrote %d page%s, %ld bytes\n",
+ NumberOfOutputPages, NumberOfOutputPages == 1 ? "" : "s",
+ (long)CurrentPosition);
+ exit(0);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+struct pagelist *
+InstallPL(ps, n, absolute)
+ register struct pagesel *ps;
+ register int n;
+ int absolute;
+{
+ register struct pagelist *pl;
+
+ pl = (struct pagelist *)malloc(sizeof *pl);
+ if (pl == NULL)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(sizeof *pl, "page list");
+ pl->pl_alt = PageList;
+ PageList = pl;
+ pl->pl_len = n;
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ pl->pl_pages[n] = ps[n];
+ pl->pl_abs = absolute;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return true iff the string `s' is the word `even' or `odd',
+ * followed by `.' or `white' characters.
+ */
+int
+evenodd(s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register int c;
+
+ if (strncmp(s, "even", 4) == 0)
+ c = s[4];
+ else if (strncmp(s, "odd", 3) == 0)
+ c = s[3];
+ else
+ return (0);
+ if (c == 0 || c == '.' || white(c))
+ return (1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse a string representing a list of pages. Return 0 iff ok. As a
+ * side effect, the page selection(s) is (are) prepended to PageList.
+ */
+ParsePages(s)
+ register char *s;
+{
+ register struct pagesel *ps;
+ register int c; /* current character */
+ register i32 n; /* current numeric value */
+ register int innumber; /* true => gathering a number */
+ int i; /* next index in page select list */
+ int range; /* true => saw a range indicator */
+ int negative; /* true => number being built is negative */
+ int absolute; /* true => absolute, not \count */
+ int lb, ub, even, odd; /* flags for lower,upper,even,odd */
+ struct pagesel pagesel[10];
+
+ range = 0;
+ innumber = 0;
+ absolute = 0;
+ i = 0;
+ ps = pagesel;
+ lb = ub = even = odd = 0;
+ /*
+ * Talk about ad hoc! (Not to mention convoluted.)
+ */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = *s++;
+ if (i == 0 && !innumber && !range) {
+ /* nothing special going on */
+ if (c == 0)
+ return 0;
+ if (white(c))
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((c == 'e' || c == 'o') && evenodd(s - 1)) {
+ if (innumber || range)
+ return (-1);
+ if (c == 'e') {
+ s += 3;
+ even = 1;
+ } else {
+ s += 2;
+ odd = 1;
+ }
+ c = *s++;
+ goto finishnum;
+ }
+ if (c == '_') {
+ /* kludge: should be '-' for negatives */
+ if (innumber || absolute)
+ return (-1);
+ innumber = 1;
+ negative = 1;
+ n = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '=') {
+ /* absolute page */
+ if (innumber || range || i > 0)
+ return (-1);
+ absolute = 1;
+ negative = 0;
+ n = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (isdigit(c)) {
+ /* accumulate numeric value */
+ if (!innumber) {
+ innumber = 1;
+ negative = 0;
+ n = c - '0';
+ continue;
+ }
+ n *= 10;
+ n += negative ? '0' - c : c - '0';
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '-' || c == ':') {
+ /* here is a range */
+ if (range)
+ return (-1);
+ if (innumber) { /* have a lower bound */
+ ps->ps_low = n;
+ lb = 1;
+ }
+ range = 1;
+ innumber = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '*') {
+ /* no lower bound, no upper bound */
+ c = *s++;
+ if (innumber || range || (c && c != '.' && !white(c)))
+ return (-1);
+ goto finishnum;
+ }
+ if (c == 0 || c == '.' || white(c)) {
+ /* end of this range */
+ if (innumber) { /* have an upper bound */
+ ps->ps_high = n;
+ ub = 1;
+ if (!range) {
+ /* no range => lower bound == upper */
+ ps->ps_low = ps->ps_high;
+ lb = 1;
+ }
+ }
+finishnum:
+ if (even)
+ ps->ps_type = pt_even;
+ else if (odd)
+ ps->ps_type = pt_odd;
+ else if (lb)
+ ps->ps_type = ub ? pt_lu : pt_l;
+ else
+ ps->ps_type = ub ? pt_u : pt_unbounded;
+ if (c == '.') {
+ if (absolute)
+ return (-1);
+ if (++i >= 10) /* too many specifiers */
+ return (-1);
+ ps++;
+ } else {
+ InstallPL(pagesel, i + 1, absolute);
+ ps = pagesel;
+ i = 0;
+ absolute = 0;
+ }
+ if (c == 0)
+ return (0);
+ range = 0;
+ innumber = 0;
+ lb = ub = even = odd = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* illegal character */
+ return (-1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a font definition.
+ */
+HandleFontDef(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ register int i;
+ register char *s;
+ int def = S_CREATE | S_EXCL;
+
+ if ((fi = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, index, &def)) == 0)
+ if (def & S_COLL)
+ error(1, 0, "font %ld already defined", (long)index);
+ else
+ error(1, 0, "cannot stash font %ld (out of memory?)",
+ (long)index);
+ fi->fi_reallyused = 0;
+ fi->fi_checksum = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_mag = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_designsize = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_n1 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ fi->fi_n2 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ i = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ if ((s = malloc((unsigned)i)) == 0)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(i, "font name");
+ fi->fi_name = s;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *s++ = GetByte(inf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a \special.
+ */
+HandleSpecial(c, l, p)
+ int c;
+ register int l;
+ register i32 p;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (UseThisPage) {
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleSpecial l=%d", l);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += p;
+ while (--p >= 0) {
+ i = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, i);
+ }
+ if (feof(inf))
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ } else
+ while (--p >= 0)
+ (void) getc(inf);
+}
+
+ReallyUseFont()
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ int look = S_LOOKUP;
+
+ fi = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, CurrentFontIndex, &look);
+ if (fi == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "DVI file requested font %ld without defining it",
+ (long)CurrentFontIndex);
+ if (fi->fi_reallyused == 0) {
+ fi->fi_reallyused++;
+ fi->fi_newindex = NextOutputFontIndex++;
+ WriteFont(fi);
+ }
+ if (fi->fi_newindex != OutputFontIndex) {
+ PutFontSelector(fi->fi_newindex);
+ OutputFontIndex = fi->fi_newindex;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font selection command to the output file
+ */
+PutFontSelector(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+
+ if (index < 64) {
+ putbyte(outf, index + DVI_FNTNUM0);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ } else if (index < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT1);
+ putbyte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (index < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT2);
+ PutWord(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (index < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT4);
+ PutLong(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following table describes the length (in bytes) of each of the DVI
+ * commands that we can simply copy, starting with DVI_SET1 (128).
+ */
+char oplen[128] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_SET1 .. DVI_SET4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_SETRULE */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_PUT1 .. DVI_PUT4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_PUTRULE */
+ 1, /* DVI_NOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_BOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_EOP */
+ 1, /* DVI_PUSH */
+ 1, /* DVI_POP */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_RIGHT1 .. DVI_RIGHT4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_W0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_W1 .. DVI_W4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_X0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_X1 .. DVI_X4 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_DOWN1 .. DVI_DOWN4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Y0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Y1 .. DVI_Y4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Z0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Z1 .. DVI_Z4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_FNTNUM0 (171) */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 172 .. 179 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 180 .. 187 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 188 .. 195 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 196 .. 203 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 204 .. 211 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 212 .. 219 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 220 .. 227 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 228 .. 234 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNT1 .. DVI_FNT4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_XXX1 .. DVI_XXX4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNTDEF1 .. DVI_FNTDEF4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_PRE */
+ 0, /* DVI_POST */
+ 0, /* DVI_POSTPOST */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 250 .. 255 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Here we read the input DVI file and write relevant pages to the
+ * output DVI file. We also keep track of font changes, handle font
+ * definitions, and perform some other housekeeping.
+ */
+HandleDVIFile()
+{
+ register int c, l;
+ register i32 p;
+ register int CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ int doingpage = 0;
+
+ /* Only way out is via "return" statement */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = getc(inf); /* getc() returns unsigned values */
+ if (DVI_IsChar(c)) {
+ /*
+ * Copy chars, note font usage, but ignore if
+ * page is not interesting.
+ */
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ continue;
+ if (!CurrentFontOK) {
+ ReallyUseFont();
+ CurrentFontOK++;
+ }
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (DVI_IsFont(c)) { /* note font change */
+ CurrentFontIndex = c - DVI_FNTNUM0;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if ((l = (oplen - 128)[c]) != 0) { /* simple copy */
+ if (!UseThisPage) {
+ while (--l > 0)
+ (void) getc(inf);
+ continue;
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += l;
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ while (--l > 0) {
+ c = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((l = DVI_OpLen(c)) != 0) {
+ /*
+ * Handle other generics.
+ * N.B.: there should only be unsigned parameters
+ * here (save SGN4), for commands with negative
+ * parameters have been taken care of above.
+ */
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ p = getc(inf);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ fGetWord(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ fGet3Byte(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ fGetLong(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile l=%d", l);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now that we have the parameter, perform the
+ * command.
+ */
+ switch (DVI_DT(c)) {
+
+ case DT_SET:
+ case DT_PUT:
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ continue;
+ if (!CurrentFontOK) {
+ ReallyUseFont();
+ CurrentFontOK++;
+ }
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case DT_FNT:
+ CurrentFontIndex = p;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_XXX:
+ HandleSpecial(c, l, p);
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_FNTDEF:
+ HandleFontDef(p);
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile DVI_DT(%d)=%d",
+ c, DVI_DT(c));
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (c) { /* handle the few remaining cases */
+
+ case DVI_BOP:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("BOP (during page)");
+ BeginPage();
+ doingpage = 1;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_EOP:
+ if (!doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("EOP (outside page)");
+ EndPage();
+ doingpage = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_PRE:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("PRE");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DVI_POST:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POST (inside page)");
+ return;
+
+ case DVI_POSTPOST:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POSTPOST");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ default:
+ GripeUndefinedOp(c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.man b/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..814f102308
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dviselect/dviselect.man
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+.TH DVISELECT 1
+.SH NAME
+dviselect \- extract pages from DVI files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dviselect
+[
+.B \-s
+] [
+.B \-i
+.I infile
+] [
+.B \-o
+.I outfile
+]
+.I "list of pages"
+[
+.I infile
+[
+.I outfile
+] ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Dviselect
+selects pages from a DVI file produced by TeX,
+creating a new DVI file
+usable by any of the TeX conversion programs,
+or even by
+.I dviselect
+itself.
+.PP
+A
+.I range
+is a string of the form
+.IR even ,
+.IR odd ,
+or
+.I first:last
+where both
+.I first
+and
+.I last
+are optional numeric strings, with negative numbers indicated by
+a leading underscore character ``_''. If both
+.I first
+and
+.I last
+are omitted, the colon may also be omitted, or may be replaced
+with an asterisk ``*''. A
+.I page range
+is a list of ranges separated by periods. A
+.I "list of pages"
+is described by a set of page ranges separated by commas and/or white space.
+.PP
+.I Dviselect
+actually looks at the ten
+.I count
+variables that TeX writes; the first of these (\ecount0) is the
+page number, with \ecount1 through \ecount9 having varied uses
+depending on which macro packages are in use. (Typically \ecount1
+might be a chapter or section number.) A page is included in
+.IR dviselect 's
+output if all its \ecount values match any one of the ranges
+listed on the command line. For example, the command
+``dviselect *.1,35:''
+might select everything in chapter 1, as well as pages 35 and up.
+``dviselect 10:30'' would select pages 10 through 30 (inclusive).
+``:43'' means everything up to and including page 43 (including
+negative-numbered pages).
+To get all even-numbered pages, use ``even'';
+to get all odd-numbered pages, use ``odd''.
+If a Table of Contents has negative page numbers, ``:_1'' will select it.
+Note that ``*'' must be quoted from the shell;
+the empty string is more convenient to use, if harder to read.
+.PP
+Instead of \ecount values,
+.I dviselect
+can also select by ``absolute page number'', where the first page
+is page 1, the second page 2, and so forth. Absolute page numbers
+are indicated by a leading equal sign ``=''. Ranges of absolute
+pages are also allowed: ``dviselect =3:7'' will extract the third
+through seventh pages. Dot separators are not legal in absolute
+ranges, and there are no negative absolute page numbers.
+Even/odd specifiers, however, are legal;
+``dviselect =even'' selects every other page,
+starting with the second.
+.PP
+More precisely, an asterisk or an empty string implies no limit;
+an equal sign means absolute page number rather than \ecounts;
+a leading colon means everything up to and including the given page; a
+trailing colon means everything from the given page on;
+the word ``even'' means only even values shall be accepted;
+the word ``odd'' means only odd values shall be accepted; and
+a period indicates that the next \ecount should be examined.
+If fewer than 10 ranges are specified, the remaining \ecounts
+are left unrestricted (that is, ``1:5'' and ``1:5.*'' are equivalent).
+A single number \fIn\fP is treated as if it were the range \fIn:n\fP.
+An arbitrary number of page selectors may be given, separated by commas
+or whitespace; a page is selected if any of the selectors matches
+its \ecounts or absolute page number.
+.PP
+Dviselect normally prints the page numbers of the pages selected; the
+.I \-s
+option suppresses this.
+.SH AUTHOR
+Chris Torek, University of Maryland
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+dviconcat(1), latex(1), tex(1)
+.br
+.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
+.br
+.I "The TeXbook"
+.SH BUGS
+A leading ``-'' ought to be allowed for negative numbers, but it
+is currently used as a synonym for ``:'', for backwards compatibility.
+.PP
+Section or subsection selection will sometimes fail, for the DVI
+file lists only the \ecount values that were active when the page
+ended. Clever macro packages can alleviate this by making use of
+other ``free'' \ecount registers. Chapters normally begin on new
+pages, and do not suffer from this particular problem.
+.PP
+The heuristic that decides which arguments are page selectors
+and which are file names is often wrong.
+Using shell redirection or the \-i and \-o options is safest.
+.PP
+.I Dviselect
+does not adjust the parameters in the postamble; however, since these
+values are normally used only to size certain structures in the output
+conversion programs, and the parameters never need to be adjusted upward,
+this has not proven to be a problem.
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Imakefile b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Imakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b75807a7ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Imakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+OBJS =dvitodvi.o
+SRCS =dvitodvi.c
+
+ LIBTEXROOT= ../
+ LIBTEXSRC = ../libtex
+ LIBTEX = $(LIBTEXSRC)/libtex.a
+ DEPLIBTEX = $(LIBTEX)
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPLIBTEX) XawClientDepLibs
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(LIBTEX)
+
+ DEFINES = -I$(LIBTEXROOT)
+
+FILES =Imakefile dvitodvi.man Makefile.raw $(SRCS)
+
+all: dvitodvi
+
+NormalProgramTarget(dvitodvi,$(OBJS),$(DEPLIBS),$(LOCAL_LIBRARIES),$(SYSLIBS))
+InstallProgram(dvitodvi, $(BINDIR))
+InstallManPage(dvitodvi,$(MANDIR))
+DependTarget()
+TagsTarget()
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/Dvitodvi/$$file; \
+ done
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Makefile b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4753afc223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+# Makefile generated by imake - do not edit!
+# $XConsortium: imake.c,v 1.65 91/07/25 17:50:17 rws Exp $
+#
+# The cpp used on this machine replaces all newlines and multiple tabs and
+# spaces in a macro expansion with a single space. Imake tries to compensate
+# for this, but is not always successful.
+#
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Makefile generated from "Imake.tmpl" and <Imakefile>
+# $XConsortium: Imake.tmpl,v 1.139 91/09/16 08:52:48 rws Exp $
+#
+# Platform-specific parameters may be set in the appropriate <vendor>.cf
+# configuration files. Site-specific parameters should be set in the file
+# site.def. Full rebuilds are recommended if any parameters are changed.
+#
+# If your C preprocessor does not define any unique symbols, you will need
+# to set BOOTSTRAPCFLAGS when rebuilding imake (usually when doing
+# "make World" the first time).
+#
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# site-specific configuration parameters that need to come before
+# the platform-specific parameters - edit site.def to change
+
+# site: $XConsortium: site.def,v 1.2 91/07/30 20:26:44 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# platform-specific configuration parameters - edit sun.cf to change
+
+# platform: $XConsortium: sun.cf,v 1.69 91/09/09 18:23:59 rws Exp $
+
+# operating system: SunOS 4.1.1
+
+# $XConsortium: sunLib.rules,v 1.6 91/03/24 17:55:58 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# site-specific configuration parameters that go after
+# the platform-specific parameters - edit site.def to change
+
+# site: $XConsortium: site.def,v 1.2 91/07/30 20:26:44 rws Exp $
+
+ SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ TOP = .
+ CURRENT_DIR = .
+
+ AR = ar clq
+ BOOTSTRAPCFLAGS =
+ CC = cc
+ AS = as
+
+ COMPRESS = compress
+ CPP = /lib/cpp $(STD_CPP_DEFINES)
+ PREPROCESSCMD = cc -E $(STD_CPP_DEFINES)
+ INSTALL = /usr/local/bin/install
+ LD = ld
+ LINT = lint
+ LINTLIBFLAG = -C
+ LINTOPTS = -axz
+ LN = ln -s
+ MAKE = make
+ MV = mv
+ CP = cp
+
+ RANLIB = ranlib
+ RANLIBINSTFLAGS =
+
+ RM = rm -f
+ TROFF = psroff
+ MSMACROS = -ms
+ TBL = tbl
+ EQN = eqn
+ STD_INCLUDES =
+ STD_CPP_DEFINES =
+ STD_DEFINES =
+ EXTRA_LOAD_FLAGS =
+ EXTRA_LIBRARIES =
+ TAGS = ctags
+
+ SHAREDCODEDEF = -DSHAREDCODE
+ SHLIBDEF = -DSUNSHLIB
+
+ PROTO_DEFINES =
+
+ INSTPGMFLAGS = -s
+
+ INSTBINFLAGS = -m 0755
+ INSTUIDFLAGS = -m 4755
+ INSTLIBFLAGS = -m 0644
+ INSTINCFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTMANFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTDATFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTKMEMFLAGS = -m 4755
+
+ TOP_INCLUDES = -I$(INCROOT)
+
+ CDEBUGFLAGS = -O
+ CCOPTIONS = -pipe -temp=.
+
+ ALLINCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) $(EXTRA_INCLUDES) $(TOP_INCLUDES) $(STD_INCLUDES)
+ ALLDEFINES = $(ALLINCLUDES) $(STD_DEFINES) $(EXTRA_DEFINES) $(PROTO_DEFINES) $(DEFINES)
+ CFLAGS = $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(CCOPTIONS) $(ALLDEFINES)
+ LINTFLAGS = $(LINTOPTS) -DLINT $(ALLDEFINES)
+
+ LDLIBS = $(SYS_LIBRARIES) $(EXTRA_LIBRARIES)
+
+ LDOPTIONS = $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(CCOPTIONS) $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) -L$(USRLIBDIR)
+
+ LDCOMBINEFLAGS = -X -r
+ DEPENDFLAGS =
+
+ MACROFILE = sun.cf
+ RM_CMD = $(RM) *.CKP *.ln *.BAK *.bak *.o core errs ,* *~ *.a .emacs_* tags TAGS make.log MakeOut
+
+ IMAKE_DEFINES =
+
+ IRULESRC = $(CONFIGDIR)
+ IMAKE_CMD = $(IMAKE) -DUseInstalled -I$(IRULESRC) $(IMAKE_DEFINES)
+
+ ICONFIGFILES = $(IRULESRC)/Imake.tmpl $(IRULESRC)/Imake.rules \
+ $(IRULESRC)/Project.tmpl $(IRULESRC)/site.def \
+ $(IRULESRC)/$(MACROFILE) $(EXTRA_ICONFIGFILES)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# X Window System Build Parameters
+# $XConsortium: Project.tmpl,v 1.138 91/09/10 09:02:12 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# X Window System make variables; this need to be coordinated with rules
+
+ PATHSEP = /
+ USRLIBDIR = /usr/local/lib/X11R5
+ BINDIR = /usr/local/bin/X11R5
+ INCROOT = /usr/local/share/X11R5/include
+ BUILDINCROOT = $(TOP)
+ BUILDINCDIR = $(BUILDINCROOT)/X11
+ BUILDINCTOP = ..
+ INCDIR = $(INCROOT)/X11
+ ADMDIR = /usr/adm
+ LIBDIR = /usr/local/lib/X11R5
+ CONFIGDIR = $(LIBDIR)/config
+ LINTLIBDIR = $(USRLIBDIR)/lint
+
+ FONTDIR = $(LIBDIR)/fonts
+ XINITDIR = $(LIBDIR)/xinit
+ XDMDIR = $(LIBDIR)/xdm
+ TWMDIR = $(LIBDIR)/twm
+ MANPATH = /usr/local/share/man
+ MANSOURCEPATH = $(MANPATH)/man
+ MANSUFFIX = n
+ LIBMANSUFFIX = 3
+ MANDIR = $(MANSOURCEPATH)$(MANSUFFIX)
+ LIBMANDIR = $(MANSOURCEPATH)$(LIBMANSUFFIX)
+ NLSDIR = $(LIBDIR)/nls
+ PEXAPIDIR = $(LIBDIR)/PEX
+ XAPPLOADDIR = $(LIBDIR)/app-defaults
+ FONTCFLAGS = -t
+
+ INSTAPPFLAGS = $(INSTDATFLAGS)
+
+ IMAKE = imake
+ DEPEND = makedepend
+ RGB = rgb
+
+ FONTC = bdftopcf
+
+ MKFONTDIR = mkfontdir
+ MKDIRHIER = /bin/sh $(BINDIR)/mkdirhier
+
+ CONFIGSRC = $(TOP)/config
+ DOCUTILSRC = $(TOP)/doc/util
+ CLIENTSRC = $(TOP)/clients
+ DEMOSRC = $(TOP)/demos
+ LIBSRC = $(TOP)/lib
+ FONTSRC = $(TOP)/fonts
+ INCLUDESRC = $(TOP)/X11
+ SERVERSRC = $(TOP)/server
+ UTILSRC = $(TOP)/util
+ SCRIPTSRC = $(UTILSRC)/scripts
+ EXAMPLESRC = $(TOP)/examples
+ CONTRIBSRC = $(TOP)/../contrib
+ DOCSRC = $(TOP)/doc
+ RGBSRC = $(TOP)/rgb
+ DEPENDSRC = $(UTILSRC)/makedepend
+ IMAKESRC = $(CONFIGSRC)
+ XAUTHSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xau
+ XLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/X
+ XMUSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xmu
+ TOOLKITSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xt
+ AWIDGETSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xaw
+ OLDXLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/oldX
+ XDMCPLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xdmcp
+ BDFTOSNFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/bdftosnf
+ BDFTOSNFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/bdftosnf
+ BDFTOPCFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/bdftopcf
+ MKFONTDIRSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/mkfontdir
+ FSLIBSRC = $(FONTSRC)/lib/fs
+ FONTSERVERSRC = $(FONTSRC)/server
+ EXTENSIONSRC = $(TOP)/extensions
+ XILIBSRC = $(EXTENSIONSRC)/lib/xinput
+ PHIGSLIBSRC = $(EXTENSIONSRC)/lib/PEX
+
+# $XConsortium: sunLib.tmpl,v 1.11 91/07/31 11:32:08 rws Exp $
+
+SHLIBLDFLAGS = -assert pure-text
+PICFLAGS = -pic
+
+ DEPEXTENSIONLIB =
+ EXTENSIONLIB = -lXext
+
+ DEPXLIB = $(DEPEXTENSIONLIB)
+ XLIB = $(EXTENSIONLIB) -lX11
+
+ DEPXMULIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXmu.sa.$(SOXMUREV)
+ XMULIB = -lXmu
+
+ DEPOLDXLIB =
+ OLDXLIB = -loldX
+
+ DEPXTOOLLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXt.sa.$(SOXTREV)
+ XTOOLLIB = -lXt
+
+ DEPXAWLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXaw.sa.$(SOXAWREV)
+ XAWLIB = -lXaw
+
+ DEPXILIB =
+ XILIB = -lXi
+
+ SOXLIBREV = 4.10
+ SOXTREV = 4.10
+ SOXAWREV = 5.0
+ SOOLDXREV = 4.10
+ SOXMUREV = 4.10
+ SOXEXTREV = 4.10
+ SOXINPUTREV = 4.10
+
+ DEPXAUTHLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXau.a
+ XAUTHLIB = -lXau
+ DEPXDMCPLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXdmcp.a
+ XDMCPLIB = -lXdmcp
+
+ DEPPHIGSLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libphigs.a
+ PHIGSLIB = -lphigs
+
+ DEPXBSDLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXbsd.a
+ XBSDLIB = -lXbsd
+
+ LINTEXTENSIONLIB = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXext.ln
+ LINTXLIB = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lX11.ln
+ LINTXMU = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXmu.ln
+ LINTXTOOL = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXt.ln
+ LINTXAW = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXaw.ln
+ LINTXI = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXi.ln
+ LINTPHIGS = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lphigs.ln
+
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPXAWLIB) $(DEPXMULIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+
+ DEPLIBS1 = $(DEPLIBS)
+ DEPLIBS2 = $(DEPLIBS)
+ DEPLIBS3 = $(DEPLIBS)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Imake rules for building libraries, programs, scripts, and data files
+# rules: $XConsortium: Imake.rules,v 1.123 91/09/16 20:12:16 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# start of Imakefile
+
+OBJS =dvitodvi.o
+SRCS =dvitodvi.c
+
+ LIBTEXROOT= ../
+ LIBTEXSRC = ../libtex
+ LIBTEX = $(LIBTEXSRC)/libtex.a
+ DEPLIBTEX = $(LIBTEX)
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPLIBTEX) $(DEPXAWLIB) $(DEPXMULIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+LOCAL_LIBRARIES = $(LIBTEX)
+
+ DEFINES = -I$(LIBTEXROOT)
+
+FILES =Imakefile dvitodvi.man Makefile.raw $(SRCS)
+
+all: dvitodvi
+
+dvitodvi: $(OBJS) $(DEPLIBS)
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(CC) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LDOPTIONS) $(LOCAL_LIBRARIES) $(LDLIBS) $(SYSLIBS) $(EXTRA_LOAD_FLAGS)
+
+clean::
+ $(RM) dvitodvi
+
+install:: dvitodvi
+ @if [ -d $(DESTDIR) $(BINDIR) ]; then set +x; \
+ else (set -x; $(MKDIRHIER) $(DESTDIR) $(BINDIR)); fi
+ $(INSTALL) -c $(INSTPGMFLAGS) dvitodvi $(DESTDIR) $(BINDIR)
+
+install.man:: dvitodvi.man
+ @if [ -d $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR) ]; then set +x; \
+ else (set -x; $(MKDIRHIER) $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)); fi
+ $(INSTALL) -c $(INSTMANFLAGS) dvitodvi.man $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/dvitodvi.$(MANSUFFIX)
+
+depend::
+ $(DEPEND) $(DEPENDFLAGS) -s "# DO NOT DELETE" -- $(ALLDEFINES) -- $(SRCS)
+
+tags::
+ $(TAGS) -w *.[ch]
+ $(TAGS) -xw *.[ch] > TAGS
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/Dvitodvi/$$file; \
+ done
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# common rules for all Makefiles - do not edit
+
+emptyrule::
+
+clean::
+ $(RM_CMD) "#"*
+
+Makefile::
+ -@if [ -f Makefile ]; then set -x; \
+ $(RM) Makefile.bak; $(MV) Makefile Makefile.bak; \
+ else exit 0; fi
+ $(IMAKE_CMD) -DTOPDIR=$(TOP) -DCURDIR=$(CURRENT_DIR)
+
+tags::
+ $(TAGS) -w *.[ch]
+ $(TAGS) -xw *.[ch] > TAGS
+
+saber:
+ # load $(ALLDEFINES) $(SRCS)
+
+osaber:
+ # load $(ALLDEFINES) $(OBJS)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# empty rules for directories that do not have SUBDIRS - do not edit
+
+install::
+ @echo "install in $(CURRENT_DIR) done"
+
+install.man::
+ @echo "install.man in $(CURRENT_DIR) done"
+
+Makefiles::
+
+includes::
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# dependencies generated by makedepend
+
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.c b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2bbadeeeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1141 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/dvi/RCS/dviselect.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 17:16:13 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DVI page rearrangement program
+ *
+ * Reads DVI version 2 files and rearranges pages,
+ * writing a new DVI file.
+ */
+
+#include "libtex/types.h"
+#include "libtex/dviclass.h"
+#include "libtex/dvicodes.h"
+#include "libtex/error.h"
+#include "libtex/fio.h"
+#include "libtex/gripes.h"
+#include "libtex/search.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "libtex/seek.h"
+
+#define white(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == ',')
+
+#define MAXDVIPAGES 1000 /* max (absolute) pages in DVI file */
+
+char *ProgName;
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Globals */
+char serrbuf[BUFSIZ]; /* buffer for stderr */
+
+/*
+ * We will try to keep output lines shorter than MAXCOL characters.
+ */
+#define MAXCOL 75
+
+/*
+ * We use the following structure to keep track of fonts we have seen.
+ * The final DVI file lists only the fonts it uses.
+ */
+struct fontinfo {
+ i32 fi_newindex; /* font number in output file */
+ int fi_reallyused; /* true => used on a page we copied */
+ i32 fi_checksum; /* the checksum */
+ i32 fi_mag; /* the magnification */
+ i32 fi_designsize; /* the design size */
+ short fi_n1; /* the name header length */
+ short fi_n2; /* the name body length */
+ char *fi_name; /* the name itself */
+};
+
+
+i32 Width; /* width of page */
+i32 Height; /* height of page */
+i32 Magnification; /* Magnification of pages */
+int Modulo; /* page spec modulo */
+struct pagespec *PageSpecs; /* page specification list */
+
+int SFlag; /* true => -s, silent operation */
+
+struct search *FontFinder; /* maps from input indicies to fontinfo */
+i32 NextOutputFontIndex; /* generates output indicies */
+i32 CurrentFontIndex; /* current (old) index in input */
+i32 OutputFontIndex; /* current (new) index in ouput */
+
+char *DVIFileName; /* name of input DVI file */
+FILE *inf; /* the input file itself */
+FILE *outf; /* the output DVI file */
+
+long StartOfPage[MAXDVIPAGES]; /* The file positions of the
+ input pages */
+
+long StartOfLastPage; /* The file position just before we
+ started the last page */
+long CurrentPosition; /* The current position of the file */
+
+int UseThisPage; /* true => current page is selected */
+
+i32 InputPageNumber; /* current absolute page in old DVI file */
+int NumberOfOutputPages; /* number of pages in new DVI file */
+
+i32 Numerator; /* numerator from DVI file */
+i32 Denominator; /* denominator from DVI file */
+i32 DVIMag; /* magnification from DVI file */
+
+i32 Count[10]; /* the 10 \count variables */
+
+/* save some string space: we use this a lot */
+char writeerr[] = "error writing DVI file";
+
+char *malloc(), *realloc();
+/*
+ * You may get lint warnings about sprintf's return value.
+ * Older versions of 4BSD have `char *sprintf()'. ANSI and
+ * SysV use `int sprintf()'; so ignore the warnings.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Lint gets somewhat confused over putc.
+ */
+#ifdef lint
+#undef putc
+#ifdef ultrix /* grr */
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((char)(c), f)
+#else
+#define putc(c, f) fputc((int)(c), f)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+void specusage()
+{
+ error(1, -1, "page specification error:\n\
+ <pagespecs> = [modulo:][mag@]<spec>\n\
+ <spec> = [-]pageno[(xoff,yoff)][,spec|+spec]\n\
+ modulo>=1, 0<=pageno<modulo");
+}
+
+/*
+ * This function calculates approximately (whole + num/den) * sf.
+ * No need for real extreme accuracy; one ten thousandth of an
+ * inch should be sufficient.
+ *
+ * Assumptions:
+ *
+ * 0 <= num < den <= 10000
+ * 0 <= whole
+ */
+i32 defaultscale = 4736286 ;
+i32 scale(whole, num, den, sf)
+ i32 whole, sf;
+ int num, den;
+{
+ i32 v ;
+
+ if (!sf)
+ sf = defaultscale ;
+ v = whole * sf + num * (sf / den) ;
+ if (v / sf != whole || v < 0 || v > 0x40000000L)
+ error(1, -1, "arithmetic overflow in dimension") ;
+ sf = sf % den ;
+ v += (sf * num * 2 + den) / (2 * den) ;
+ return (v) ;
+}
+
+struct pagespec {
+ int reversed, pageno, add;
+ i32 xoff, yoff;
+ struct pagespec *next;
+};
+
+struct pagespec *newspec()
+{
+ struct pagespec *temp = (struct pagespec *)malloc(sizeof(struct pagespec));
+ temp->reversed = temp->pageno = temp->add = 0;
+ temp->xoff = temp->yoff = 0;
+ temp->next = NULL;
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+int parseint(sp)
+ char **sp;
+{
+ char *s = *sp;
+ int n = 0, neg = 0;
+
+ if (*s == '-') {
+ neg = 1;
+ s++;
+ }
+ for (; isdigit(*s); s++)
+ n = n*10 + (*s-'0');
+ if (*sp == s) specusage();
+ *sp = s;
+ return (neg ? -n : n);
+}
+
+i32 parsedimen(sp)
+ char **sp;
+{
+ i32 whole = 0;
+ int num = 0, den = 1, neg = 0;
+ i32 fac = 0L;
+ char *s = *sp;
+
+ if (*s == '-') {
+ neg = 1;
+ *sp = ++s;
+ }
+ for (; isdigit(*s); s++)
+ whole = whole*10 + (*s-'0');
+
+ if (*s == '.') {
+ *sp = ++s;
+ for (; isdigit(*s); s++) {
+ if (den < 10000) { /* limit precision for scale to work */
+ num = num*10 + (*s-'0');
+ den *= 10;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (*sp == s) specusage();
+ *sp = s;
+
+ /*
+ * Allowed units are `in', `cm', `mm', `pt', `sp', `cc', `dd', and `pc';
+ * must be in lower case.
+ */
+ if (*s == 'c' && s[1] == 'm') {
+ /* centimeters need to be scaled by 72.27 * 216 / 2.54, or 1 864 680 */
+ fac = 1864680L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'p' && s[1] == 't') {
+ /* real points need to be scaled by 65536 */
+ fac = 65536L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'p' && s[1] == 'c') {
+ /* picas need to be scaled by 65536 * 12, or 786 432 */
+ fac = 786432L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'm' && s[1] == 'm') {
+ /* millimeters need to be scaled by 72.27 * 216 / 25.4, or 186 468 */
+ fac = 186468L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 's' && s[1] == 'p') {
+ /* scaled points are already taken care of; simply round */
+ fac = 1L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'b' && s[1] == 'p') {
+ /* big points need to be scaled by 72.27 * 65536 / 72, or 65782 */
+ fac = 65782L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'd' && s[1] == 'd') {
+ /* didot points need to be scaled by 65536 * 1238 / 1157, or 70124 */
+ fac = 70124L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'c' && s[1] == 'c') {
+ /* cicero need to be scaled by 65536 * 1238 / 1157 * 12, or 841 489 */
+ fac = 841489L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'i' && s[1] == 'n') {
+ /* inches need to be scaled by 72.27 * 65536, or 4 736 286 */
+ fac = 4736286L ;
+ s += 2;
+ } else if (*s == 'w') {
+ fac = Width;
+ s++;
+ } else if (*s == 'h') {
+ fac = Height;
+ s++;
+ }
+ whole = scale(whole, num, den, fac) ;
+ *sp = s;
+ return (neg ? -whole : whole);
+}
+
+struct pagespec *ParseSpecs(str, make)
+ char *str;
+ int make;
+{
+ char *t;
+ struct pagespec *head, *tail;
+ int other = 0;
+ int num = -1;
+ struct pagespec spare;
+
+ if (make)
+ head = tail = newspec();
+ else
+ head = tail = &spare;
+ while (*str) {
+ if (isdigit(*str)) {
+ num = parseint(&str);
+ } else {
+ switch (*str++) {
+ case ':':
+ if (other || head != tail || num < 1) specusage();
+ Modulo = num;
+ num = -1;
+ break;
+ case '@':
+ if (other || head != tail || num < 1) specusage();
+ Magnification = num;
+ num = -1;
+ break;
+ case '-':
+ tail->reversed = !tail->reversed;
+ other = 1;
+ break;
+ case '(':
+ tail->xoff += parsedimen(&str);
+ if (*str++ != ',') specusage();
+ tail->yoff += parsedimen(&str);
+ if (*str++ != ')') specusage();
+ other = 1;
+ break;
+ case '+':
+ tail->add = 1;
+ case ',':
+ if (num < 0 || num >= Modulo) specusage();
+ tail->pageno = num;
+ if (make) {
+ tail->next = newspec();
+ tail = tail->next;
+ }
+ num = -1;
+ other = 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ specusage();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (num >= Modulo)
+ specusage();
+ else if (num >= 0)
+ tail->pageno = num;
+ return (head);
+}
+
+i32 singledimen(str)
+ char *str;
+{
+ i32 num = parsedimen(&str);
+ if (*str) return (0);
+ return (num);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print a message to stderr, with an optional leading space, and handling
+ * long line wraps.
+ */
+message(space, str, len)
+ int space;
+ register char *str;
+ register int len;
+{
+ static int beenhere;
+ static int col;
+
+ if (!beenhere)
+ space = 0, beenhere++;
+ if (len == 0)
+ len = strlen(str);
+ col += len;
+ if (space) {
+ if (col >= MAXCOL)
+ (void) putc('\n', stderr), col = len;
+ else
+ (void) putc(' ', stderr), col++;
+ }
+ while (--len >= 0)
+ (void) putc(*str++, stderr);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Start a page (process a DVI_BOP).
+ */
+BeginPage(really)
+ int really;
+{
+ register i32 *i;
+
+ OutputFontIndex = -1; /* new page requires respecifying font */
+ for (i = Count; i < &Count[10]; i++)
+ fGetLong(inf, *i);
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+
+ if (!UseThisPage || !really)
+ return;
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_BOP);
+ for (i = Count; i < &Count[10]; i++)
+ PutLong(outf, *i);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition;
+ CurrentPosition += 45; /* we just wrote this much */
+
+ if (!SFlag) { /* write nice page usage messages */
+ register int z = 0;
+ register int mlen = 0;
+ char msg[80];
+
+ (void) sprintf(msg, "[%ld", (long)Count[0]);
+ mlen = strlen(msg);
+ for (i = &Count[1]; i < &Count[10]; i++) {
+ if (*i == 0) {
+ z++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ while (--z >= 0)
+ msg[mlen++] = '.', msg[mlen++] = '0';
+ z = 0;
+ (void) sprintf(msg + mlen, ".%ld", (long)*i);
+ mlen += strlen(msg + mlen);
+ }
+ message(1, msg, mlen);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * End a page (process a DVI_EOP).
+ */
+EndPage(really)
+ int really;
+{
+
+ if (!UseThisPage || !really)
+ return;
+ if (!SFlag)
+ message(0, "]", 1);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_EOP);
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ NumberOfOutputPages++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * For each of the fonts used in the new DVI file, write out a definition.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void
+PostAmbleFontEnumerator(addr, key)
+ char *addr;
+ i32 key;
+{
+
+ if (((struct fontinfo *)addr)->fi_reallyused)
+ WriteFont((struct fontinfo *)addr);
+}
+
+HandlePostAmble()
+{
+ register i32 c;
+
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* previous page pointer */
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Numerator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("numerator");
+ if (GetLong(inf) != Denominator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("denominator");
+ if (GetLong(inf) * Magnification / 1000 != DVIMag)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("\\magnification");
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, DVIMag);
+ c = GetLong(inf);
+ PutLong(outf, c); /* tallest page height */
+ c = GetLong(inf);
+ PutLong(outf, c); /* widest page width */
+ c = GetWord(inf)+1;
+ PutWord(outf, c); /* DVI stack size */
+ PutWord(outf, NumberOfOutputPages);
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition; /* point at post */
+ CurrentPosition += 29; /* count all those `put's */
+#ifdef notdef
+ (void) GetWord(inf); /* skip original number of pages */
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * just ignore all the incoming font definitions; we are done with
+ * input file
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * run through the FontFinder table and dump definitions for the
+ * fonts we have used.
+ */
+ SEnumerate(FontFinder, PostAmbleFontEnumerator);
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POSTPOST);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage); /* actually start of postamble */
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition += 10;
+ while (CurrentPosition & 3) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FILLER);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font definition to the output file
+ */
+WriteFont(fi)
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+{
+ register int l;
+ register char *s;
+
+ if (fi->fi_newindex < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (fi->fi_newindex < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF2);
+ PutWord(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (fi->fi_newindex < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNTDEF4);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_newindex);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_checksum);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_mag);
+ PutLong(outf, fi->fi_designsize);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n1);
+ putbyte(outf, fi->fi_n2);
+ l = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ CurrentPosition += 14 + l;
+ s = fi->fi_name;
+ while (--l >= 0)
+ putbyte(outf, *s++);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle the preamble. Someday we should update the comment field.
+ */
+HandlePreAmble()
+{
+ register int n, c;
+
+ c = getc(inf);
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (c != DVI_PRE)
+ GripeMissingOp("PRE");
+ if (getc(inf) != DVI_VERSION)
+ error(1, 0, "%s is not a DVI version %d file",
+ DVIFileName, DVI_VERSION);
+ Numerator = GetLong(inf);
+ Denominator = GetLong(inf);
+ DVIMag = GetLong(inf) * Magnification / 1000;
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_PRE);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_VERSION);
+ PutLong(outf, Numerator);
+ PutLong(outf, Denominator);
+ PutLong(outf, DVIMag);
+
+ n = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ CurrentPosition = 15 + n; /* well, almost */
+ putbyte(outf, n);
+ while (--n >= 0) {
+ c = GetByte(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+}
+
+main(argc, argv)
+ int argc;
+ register char **argv;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *s;
+ char *outname = NULL;
+ char *specstring = NULL;
+
+ Width = 0;
+ Height = 0;
+ Magnification = 1000;
+ Modulo = 1;
+
+ ProgName = *argv;
+ setbuf(stderr, serrbuf);
+
+ while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "i:o:w:h:q")) != EOF) {
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case 'q': /* silent */
+ SFlag++;
+ break;
+
+ case 'i':
+ if (DVIFileName != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ DVIFileName = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 'o':
+ if (outname != NULL)
+ goto usage;
+ outname = optarg;
+ break;
+
+ case 'w':
+ if (Width != 0)
+ goto usage;
+ Width = singledimen(optarg);
+ if (Width <= 0)
+ error(1, -1, "-w parameter must be > 0");
+ break;
+
+ case 'h':
+ if (Height != 0)
+ goto usage;
+ Height = singledimen(optarg);
+ if (Height <= 0)
+ error(1, -1, "-h parameter must be > 0");
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+usage:
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\
+Usage: %s [-q] [-i infile] [-o outfile] [-w width] [-h height] <pagespecs> [infile [outfile]]\n",
+ ProgName);
+ (void) fflush(stderr);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (optind < argc) {
+ s = argv[optind++];
+ c = *s;
+ if (specstring == NULL)
+ (void) ParseSpecs((specstring = s), 0);
+ else if (DVIFileName == NULL)
+ DVIFileName = s;
+ else if (outname == NULL)
+ outname = s;
+ else
+ goto usage;
+ }
+
+ if (specstring == NULL)
+ goto usage;
+
+ if (DVIFileName == NULL) {
+ DVIFileName = "`stdin'";
+ inf = stdin;
+ } else if ((inf = fopen(DVIFileName, "r")) == 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot read %s", DVIFileName);
+ if (outname == NULL)
+ outf = stdout;
+ else if ((outf = fopen(outname, "w")) == 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot write %s", outname);
+
+ if ((FontFinder = SCreate(sizeof(struct fontinfo))) == 0)
+ error(1, 0, "cannot create font finder (out of memory?)");
+
+ /* copy inf to TEMP file if not seekable */
+ if ((inf = SeekFile(inf)) == NULL) {
+ error(1, 0, "can't seek file");
+ }
+
+ InputPageNumber = 0;
+ StartOfLastPage = -1;
+ HandlePreAmble();
+ ScanDVIFile();
+ if (fseek(inf, 16L, 1) == -1)
+ error(1, -1, "can't seek postamble");
+ if (Height == 0) /* get height from postamble */
+ Height = GetLong(inf);
+ else
+ (void) GetLong(inf); /* ignore height */
+ if (Width == 0) /* get width from postamble */
+ Width = GetLong(inf);
+ PageSpecs = ParseSpecs(specstring, 1);
+
+ HandleDVIFile();
+ HandlePostAmble();
+ if (!SFlag)
+ (void) fprintf(stderr, "\nWrote %d page%s, %ld bytes\n",
+ NumberOfOutputPages, NumberOfOutputPages == 1 ? "" : "s",
+ (long)CurrentPosition);
+ exit(0);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a font definition.
+ */
+HandleFontDef(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ register int i;
+ register char *s;
+ int def = S_CREATE | S_EXCL;
+
+ if (!UseThisPage) {
+ if ((fi = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, index, &def)) == 0)
+ if (def & S_COLL)
+ error(1, 0, "font %ld already defined", (long)index);
+ else
+ error(1, 0, "cannot stash font %ld (out of memory?)",
+ (long)index);
+ fi->fi_reallyused = 0;
+ fi->fi_checksum = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_mag = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_designsize = GetLong(inf);
+ fi->fi_n1 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ fi->fi_n2 = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ i = fi->fi_n1 + fi->fi_n2;
+ if ((s = malloc((unsigned)i)) == 0)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(i, "font name");
+ fi->fi_name = s;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *s++ = GetByte(inf);
+ } else {
+ (void) GetLong(inf);
+ (void) GetLong(inf);
+ (void) GetLong(inf);
+ i = UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ i += UnSign8(GetByte(inf));
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ (void) GetByte(inf);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a \special.
+ */
+HandleSpecial(c, l, p)
+ int c;
+ register int l;
+ register i32 p;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (UseThisPage) {
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleSpecial l=%d", l);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += p;
+ while (--p >= 0) {
+ i = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, i);
+ }
+ if (feof(inf))
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ } else
+ while (--p >= 0)
+ (void) getc(inf);
+}
+
+ReallyUseFont()
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ int look = S_LOOKUP;
+
+ fi = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, CurrentFontIndex, &look);
+ if (fi == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "DVI file requested font %ld without defining it",
+ (long)CurrentFontIndex);
+ if (fi->fi_reallyused == 0) {
+ fi->fi_reallyused++;
+ fi->fi_newindex = NextOutputFontIndex++;
+ WriteFont(fi);
+ }
+ if (fi->fi_newindex != OutputFontIndex) {
+ PutFontSelector(fi->fi_newindex);
+ OutputFontIndex = fi->fi_newindex;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Write a font selection command to the output file
+ */
+PutFontSelector(index)
+ i32 index;
+{
+
+ if (index < 64) {
+ putbyte(outf, index + DVI_FNTNUM0);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ } else if (index < 256) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT1);
+ putbyte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ } else if (index < 65536) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT2);
+ PutWord(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ } else if (index < 16777216) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT3);
+ Put3Byte(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ } else {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_FNT4);
+ PutLong(outf, index);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following table describes the length (in bytes) of each of the DVI
+ * commands that we can simply copy, starting with DVI_SET1 (128).
+ */
+char oplen[128] = {
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_SET1 .. DVI_SET4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_SETRULE */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_PUT1 .. DVI_PUT4 */
+ 9, /* DVI_PUTRULE */
+ 1, /* DVI_NOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_BOP */
+ 0, /* DVI_EOP */
+ 1, /* DVI_PUSH */
+ 1, /* DVI_POP */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_RIGHT1 .. DVI_RIGHT4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_W0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_W1 .. DVI_W4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_X0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_X1 .. DVI_X4 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_DOWN1 .. DVI_DOWN4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Y0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Y1 .. DVI_Y4 */
+ 1, /* DVI_Z0 */
+ 2, 3, 4, 5, /* DVI_Z1 .. DVI_Z4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_FNTNUM0 (171) */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 172 .. 179 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 180 .. 187 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 188 .. 195 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 196 .. 203 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 204 .. 211 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 212 .. 219 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 220 .. 227 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 228 .. 234 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNT1 .. DVI_FNT4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_XXX1 .. DVI_XXX4 */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* DVI_FNTDEF1 .. DVI_FNTDEF4 */
+ 0, /* DVI_PRE */
+ 0, /* DVI_POST */
+ 0, /* DVI_POSTPOST */
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 250 .. 255 */
+};
+
+int
+HandlePage(first, last, hoffset, voffset)
+ int first, last;
+ i32 hoffset, voffset;
+{
+ register int c, l;
+ register i32 p;
+ register int CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ int doingpage = 0;
+
+ /* Only way out is via "return" statement */
+ for (;;) {
+ c = getc(inf); /* getc() returns unsigned values */
+ if (DVI_IsChar(c)) {
+ /*
+ * Copy chars, note font usage, but ignore if
+ * page is not interesting.
+ */
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ continue;
+ if (!CurrentFontOK) {
+ ReallyUseFont();
+ CurrentFontOK++;
+ }
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (DVI_IsFont(c)) { /* note font change */
+ CurrentFontIndex = c - DVI_FNTNUM0;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ if ((l = (oplen - 128)[c]) != 0) { /* simple copy */
+ if (!UseThisPage) {
+ while (--l > 0)
+ (void) getc(inf);
+ continue;
+ }
+ CurrentPosition += l;
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ while (--l > 0) {
+ c = getc(inf);
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if ((l = DVI_OpLen(c)) != 0) {
+ /*
+ * Handle other generics.
+ * N.B.: there should only be unsigned parameters
+ * here (save SGN4), for commands with negative
+ * parameters have been taken care of above.
+ */
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ p = getc(inf);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ fGetWord(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ fGet3Byte(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ fGetLong(inf, p);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile l=%d", l);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now that we have the parameter, perform the
+ * command.
+ */
+ switch (DVI_DT(c)) {
+
+ case DT_SET:
+ case DT_PUT:
+ if (!UseThisPage)
+ continue;
+ if (!CurrentFontOK) {
+ ReallyUseFont();
+ CurrentFontOK++;
+ }
+ putbyte(outf, c);
+ switch (l) {
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ putbyte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 2;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ PutWord(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 3;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ Put3Byte(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 4;
+ continue;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ PutLong(outf, p);
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case DT_FNT:
+ CurrentFontIndex = p;
+ CurrentFontOK = 0;
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_XXX:
+ HandleSpecial(c, l, p);
+ continue;
+
+ case DT_FNTDEF:
+ HandleFontDef(p);
+ continue;
+
+ default:
+ panic("HandleDVIFile DVI_DT(%d)=%d",
+ c, DVI_DT(c));
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ switch (c) { /* handle the few remaining cases */
+
+ case DVI_BOP:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("BOP (during page)");
+ BeginPage(first);
+ if (UseThisPage) {
+ if (!last) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_PUSH);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ }
+ if (hoffset != 0) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_RIGHT4) ;
+ PutLong(outf, hoffset) ;
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+ if (voffset != 0) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_DOWN4) ;
+ PutLong(outf, voffset) ;
+ CurrentPosition += 5;
+ }
+ }
+ doingpage = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_EOP:
+ if (!doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("EOP (outside page)");
+ if (!last && UseThisPage) {
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_POP);
+ CurrentPosition++;
+ }
+ EndPage(last);
+ doingpage = 0;
+ return(1);
+
+ case DVI_PRE:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("PRE");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DVI_POST:
+ if (doingpage)
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POST (inside page)");
+ return(0);
+
+ case DVI_POSTPOST:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POSTPOST");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ default:
+ GripeUndefinedOp(c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* write an empty page to fill out space */
+PutEmptyPage()
+{
+ int i;
+
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_BOP);
+ PutLong(outf, -1L);
+ for (i = 1; i < 10; i++) /* set all sub counts to 0 */
+ PutLong(outf, 0L);
+ PutLong(outf, StartOfLastPage);
+ putbyte(outf, DVI_EOP);
+ if (!SFlag) { /* write nice page usage messages */
+ char *msg = "[*]";
+ message(1, msg, strlen(msg));
+ }
+ if (ferror(outf))
+ error(1, -1, writeerr);
+
+ StartOfLastPage = CurrentPosition;
+ CurrentPosition += 46; /* we just wrote this much */
+ NumberOfOutputPages++;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Here we scan the input DVI file and record pointers to the pages.
+ */
+ScanDVIFile()
+{
+ UseThisPage = 0;
+
+ StartOfPage[InputPageNumber] = ftell(inf);
+ while (HandlePage(0, 0, 0, 0)) { /* scan DVI file */
+ StartOfPage[++InputPageNumber] = ftell(inf);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Here we read the input DVI file and write relevant pages to the
+ * output DVI file. We also keep track of font changes, handle font
+ * definitions, and perform some other housekeeping.
+ */
+HandleDVIFile()
+{
+ int CurrentPage, ActualPage, MaxPage;
+
+ UseThisPage = 1;
+
+ MaxPage = ((InputPageNumber+Modulo-1)/Modulo)*Modulo;
+
+ for (CurrentPage = 0; CurrentPage < MaxPage; CurrentPage += Modulo) {
+ int add_last = 0;
+ struct pagespec *ps;
+ for (ps = PageSpecs; ps != NULL; ps = ps->next) {
+ int add_next = ps->add;
+ if (ps->reversed)
+ ActualPage = MaxPage-CurrentPage-Modulo+ps->pageno;
+ else
+ ActualPage = CurrentPage+ps->pageno;
+ if (ActualPage < InputPageNumber) {
+ if (fseek(inf, StartOfPage[ActualPage], 0) == -1)
+ error(1, -1,
+ "can't seek page %d", ActualPage+1);
+ HandlePage(!add_last, !add_next, ps->xoff, ps->yoff);
+ } else if (!add_last && !add_next)
+ PutEmptyPage();
+ add_last = add_next;
+ }
+ }
+ if (fseek(inf, StartOfPage[InputPageNumber]+1, 0) == -1)
+ error(1, -1, "can't seek last page");
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.man b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.man
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..313fc34fd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Dvitodvi/dvitodvi.man
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+.TH DVITODVI 1
+.SH NAME
+dvitodvi \- rearrange pages in a DVI file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dvitodvi
+[
+.B \-q
+] [
+.B \-i
+.I infile
+] [
+.B \-o
+.I outfile
+]
+[
+.B \-w\fIwidth\fR
+]
+[
+.B \-h\fIheight\fR
+]
+.I pagespecs
+[
+.I infile
+[
+.I outfile
+] ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Dvitodvi
+rearranges pages from a DVI file, creating a new DVI file.
+.I Dvitodvi
+can be used to perform a large number of arbitrary re-arrangements of
+Documents, including arranging for printing 2-up, 4-up, booklets, reversing,
+selecting front or back sides of documents, scaling, etc.
+.PP
+.I pagespecs
+follow the syntax:
+.RS
+.TP 12
+.I pagespecs
+.I = [modulo:][mag@]specs
+.TP
+.I specs
+.I = spec[+specs][,specs]
+.TP
+.I spec
+.I = [-]pageno[(xoff,yoff)]
+.RE
+.sp
+.I modulo
+is the number of pages in each block. The value of
+.I modulo
+should be greater than 0; the default value is 1.
+The optional
+.I mag
+parameter adjusts the file's magnification by the magnification specified. The
+magnification and modulo can be specified in reverse order if desired.
+.I specs
+are the page specifications for the pages in each block. The value of the
+.I pageno
+in each
+.I spec
+should be between 0 (for the first page in the block) and \fImodulo\fR-1
+(for the last page in each block) inclusive.
+The optional dimensions
+.I xoff
+and
+.I yoff
+shift the page by the specified (positive) amount.
+.I xoff
+and
+.I yoff
+are in PostScript's points, but may be followed by the units
+.B "cm"
+or
+.B "in"
+to convert to centimetres or inches, or the flag
+.B "w"
+or
+.B "h"
+to specify as a multiple of the width or height.
+If the optional minus sign is specified, the page is relative to the end of
+the document, instead of the start.
+
+If page \fIspec\fRs are separated by
+.B \+
+the pages will be merged into one page; if they are separated by
+.B \,
+they will be on separate pages.
+If there is only one page specification, with
+.I pageno
+zero, the \fIpageno\fR may be omitted.
+.PP
+The
+.I \-w
+option gives the width which is used by the
+.B "w"
+dimension specifier, and the
+.I \-h
+option gives the height which is used by the
+.B "h"
+dimension specifier. These dimensions are also used (after scaling) to set the
+clipping path for each page.
+.PP
+Dvitodvi normally prints the page numbers of the pages re-arranged; the
+.I \-q
+option suppresses this.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This section contains some sample re-arrangements. To put two pages on one
+sheet (of landscaped A3 paper), the pagespec to use is:
+.sp
+.ce
+2:0+1(21cm,0)
+.sp
+To reduce an A3 page to A4 size, the pagespec to use is:
+.sp
+.ce
+700@(-.3in,-.3in)
+.sp
+To select all of the odd pages in reverse order, use:
+.sp
+.ce
+2:-0
+.sp
+.SH AUTHOR
+Angus Duggan, from dviselect(1), by
+Chris Torek, University of Maryland
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+dviconcat(1), dvibook(1), dviselect(1), latex(1), tex(1)
+.br
+.I "MC-TeX User's Guide"
+.br
+.I "The TeXbook"
+.I Dvitodvi
+does not adjust some of the parameters in the postamble. The may be a problem
+if these
+values are used to size certain structures in the output
+conversion programs.
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Imake.Config b/dviware/dvibook/Imake.Config
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd708b5dc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Imake.Config
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* * Install directories for programs not related to X */
+
+TEX_BINDIR = /srl/TeX/bin
+TEX_MANDIR = /srl/TeX/man/man1
+TEX_INPUTS = /srl/TeX/lib/tex/inputs
+
+/*
+ * Set `FONTDESC' to the location of your fontdesc file, unquoted.
+ * This is passed to the library routines so they can find it.
+ */
+
+FontDesc= /srl/TeX/lib/tex/fontdesc
+
+IprBin=/usr/local/bin
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Config options for Xtex:
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Options in the Xtex.ad file enabled by #ifdef's.
+ *
+ * Possibilities include:
+ * -DCOLOR_BUTTONS
+ */
+XTEX_IFDEF_OPTIONS=
+
+/*
+ * XTEX_TFM_PATH is a colon seperated list of directories that
+ * might contains TFM files; these are used by xtex to determine
+ * true font widths.
+ */
+
+XTEX_TFM_PATH=.:/srl/TeX/lib/tex/fonts:/usr/local/lib/tex82/fonts:/usr/local/lib/tex/fonts:/usr/lib/tex82/fonts:/usr/lib/tex/fonts:/usr/local/lib/tex/tfm:/usr/local/Tex/lib/tex/tfm
+
+/* XtexFontPath is a comma/colon seperated list of directories that
+ * commonly contain X fonts for XTeX. If you specify your directory(-ies)
+ * here when you install XTeX, you avoid having to explain to users
+ * what needs to be done. You may need to #ifdef-configure this
+ * based on architecture. I don't use this, so it's commented out.
+ */
+
+XTEX_FONT_PATH=/srl/TeX.xtex
+/***********************************************************************
+ * Automatic font creation: Morry Katz (katz@cs.stanford.edu) added this.
+ *
+ * If a font is not found, a shell script (TeXtoXfont) is executed.
+ * This will attempt to build the font from scratch, using Metafont.
+ * The font will be installed in a certain directory, after which the
+ * server should be able to find it.
+ *
+ * Comand to build fonts:
+ * %n will be replaced by the font name
+ * %d will be replaced by the dpi
+ * %b will be replaced by the base dpi of the display device
+ * %m will be replaced by the magnification
+ * For a server and client on the same machine the following is recommended:
+ * Xtex*.makeFont:TeXtoXfont %n %d %b %m MODE FONTCACHEDIR
+ * MODE should be replaced by the metafont mode_def for the server's
+ * display
+ * FONTCACHEDIR should be replaced by the directory in which the .bdf
+ * and/or .snf font files which are built should be stored (this
+ * directory must be in the server's font search path for correct
+ * operation).
+ * For execution when the client is on a different machine than the server
+ * the following is recommended (note that TeXtoXfont and mftodbf must exist
+ * on the server):
+ * Xtex*.makeFont:rsh SERVER -l USER TeXtoXfont %n %d %b %m MODE FONTCACHEDIR
+ * SERVER should be replaced by the name of the X server.
+ * USER should be replaced by the username of the user whose account
+ * should be used to run the script. (The clinet must have rsh access
+ * to the server for this to work.)
+ * In those rare cases in which the server and client are different and the
+ * client knows how to build fonts for the server which the server cannot
+ * build on its own the following is recommended:
+ * Xtex*.makeFont:TeXtoXfont.remote %n %d %b %m MODE FONTCACHEDIR SERVER USER
+ *
+ ***********************************************************************/
+
+XTEX_MAKE_FONT=TeXtoXfont %n %d %b %m sun $(XTEX_FONT_PATH)
+
+/*
+ * X_FONT_SUFFIXES Font file suffix for your server
+ * X_FONT_COMPILER Font compiler for your server
+ * X_FONT_MAKE_DIR The way you build a 'fonts.dir' or equivilent
+ * X_FONT_COMPRESS YES/NO - do you want fonts compressed?
+ * X_FONT_RESET Program to reset your font path.
+ */
+
+#if defined(UltrixArchitecture)
+ X_FONT_SUFFIX=pcf
+ X_FONT_COMPILER=/usr/bin/dxfc $$BDFNAME > $$SNFNAME
+ X_FONT_MAKE_DIR=/usr/bin/dxmkfontdir
+ X_FONT_COMPRESS=YES
+ X_FONT_PREPEND=xset +fp
+ X_FONT_RESET=xset fp rehash
+#else
+# if !defined(SunArchitecture)
+ X_FONT_SUFFIX=snf
+ X_FONT_COMPILER=bdftosnf $$BDFNAME > $$SNFNAME
+ X_FONT_MAKE_DIR=mkfontdir
+ X_FONT_COMPRESS=YES
+ X_FONT_PREPEND=true #xset +fp
+ X_FONT_RESET=xset fp rehash
+# else
+ X_FONT_SUFFIX=fb
+ X_FONT_COMPILER=convertfont -o $$NAME.$$DPI $$BDFNAME
+ X_FONT_MAKE_DIR=bldfamily >/dev/null -f 64 -d
+ X_FONT_COMPRESS=NO
+ X_FONT_PREPEND=true # xset +fp
+ X_FONT_RESET=xset fp rehash
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ *
+ * DISPLAY_POSTSCRIPT
+ * Set this if the client-side provides display postscript.
+ * If the server does not support DPS, you just won't see
+ * anything, but if you specify this & the client doesn't
+ * have it, you'll get compile errors.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+#define DISPLAY_POSTSCRIPT
+*/
+
+/*
+ * DISPLAY_GHOSTSCRIPT
+ * Set this if you are using Ghostscript to display embedded
+ * PostScript.
+ *
+ */
+
+#define DISPLAY_GHOSTSCRIPT
+
+#ifdef DISPLAY_GHOSTSCRIPT
+/*
+ * GHOST_SEARCH_PATH
+ * Should be a colon separated list of directories.
+ * This is pre-pended to ghostscripts default file search path.
+ * Use this to specify the location of prlog files (e.g., mac.pro).
+ */
+GHOST_SEARCH_PATH=/srl/TeX/lib/tex82/ps
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * NEWS SUPPORT -- If you have NeWS, then define NEWS
+ */
+
+#if defined(SunArchitecture) && OSMajorVersion >= 4
+/*
+ * I don't think that NEWS/OpenWindows should be the default -- if
+ * you want NeWS/OpenWindows, just comment in the followingl.
+ */
+
+/* # define NEWS */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * SELFILE
+ * Set this if you want to use Erik M. van der Poel's file selection
+ * widget. This just adds a new `Browse' button; files can still be
+ * be specified using the `Set Directory' and `Open' buttons.
+ *
+ */
+#define SELFILE
+
+/*
+ * you can change this to transientShellWidgetClass if you like; however,
+ * the mouse cursor won't be positioned under the 'confirm' button
+ * automatically on the goto & print popups.
+ */
+#if 1
+ POPUP_WINDOW_TYPE =overrideShellWidgetClass
+#else
+ POPUP_WINDOW_TYPE =transientShellWidgetClass
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * common Make macros
+ */
+ LIBTEXROOT = ../
+ LIBTEXSRC = ../libtex
+ LIBTEX = $(LIBTEXSRC)/libtex.a
+ DEPLIBTEX = $(LIBTEX)
+
+/*
+ * Undefine GETOP if your loader complains about multiple ref's.
+ */
+#if 1
+ GETOPT=getopt.o
+#else
+ GETOPT=
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Define STRTOL if your system does not provide strtol
+ */
+#if 0
+ STRTOL=strtol.o
+#else
+ STRTOL=
+#endif
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Imake.cpp b/dviware/dvibook/Imake.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e3ef838b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Imake.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * You will have to change these
+ */
+HOME =/hyperion/a/grads/shankar
+BINDIR =${HOME}/terra/bin
+MANDIR =${HOME}/man
+RESOURCES =${HOME}/lib/X11/app-defaults
+
+/*
+ * Where do X includes and libraries live?
+ */
+INCROOT =/usr/local/X11R5/include
+XLIBDIR =-L${XHOME}/lib
+
+CDEBUGFLAGS=-O
+
+/***********************************************************************/
+
+
+#define XawClientDepLibs
+#define XawClientLibs $(XLIBDIR) -lXaw -lXt -lXmu -lXext -lX11
+
+SYS_LIBRARIES = $(XLIBDIR) -lXaw -lXt -lXmu -lXext -lX11 -lm
+SYSLIBS = $(SYS_LIBRARIES)
+
+CFLAGS=$(DEFINES) $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(INCLUDES) $(SYS_INCLUDES)
+
+#define YES 1
+#define NO 0
+
+#if defined(mips) || defined(ultrix)
+# define UltrixArchitecture
+#endif
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Imake.m4 b/dviware/dvibook/Imake.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..791703db52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Imake.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+undefine(`include')
+
+define(MakeSubdirs,
+all::
+ for dir in $1 ; do (echo Build in $$dir; cd $$dir ; make ) ; done
+clean::
+ for dir in $1 ; do (echo Clean in $$dir; cd $$dir ; make clean) ; done
+install::
+ for dir in $1; do (echo Install in $$dir; cd $$dir; make install); done
+)
+
+define(DependSubdirs,
+depend::
+ for dir in $1 ; do (cd $$dir ; make depend) ; done
+)
+
+define(NormalLibraryObjectRule,)
+
+define(NormalLibraryTarget,
+lib$1.a: $2
+ rm -f lib$1.a
+ ar r lib$1.a $2
+ ranlib lib$1.a
+clean::
+ rm -f lib$1.a $2
+)
+
+define(LintLibraryTarget,)
+
+define(CleanTarget,)
+
+define(TagsTarget,
+tags::
+ etags *.c *.h
+)
+
+define(NormalLintTarget,)
+
+define(NormalProgramTarget,
+$1: $2
+ ${CC} ${CFLAGS} -o $1 $2 $4 $5
+clean::
+ rm -f $1 $2
+)
+
+define(SingleProgramTarget,
+$1: $(OBJS)
+ ${CC} ${CFLAGS} -o $1 $(OBJS) $(LOCAL_LIBRARIES) $(SYSLIBS)
+clean::
+ rm -f $1 $2
+install::
+ install -c -s $1 $(BININDIR)
+)
+
+define(ComplexProgramTarget,
+$1: $(OBJS)
+ ${CC} ${CFLAGS} -o $1 $(OBJS) $(LOCAL_LIBRARIES) $(SYSLIBS)
+clean::
+ rm -f $1 $2
+install::
+ install -c -s $1 $(BININDIR)
+)
+
+define(InstallProgram,
+install:: $1
+ install -c -s $1 $2
+)
+
+define(InstallNonExec,
+install:: $1
+ install -c $1 $2
+)
+
+define(InstallScript,
+install:: $1
+ install -c -m 555 $1.script $2/$1
+)
+
+define(InstallManPage,
+install:: $1.man
+ install -c $1.man $2/$1.1
+)
+
+define(InstallAppDefaults,
+install:: $1.ad
+ install -c $1.ad $RESOURCES/$1
+)
+
+define(DependTarget,)
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/Imakefile b/dviware/dvibook/Imakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ab8de24a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/Imakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1989 Dirk Grunwald
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+ * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of Dirk Grunwald or M.I.T.
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Dirk
+ * Grunwald and M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express
+ * or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * DIRK GRUNWALD AND M.I.T. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
+ * OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
+ * OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE
+ * OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author:
+ * Dr. Dirk Grunwald
+ * Dept. of Computer Science
+ * Campus Box 430
+ * Univ. of Colorado, Boulder
+ * Boulder, CO 80309
+ *
+ * grunwald@colorado.edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#define IHaveSubdirs
+
+/*
+COMMON_SUBDIRS = libtex Xtex Mftobdf Dviselect Dviconcat Texx Iptex
+*/
+COMMON_SUBDIRS = libtex Dviselect Dviconcat Dvitodvi Dvibook
+
+#include "./Imake.Config"
+
+#ifdef SunArchitecture
+ SUBDIRS = $(COMMON_SUBDIRS) Texsun
+#endif
+
+#ifdef unixpc
+ SUBDIRS = libtex Tex3b1 Dviselect
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(SunArchitecture) && !defined(unixpc)
+ SUBDIRS = $(COMMON_SUBDIRS)
+#endif
+
+TARSUBDIRS = libtex Doc Xtex Mftobdf Dviselect Dviconcat \
+ Texx Iptex Fonts Texsun Tex3b1
+
+#define PassCDebugFlags 'CDEBUGFLAGS=$(CDEBUGFLAGS)'
+
+MakeSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
+DependSubdirs($(SUBDIRS))
+
+
+FILES = Imakefile Imake.Config fontdesc-example README \
+ Imake.cpp Imake.m4 NoImake
+
+VERSION =2.18.5
+FTP =/srl/ftp
+tar:
+ for file in $(TARSUBDIRS);\
+ do\
+ (cd $$file ; $(MAKE) Makefile ) ;\
+ done
+ cd ..;\
+ rm -f SeeTeX.tar ; \
+ tar cf SeeTeX.tar SeeTeX/Imakefile ; \
+ for file in $(FILES);\
+ do\
+ tar rf SeeTeX.tar SeeTeX/$$file; \
+ done; \
+ cd SeeTeX; \
+ for file in $(TARSUBDIRS);\
+ do\
+ (cd $$file ; $(MAKE) TARFILE=SeeTeX.tar PRODUCT=SeeTeX tar);\
+ done ; \
+ cd .. ; \
+ mv SeeTeX.tar /usr/tmp ; \
+ rm -rf /usr/tmp/SeeTeX ; \
+ (cd /usr/tmp;\
+ tar xvf SeeTeX.tar;\
+ rm -f SeeTeX.tar $(FTP)/pub/SeeTeX/SeeTeX*.tar*;\
+ tar crf $(FTP)/pub/SeeTeX/SeeTeX-$(VERSION).tar SeeTeX;\
+ rm -rf SeeTeX ;\
+ compress $(FTP)/pub/SeeTeX/SeeTeX-$(VERSION).tar)
+ (cd Xtex; \
+ $(MAKE) xtex-$(VERSION).tar.Z;\
+ mv xtex-$(VERSION).tar.Z $(FTP)/pub/SeeTeX)
+
+
+libtex/lib.a:
+ cd libtex; $(MAKE)
+
+xtex: libtex/lib.a
+ cd Xtex; $(MAKE)
+
+mftobdf XeT/mftobdf:
+ cd Mftobdf ; $(MAKE) mftobdf
+
+dviselect Dviselect/dviselect:
+ cd Dviselect ; $(MAKE) dviselect
+
+texsun Texsun/texsun:
+ cd Texsun ; $(MAKE) texsun
+
+texx Texx/texx:
+ cd Texx ; $(MAKE) texx
+
+iptex Iptex/iptex:
+ cd Iptex ; $(MAKE) iptex
+
+
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/NoImake b/dviware/dvibook/NoImake
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61139c6e1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/NoImake
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+cat Imake.cpp Imakefile | /lib/cpp > Makefile.tmp
+m4 Imake.m4 Makefile.tmp > Makefile
+rm -f Makefile.tmp
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS="libtex Dviselect Dviconcat Dvitodvi Dvibook"
+
+for dir in ${COMMON_SUBDIRS} ;
+do
+ echo Build makefile in $dir ;
+ (cd $dir;
+ cat ../Imake.cpp Imakefile | /lib/cpp > Makefile.tmp ;
+ m4 ../Imake.m4 Makefile.tmp > Makefile ;
+ rm -f Makefile.tmp ;
+ )
+done
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/README b/dviware/dvibook/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aee9135ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/README
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+These utilities re-arrange TeX DVI files, creating DVI files as output.
+
+Dvibook rearranges pages so that the file can be printed as a booklet on a
+duplex printer.
+
+Dvitodvi rearranges pages according to a complex page specification. It can
+be used to rearrange for booklet printing, extract odd or even pages, overlay
+pages, and many other functions.
+
+These programs require the Chris Torek's DVI library, which is included in
+the SeeTeX distribution, available from a good archive near you.
+
+AJCD 5/3/92
+
+
+The relevant parts of the SeeTeX distribution are now included in the tar file
+version of this distribution. The full SeeTeX distribution is still available
+from ftp.dcs.ed.ac.uk:pub/tex/SeeTeX, among other places. Coming soon; Dvisep,
+a colour separator for DVI files.
+
+AJCD 14/3/94
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/Imakefile b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/Imakefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b6891ab872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/Imakefile
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#include "../Imake.Config"
+
+ DEFINES =-DFONTDESC=\"$(FontDesc)\"
+
+SRCS=\
+ bcopy.c error.c gffont.c rstfont.c split.c\
+ bzero.c findpost.c gripes0.c scaletfm.c strsave.c\
+ conv.c fio.c gripes1.c scanpost.c tempfile.c\
+ dvi_draw.c font.c magfactor.c sdecode.c tfm.c\
+ dviclass.c font_subr.c pkfont.c search.c tfmfont.c\
+ dvistate.c getopt.c pxlfont.c seek.c\
+ dvistuff.c gfclass.c rotate.c skip.c strtol.c
+
+OBJS=\
+ bcopy.o error.o gffont.o rstfont.o split.o \
+ bzero.o findpost.o gripes0.o scaletfm.o strsave.o \
+ conv.o fio.o gripes1.o scanpost.o tempfile.o \
+ dvi_draw.o font.o magfactor.o sdecode.o tfm.o \
+ dviclass.o font_subr.o pkfont.o search.o tfmfont.o \
+ dvistate.o pxlfont.o seek.o \
+ dvistuff.o gfclass.o rotate.o skip.o $(GETOPT) $(STRTOL)
+
+HDRS =\
+ conv.h dvistate.h font.h num.h seek.h \
+ convstruct.h dvistuff.h gfclass.h postamble.h tfm.h\
+ dviclass.h error.h gfcodes.h sdecode.h types.h \
+ dvicodes.h fio.h gripes.h search.h
+
+FILES =$(SRCS) $(HDRS) Imakefile Makefile
+
+NormalLibraryObjectRule()
+NormalLibraryTarget(tex,$(OBJS))
+LintLibraryTarget(tex,$(SRCS))
+DependTarget()
+NormalLintTarget($(SRCS))
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/libtex/$$file; \
+ done
+
+font.o: ../Imake.Config
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/Makefile b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8c8a7b8f1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+# Makefile generated by imake - do not edit!
+# $XConsortium: imake.c,v 1.65 91/07/25 17:50:17 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Makefile generated from "Imake.tmpl" and <Imakefile>
+# $XConsortium: Imake.tmpl,v 1.138 91/07/30 14:59:20 rws Exp $
+#
+# Platform-specific parameters may be set in the appropriate <vendor>.cf
+# configuration files. Site-specific parameters should be set in the file
+# site.def. Full rebuilds are recommended if any parameters are changed.
+#
+# If your C preprocessor does not define any unique symbols, you will need
+# to set BOOTSTRAPCFLAGS when rebuilding imake (usually when doing
+# "make World" the first time).
+#
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# site-specific configuration parameters that need to come before
+# the platform-specific parameters - edit site.def to change
+
+# site: $XConsortium: site.def,v 1.2 91/07/30 20:26:44 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# platform-specific configuration parameters - edit ultrix.cf to change
+
+# platform: $XConsortium: ultrix.cf,v 1.45 91/07/30 12:12:11 rws Exp $
+
+# operating system: Ultrix-32 4.2
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# site-specific configuration parameters that go after
+# the platform-specific parameters - edit site.def to change
+
+# site: $XConsortium: site.def,v 1.2 91/07/30 20:26:44 rws Exp $
+
+ SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ TOP = ../.
+ CURRENT_DIR = ./libtex
+
+ AR = ar clq
+ BOOTSTRAPCFLAGS =
+ CC = cc
+ AS = as
+
+ COMPRESS = compress
+ CPP = /lib/cpp $(STD_CPP_DEFINES)
+ PREPROCESSCMD = cc -E $(STD_CPP_DEFINES)
+ INSTALL = install
+ LD = ld
+ LINT = lint
+ LINTLIBFLAG = -o
+ LINTOPTS = -ax
+ LN = ln -s
+ MAKE = make
+ MV = mv
+ CP = cp
+
+ RANLIB = ranlib
+ RANLIBINSTFLAGS =
+
+ RM = rm -f
+ TROFF = psroff
+ MSMACROS = -ms
+ TBL = tbl
+ EQN = eqn
+ STD_INCLUDES =
+ STD_CPP_DEFINES =
+ STD_DEFINES =
+ EXTRA_LOAD_FLAGS =
+ EXTRA_LIBRARIES =
+ TAGS = ctags
+
+ PROTO_DEFINES = -DFUNCPROTO
+
+ INSTPGMFLAGS = -s -m 755
+
+ INSTBINFLAGS = -m 0755
+ INSTUIDFLAGS = -m 4755
+ INSTLIBFLAGS = -m 0644
+ INSTINCFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTMANFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTDATFLAGS = -m 0444
+ INSTKMEMFLAGS = -m 4755
+
+ PROJECTROOT = /usr/local/X.V11R5
+
+ TOP_INCLUDES = -I$(INCROOT)
+
+ CDEBUGFLAGS = -O
+ CCOPTIONS =
+
+ ALLINCLUDES = $(INCLUDES) $(EXTRA_INCLUDES) $(TOP_INCLUDES) $(STD_INCLUDES)
+ ALLDEFINES = $(ALLINCLUDES) $(STD_DEFINES) $(EXTRA_DEFINES) $(PROTO_DEFINES) $(DEFINES)
+ CFLAGS = $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(CCOPTIONS) $(ALLDEFINES)
+ LINTFLAGS = $(LINTOPTS) -DLINT $(ALLDEFINES)
+
+ LDLIBS = $(SYS_LIBRARIES) $(EXTRA_LIBRARIES)
+
+ LDOPTIONS = $(CDEBUGFLAGS) $(CCOPTIONS) $(LOCAL_LDFLAGS) -L$(USRLIBDIR)
+
+ LDCOMBINEFLAGS = -r
+ DEPENDFLAGS =
+
+ MACROFILE = ultrix.cf
+ RM_CMD = $(RM) *.CKP *.ln *.BAK *.bak *.o core errs ,* *~ *.a .emacs_* tags TAGS make.log MakeOut
+
+ IMAKE_DEFINES =
+
+ IRULESRC = $(CONFIGDIR)
+ IMAKE_CMD = $(IMAKE) -DUseInstalled -I$(IRULESRC) $(IMAKE_DEFINES)
+
+ ICONFIGFILES = $(IRULESRC)/Imake.tmpl $(IRULESRC)/Imake.rules \
+ $(IRULESRC)/Project.tmpl $(IRULESRC)/site.def \
+ $(IRULESRC)/$(MACROFILE) $(EXTRA_ICONFIGFILES)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# X Window System Build Parameters
+# $XConsortium: Project.tmpl,v 1.138 91/09/10 09:02:12 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# X Window System make variables; this need to be coordinated with rules
+
+ PATHSEP = /
+ USRLIBDIR = /usr/local/X.V11R5/lib
+ BINDIR = /usr/local/X.V11R5/bin
+ INCROOT = /usr/local/X.V11R5/include
+ BUILDINCROOT = $(TOP)
+ BUILDINCDIR = $(BUILDINCROOT)/X11
+ BUILDINCTOP = ..
+ INCDIR = $(INCROOT)/X11
+ ADMDIR = /usr/adm
+ LIBDIR = $(USRLIBDIR)
+ CONFIGDIR = $(LIBDIR)/config
+ LINTLIBDIR = $(USRLIBDIR)/lint
+
+ FONTDIR = $(LIBDIR)/fonts
+ XINITDIR = $(LIBDIR)/xinit
+ XDMDIR = $(LIBDIR)/xdm
+ TWMDIR = $(LIBDIR)/twm
+ MANPATH = /usr/local/X.V11R5/man
+ MANSOURCEPATH = $(MANPATH)/man
+ MANSUFFIX = 1
+ LIBMANSUFFIX = 3
+ MANDIR = $(MANSOURCEPATH)$(MANSUFFIX)
+ LIBMANDIR = $(MANSOURCEPATH)$(LIBMANSUFFIX)
+ NLSDIR = $(LIBDIR)/nls
+ PEXAPIDIR = $(LIBDIR)/PEX
+ XAPPLOADDIR = $(LIBDIR)/app-defaults
+ FONTCFLAGS = -t
+
+ INSTAPPFLAGS = $(INSTDATFLAGS)
+
+ IMAKE = imake
+ DEPEND = makedepend
+ RGB = rgb
+
+ FONTC = bdftopcf
+
+ MKFONTDIR = mkfontdir
+ MKDIRHIER = /bin/sh $(BINDIR)/mkdirhier
+
+ CONFIGSRC = $(TOP)/config
+ DOCUTILSRC = $(TOP)/doc/util
+ CLIENTSRC = $(TOP)/clients
+ DEMOSRC = $(TOP)/demos
+ LIBSRC = $(TOP)/lib
+ FONTSRC = $(TOP)/fonts
+ INCLUDESRC = $(TOP)/X11
+ SERVERSRC = $(TOP)/server
+ UTILSRC = $(TOP)/util
+ SCRIPTSRC = $(UTILSRC)/scripts
+ EXAMPLESRC = $(TOP)/examples
+ CONTRIBSRC = $(TOP)/../contrib
+ DOCSRC = $(TOP)/doc
+ RGBSRC = $(TOP)/rgb
+ DEPENDSRC = $(UTILSRC)/makedepend
+ IMAKESRC = $(CONFIGSRC)
+ XAUTHSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xau
+ XLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/X
+ XMUSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xmu
+ TOOLKITSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xt
+ AWIDGETSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xaw
+ OLDXLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/oldX
+ XDMCPLIBSRC = $(LIBSRC)/Xdmcp
+ BDFTOSNFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/bdftosnf
+ BDFTOSNFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/bdftosnf
+ BDFTOPCFSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/bdftopcf
+ MKFONTDIRSRC = $(FONTSRC)/clients/mkfontdir
+ FSLIBSRC = $(FONTSRC)/lib/fs
+ FONTSERVERSRC = $(FONTSRC)/server
+ EXTENSIONSRC = $(TOP)/extensions
+ XILIBSRC = $(EXTENSIONSRC)/lib/xinput
+ PHIGSLIBSRC = $(EXTENSIONSRC)/lib/PEX
+
+ DEPEXTENSIONLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXext.a
+ EXTENSIONLIB = -lXext
+
+ DEPXLIB = $(DEPEXTENSIONLIB) $(USRLIBDIR)/libX11.a
+ XLIB = $(EXTENSIONLIB) -lX11
+
+ DEPXAUTHLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXau.a
+ XAUTHLIB = -lXau
+ DEPXDMCPLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXdmcp.a
+ XDMCPLIB = -lXdmcp
+
+ DEPXMULIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXmu.a
+ XMULIB = -lXmu
+
+ DEPOLDXLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/liboldX.a
+ OLDXLIB = -loldX
+
+ DEPXTOOLLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXt.a
+ XTOOLLIB = -lXt
+
+ DEPXAWLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXaw.a
+ XAWLIB = -lXaw
+
+ DEPXILIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXi.a
+ XILIB = -lXi
+
+ DEPPHIGSLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libphigs.a
+ PHIGSLIB = -lphigs
+
+ DEPXBSDLIB = $(USRLIBDIR)/libXbsd.a
+ XBSDLIB = -lXbsd
+
+ LINTEXTENSIONLIB = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXext.ln
+ LINTXLIB = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lX11.ln
+ LINTXMU = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXmu.ln
+ LINTXTOOL = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXt.ln
+ LINTXAW = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXaw.ln
+ LINTXI = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lXi.ln
+ LINTPHIGS = $(LINTLIBDIR)/llib-lphigs.ln
+
+ DEPLIBS = $(DEPXAWLIB) $(DEPXMULIB) $(DEPXTOOLLIB) $(DEPXLIB)
+
+ DEPLIBS1 = $(DEPLIBS)
+ DEPLIBS2 = $(DEPLIBS)
+ DEPLIBS3 = $(DEPLIBS)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Imake rules for building libraries, programs, scripts, and data files
+# rules: $XConsortium: Imake.rules,v 1.121 91/08/22 16:32:50 rws Exp $
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# start of Imakefile
+
+TEX_BINDIR = /srl/TeX/bin
+TEX_MANDIR = /srl/TeX/man/man1
+TEX_INPUTS = /srl/TeX/lib/tex/inputs
+
+FontDesc= /srl/TeX/lib/tex/fontdesc
+
+IprBin=/usr/local/bin
+
+XTEX_IFDEF_OPTIONS=
+
+XTEX_TFM_PATH=.:/srl/TeX/lib/tex/fonts:/usr/local/lib/tex82/fonts:/usr/local/lib/tex/fonts:/usr/lib/tex82/fonts:/usr/lib/tex/fonts:/usr/local/lib/tex/tfm:/usr/local/Tex/lib/tex/tfm
+
+XTEX_FONT_PATH=/srl/TeX.xtex
+
+XTEX_MAKE_FONT=TeXtoXfont %n %d %b %m sun $(XTEX_FONT_PATH)
+
+ X_FONT_SUFFIX=pcf
+ X_FONT_COMPILER=/usr/bin/dxfc $$BDFNAME > $$SNFNAME
+ X_FONT_MAKE_DIR=/usr/bin/dxmkfontdir
+ X_FONT_COMPRESS=1
+ X_FONT_PREPEND=xset +fp
+ X_FONT_RESET=xset fp rehash
+
+GHOST_SEARCH_PATH=/srl/TeX/lib/tex82/ps
+
+ POPUP_WINDOW_TYPE =overrideShellWidgetClass
+
+ LIBTEXROOT = ../
+ LIBTEXSRC = ../libtex
+ LIBTEX = $(LIBTEXSRC)/libtex.a
+ DEPLIBTEX = $(LIBTEX)
+
+ GETOPT=getopt.o
+
+ STRTOL=
+
+ DEFINES =-DFONTDESC=\"$(FontDesc)\"
+
+SRCS=\
+ bcopy.c error.c gffont.c rstfont.c split.c\
+ bzero.c findpost.c gripes0.c scaletfm.c strsave.c\
+ conv.c fio.c gripes1.c scanpost.c tempfile.c\
+ dvi_draw.c font.c magfactor.c sdecode.c tfm.c\
+ dviclass.c font_subr.c pkfont.c search.c tfmfont.c\
+ dvistate.c getopt.c pxlfont.c seek.c\
+ dvistuff.c gfclass.c rotate.c skip.c strtol.c
+
+OBJS=\
+ bcopy.o error.o gffont.o rstfont.o split.o \
+ bzero.o findpost.o gripes0.o scaletfm.o strsave.o \
+ conv.o fio.o gripes1.o scanpost.o tempfile.o \
+ dvi_draw.o font.o magfactor.o sdecode.o tfm.o \
+ dviclass.o font_subr.o pkfont.o search.o tfmfont.o \
+ dvistate.o pxlfont.o seek.o \
+ dvistuff.o gfclass.o rotate.o skip.o $(GETOPT) $(STRTOL)
+
+HDRS =\
+ conv.h dvistate.h font.h num.h seek.h \
+ convstruct.h dvistuff.h gfclass.h postamble.h tfm.h\
+ dviclass.h error.h gfcodes.h sdecode.h types.h \
+ dvicodes.h fio.h gripes.h search.h
+
+FILES =$(SRCS) $(HDRS) Imakefile Makefile
+
+.c.o:
+ $(RM) $@ $*.os \
+ && $(CC) -c $(_NOOP_) $(CFLAGS) $*.c \
+ && $(LD) -x -r $@ -o $*.os \
+ && $(MV) $*.os $@
+
+all:: libtex.a
+
+ libtex.a: $(OBJS)
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(AR) $@ $(OBJS)
+ $(RANLIB) $@
+
+lintlib:: llib-ltex.ln
+
+ llib-ltex.ln: $(SRCS)
+ $(RM) $@
+ $(LINT) $(LINTLIBFLAG)tex $(LINTFLAGS) $(SRCS)
+
+depend::
+ $(DEPEND) $(DEPENDFLAGS) -s "# DO NOT DELETE" -- $(ALLDEFINES) -- $(SRCS)
+
+lint:
+ $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) $(SRCS) $(LINTLIBS)
+lint1:
+ $(LINT) $(LINTFLAGS) $(FILE) $(LINTLIBS)
+
+tar:
+ cd ../..;\
+ for file in $(FILES); \
+ do \
+ tar rf $(TARFILE) $(PRODUCT)/libtex/$$file; \
+ done
+
+font.o: ../Imake.Config
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# common rules for all Makefiles - do not edit
+
+emptyrule::
+
+clean::
+ $(RM_CMD) "#"*
+
+Makefile::
+ -@if [ -f Makefile ]; then set -x; \
+ $(RM) Makefile.bak; $(MV) Makefile Makefile.bak; \
+ else exit 0; fi
+ $(IMAKE_CMD) -DTOPDIR=$(TOP) -DCURDIR=$(CURRENT_DIR)
+
+tags::
+ $(TAGS) -w *.[ch]
+ $(TAGS) -xw *.[ch] > TAGS
+
+saber:
+ # load $(ALLDEFINES) $(SRCS)
+
+osaber:
+ # load $(ALLDEFINES) $(OBJS)
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# empty rules for directories that do not have SUBDIRS - do not edit
+
+install::
+ @echo "install in $(CURRENT_DIR) done"
+
+install.man::
+ @echo "install.man in $(CURRENT_DIR) done"
+
+Makefiles::
+
+includes::
+
+# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# dependencies generated by makedepend
+
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/bcopy.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/bcopy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70c308b0a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/bcopy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/bcopy.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:42:07 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Sample bcopy() routine.
+ * This should be rewritten to be as fast as possible for your
+ * machine.
+ */
+bcopy(from, to, count)
+ register char *from, *to;
+ register int count;
+{
+
+ if (from == to)
+ return;
+ if (from > to) {
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ *to++ = *from++;
+ } else {
+ from += count;
+ to += count;
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ *--to = *--from;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/bzero.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/bzero.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf1dd41645
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/bzero.c
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/bzero.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:42:12 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Sample bzero() routine.
+ * This should be rewritten to be as fast as possible for your
+ * machine.
+ */
+bzero(addr, count)
+ register char *addr;
+ register int count;
+{
+
+ while (--count >= 0)
+ *addr++ = 0;
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2b096e8dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/conv.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:48:01 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Conversions.
+ */
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "conv.h"
+
+double DMagFactor();
+
+Conv Conversion; /* the global conversion */
+
+/*
+ * Set a conversion (possibly the global conversion).
+ */
+void
+CSetConversion(c, dpi, usermag, num, denom, dvimag)
+ register struct conversion *c;
+ int dpi, usermag;
+ i32 num, denom, dvimag;
+{
+ double ddpi = dpi;
+
+ c->c_mag = DMagFactor((int) dvimag) * DMagFactor(usermag);
+ c->c_dpi = ddpi;
+
+ /*
+ * The conversion facture is figured as follows: there are exactly
+ * num/denom DVI units per decimicron, and 254000 decimicrons per
+ * inch, and dpi pixels per inch. Then we have to adjust this by
+ * the stated magnification.
+ */
+ c->c_fromsp = (num / 254000.0) * (ddpi / denom) * c->c_mag;
+
+ /*
+ * c->c_tosp is 1/c->c_fromsp, but we will invert the expression
+ * above in the hopes of some extra accuracy.
+ *
+ * IS THIS ANY GOOD? I NEED A NUMERICAL ANALYST!
+ */
+ c->c_tosp = (254000.0 / num) * (denom / ddpi) * (1.0 / c->c_mag);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3350ff5a90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/conv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Conversions. Conversion factors convert between values in scaled
+ * points and values in device-dependent units. The results of all
+ * conversions are rounded to the nearest integral value, of type (i32).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is now done using `double' values, but may be changed to
+ * fixed-point or some other `fast' method, as long as the results
+ * are consistent and reasonably accurate. The structure `conversion'
+ * holds the conversion-method-dependent quantities; the macros
+ * fromSP and toSP apply the conversion to a value. (Note that
+ * fromSP and toSP need not be macros, but should be fast.)
+ *
+ * SetConversion sets the (single, global) conversion factor.
+ * If a driver needs special conversions, there is another routine,
+ * CSetConversion that sets a specific conversion, and cfromSP and
+ * ctoSP to apply these.
+ *
+ * IS USING DOTS PER INCH SUFFICIENT? (Pixels per point might be better.)
+ *
+ * Note that it is necessary to set the global conversion factor before
+ * using any fonts.
+ */
+typedef struct conversion {
+ double c_fromsp; /* multiplier to convert from scaled points */
+ double c_tosp; /* multiplier to convert to scaled points:
+ could divide by c_fromsp, but this should
+ be faster and more accurate */
+ double c_mag; /* the magnification this conversion
+ represents; mainly for GetFont() */
+ double c_dpi; /* dpi (should be pixels per point?) */
+} Conv;
+
+extern Conv Conversion; /* the global conversion factor */
+
+/*
+ * In order to do this, we need to round properly. The compilers I
+ * have tend to generate very poor code for this. The following is
+ * intended to help them out. Smarter compilers can do better, but
+ * if they are smart enough, they will realise that the variables
+ * here are not used anywhere else, and discard them. (For a compiler
+ * to do this given separate compliation, `static' is a must.)
+ */
+#ifdef lint /* or a smart compiler */
+
+#define ROUND(f) ((i32) ((f) < 0.0 ? (f) - 0.5 : (f) + 0.5))
+#define CEIL(f) ((double) (i32) (f) < (f) ? (i32) (f) + 1 : (i32) (f))
+
+#else /* lint */
+
+static double _half = 0.5;
+static double _d;
+#define ROUND(f) ((i32) (_d = (f), _d < 0.0 ? _d - _half : _d + _half))
+
+#ifdef NEGATIVE_FLOAT_ROUNDS_TO_NEGATIVE_INFINITY
+#define CEIL(f) (-(i32) -(f))
+#else /* we will assume that floating to integer truncates */
+static i32 _i;
+#define CEIL(f) (_i = _d = (f), _i < _d ? _i + 1 : _i)
+#endif /* round towards negative infinity */
+
+#endif /* lint */
+
+#define SetConversion(dpi, usermag, num, denom, dvimag) \
+ CSetConversion(&Conversion, dpi, usermag, num, denom, dvimag)
+
+#define cfromSP(c, v) ROUND((c)->c_fromsp * (v))
+#define ctoSP(c, v) ROUND((c)->c_tosp * (v))
+
+#define fromSP(v) cfromSP(&Conversion, v)
+#define toSP(v) ctoSP(&Conversion, v)
+
+/*
+ * Conversions for rules are a bit different: we must round up, rather
+ * than off. ConvRule applies the global conversion value for a rule
+ * value (height or width); CConvRule applies a specific conversion.
+ */
+#define CConvRule(c, v) CEIL((c)->c_fromsp * (v))
+#define ConvRule(v) CConvRule(&Conversion, v)
+
+void CSetConversion();
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/convstruct.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/convstruct.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0f97088d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/convstruct.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1989 Chris Torek
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+ * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of Chris Torek or M.I.T.
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Chris
+ * Torek and M.I.T. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express
+ * or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * CHRIS TOREK AND M.I.T. DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CHRIS TOREK OR M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Original Author:
+ * Chris Torek
+ * Dept. of Computer Science
+ * Univ. of Maryland
+ * chris@cs.umd.edu
+ */
+
+typedef struct conversion {
+ double c_fromsp; /* multiplier to convert from scaled points */
+ double c_tosp; /* multiplier to convert to scaled points:
+ could divide by c_fromsp, but this should
+ be faster and more accurate */
+ double c_mag; /* the magnification this conversion
+ represents; mainly for GetFont() */
+ double c_dpi; /* dpi (should be pixels per point?) */
+} Conv;
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvi_draw.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvi_draw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e6259c993b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvi_draw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/*
+ * Support drawing routines for TeXsun and TeX
+ *
+ * Copyright, (C) 1987, 1988 Tim Morgan, UC Irvine
+ * Copyright 1989 Dirk Grunwald (extensions & fixes)
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+ * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of Tim Morgan, Dirk
+ * Grunwald or M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity
+ * pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. Tim Morgan, Dirk Grunwald and M.I.T.
+ * makes no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express
+ * or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * TIM MORGAN,
+ * DIRK GRUNWALD AND M.I.T. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
+ * OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
+ * OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE
+ * OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author:
+ * Tim Morgan
+ * Dept. of Computer Science
+ * Univ. of Calf. at Irvine
+ *
+ * Dirk Grunwald
+ * Dept. of Computer Science
+ *
+ *
+ * At the time these routines are called, the values of hh and vv should
+ * have been updated to the upper left corner of the graph (the position
+ * the \special appears at in the dvi file). Then the coordinates in the
+ * graphics commands are in terms of a virtual page with axes oriented the
+ * same as the Imagen and the SUN normally have:
+ *
+ * 0,0
+ * +-----------> +x
+ * |
+ * |
+ * |
+ * \ /
+ * +y
+ *
+ * Angles are measured in the conventional way, from +x towards +y.
+ * Unfortunately, that reverses the meaning of "counterclockwise"
+ * from what it's normally thought of.
+ *
+ * A lot of floating point arithmetic has been converted to integer
+ * arithmetic for speed. In some places, this is kind-of kludgy, but
+ * it's worth it.
+ */
+
+static char *rcsid="$Header: /usr/local/src/Uiuctex/libtex/RCS/dvi_draw.c,v 1.3 88/02/19 17:00:34 grunwald Exp Locker: grunwald $" ;
+
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define MAXPOINTS 300 /* Max points in a path */
+#define TWOPI (3.14159265359*2.0)
+#define MAX_PEN_SIZE 7 /* Max pixels of pen width */
+
+
+static int xx[MAXPOINTS], yy[MAXPOINTS]; /* Path in milli-inches */
+static int path_len = 0; /* # points in current path */
+int pen_size = 1; /* Pixel width of lines drawn */
+#define FALSE 0
+#define TRUE 1
+int whiten = FALSE, shade = FALSE, blacken = FALSE;
+
+extern void dot_at(), line_btw(), do_attribute_path();
+
+#define shrink_factor shrinkFactor[currentShrink]
+
+/* Unfortunately, these values also appear in dvisun.c */
+#define xRESOLUTION (dviDPI/shrink_factor)
+#define yRESOLUTION (dviDPI/shrink_factor)
+
+extern int dviDPI, currentShrink, shrinkFactor[];
+
+
+/*
+ * Issue warning/error messages
+ */
+void Fatal(msg)
+char *msg;
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", msg);
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+static void Warning(fmt, msg)
+char *fmt, *msg;
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, fmt, msg);
+ fputc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the size of the virtual pen used to draw in milli-inches
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void set_pen_size(cp)
+char *cp;
+{
+ int ps;
+
+ if (sscanf(cp, " %d ", &ps) != 1) {
+ Warning("illegal .ps command format: %s", cp);
+ return;
+ }
+ pen_size = (ps*(xRESOLUTION+yRESOLUTION) + 1000) / 2000;
+ if (pen_size < 1) pen_size = 1;
+ else if (pen_size > MAX_PEN_SIZE) pen_size = MAX_PEN_SIZE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print the line defined by previous path commands
+ */
+void flush_path()
+{
+ register int i;
+ int last_min_x, last_max_x, last_min_y, last_max_y;
+
+ last_min_x = 30000; last_min_y = 30000;
+ last_max_x = -30000; last_max_y = -30000;
+ for (i=1; i<path_len; i++) {
+ if (xx[i] > last_max_x) last_max_x = xx[i];
+ if (xx[i] < last_min_x) last_min_x = xx[i];
+ if (yy[i] > last_max_y) last_max_y = yy[i];
+ if (yy[i] < last_min_y) last_min_y = yy[i];
+ line_btw(xx[i], yy[i], xx[i+1], yy[i+1]);
+ }
+ if (xx[path_len] > last_max_x) last_max_x = xx[path_len];
+ if (xx[path_len] < last_min_x) last_min_x = xx[path_len];
+ if (yy[path_len] > last_max_y) last_max_y = yy[path_len];
+ if (yy[path_len] < last_min_y) last_min_y = yy[path_len];
+ path_len = 0;
+ do_attribute_path(last_min_x, last_max_x, last_min_y, last_max_y);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Print a dashed line along the previously defined path, with
+ * the dashes/inch defined.
+ */
+void flush_dashed(cp, dotted)
+char *cp;
+int dotted;
+{
+ int i, numdots, x0, y0, x1, y1;
+ int cx0, cy0, cx1, cy1;
+ float inchesperdash;
+ double d, spacesize, a, b, dx, dy, milliperdash;
+
+ if (sscanf(cp, " %f ", &inchesperdash) != 1) {
+ Warning("illegal format for dotted/dashed line: %s", cp);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (path_len <= 1 || inchesperdash <= 0.0) {
+ Warning("illegal conditions for dotted/dashed line");
+ return;
+ }
+ milliperdash = inchesperdash * 1000.0;
+ x0 = xx[1]; y0 = yy[1];
+ x1 = xx[2]; y1 = yy[2];
+ dx = x1 - x0;
+ dy = y1 - y0;
+ if (dotted) {
+ numdots = sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy) / milliperdash + 0.5;
+ if ( numdots == 0 ) { /* always draw at least one dot */
+ numdots = 1;
+ }
+ for (i=0; i <= numdots; i++) {
+ a = (float) i / (float) numdots;
+ cx0 = x0 + a*dx + 0.5;
+ cy0 = y0 + a*dy + 0.5;
+ dot_at(cx0, cy0);
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ d = sqrt(dx*dx + dy*dy);
+ if (d <= 2.0*milliperdash)
+ line_btw(x0, y0, x1, y1);
+ else {
+ numdots = d / (2.0*milliperdash) + 1.0;
+ spacesize = (d - numdots * milliperdash) / (numdots - 1);
+ for (i=0; i<numdots-1; i++) {
+ a = i * (milliperdash + spacesize) / d;
+ b = a + milliperdash / d;
+ cx0 = x0 + a*dx + 0.5;
+ cy0 = y0 + a*dy + 0.5;
+ cx1 = x0 + b*dx + 0.5;
+ cy1 = y0 + b*dy + 0.5;
+ line_btw(cx0, cy0, cx1, cy1);
+ b += spacesize / d;
+ }
+ cx0 = x0 + b*dx + 0.5;
+ cy0 = y0 + b*dy + 0.5;
+ line_btw(cx0, cy0, x1, y1);
+ }
+ }
+ path_len = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Add a point to the current path
+ */
+void add_path(cp)
+char *cp;
+{
+ int pathx, pathy;
+
+ if (++path_len >= MAXPOINTS) Fatal("Too many points");
+ if (sscanf(cp, " %d %d ", &pathx, &pathy) != 2)
+ Fatal("Malformed path command");
+ xx[path_len] = pathx;
+ yy[path_len] = pathy;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Draw to a floating point position
+ */
+static void im_fdraw(x, y)
+double x,y;
+{
+ if (++path_len >= MAXPOINTS) Fatal("Too many arc points");
+ xx[path_len] = x + 0.5;
+ yy[path_len] = y + 0.5;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Draw an arc
+ */
+void arc(cp)
+char *cp;
+{
+ int xc, yc, xrad, yrad, n;
+ float start_angle, end_angle, angle, theta, r;
+ double xradius, yradius, xcenter, ycenter;
+
+ if (sscanf(cp, " %d %d %d %d %f %f ", &xc, &yc, &xrad, &yrad, &start_angle,
+ &end_angle) != 6) {
+ Warning("illegal arc specification: %s", cp);
+ return;
+ }
+ /* We have a specialized fast way to draw closed circles/ellipses */
+ if (start_angle <= 0.0 && end_angle >= 6.282) {
+ draw_ellipse(xc, yc, xrad, yrad);
+ return;
+ }
+ xcenter = xc;
+ ycenter = yc;
+ xradius = xrad;
+ yradius = yrad;
+ r = (xradius + yradius) / 2.0;
+ theta = sqrt(1.0 / r);
+ n = 0.3 * TWOPI / theta + 0.5;
+ if (n < 12) n = 12;
+ else if (n > 80) n = 80;
+ n /= 2;
+ theta = TWOPI / n;
+ flush_path();
+ im_fdraw( xcenter + xradius*cos(start_angle),
+ ycenter + yradius*sin(start_angle) );
+ angle = start_angle + theta;
+ while (angle < end_angle) {
+ im_fdraw(xcenter + xradius*cos(angle),
+ ycenter + yradius*sin(angle) );
+ angle += theta;
+ }
+ im_fdraw(xcenter + xradius*cos(end_angle),
+ ycenter + yradius*sin(end_angle) );
+ flush_path();
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * APPROXIMATE integer distance between two points
+ */
+#define dist(x0, y0, x1, y1) (abs(x0-x1)+abs(y0-y1))
+
+
+/*
+ * Draw a spline along the previously defined path
+ */
+void flush_spline()
+{
+ int xp, yp, N, lastx=(-1), lasty;
+ int t1, t2, t3, steps, j;
+ register int i, w;
+
+#ifdef lint
+ lasty = -1;
+#endif
+ N = path_len + 1;
+ xx[0] = xx[1]; yy[0] = yy[1];
+ xx[N] = xx[N-1]; yy[N] = yy[N-1];
+ for (i=0; i<N-1; i++) { /* interval */
+ steps = (dist(xx[i], yy[i], xx[i+1], yy[i+1]) +
+ dist(xx[i+1], yy[i+1], xx[i+2], yy[i+2])) / 80;
+ for (j=0; j<steps; j++) { /* points within */
+ w = (j*1000 + 500) / steps;
+ t1 = w * w / 20;
+ w -= 500;
+ t2 = (750000 - w * w) / 10;
+ w -= 500;
+ t3 = w * w / 20;
+ xp = (t1*xx[i+2] + t2*xx[i+1] + t3*xx[i] + 50000) / 100000;
+ yp = (t1*yy[i+2] + t2*yy[i+1] + t3*yy[i] + 50000) / 100000;
+ if (lastx > -1) line_btw(lastx, lasty, xp, yp);
+ lastx = xp;
+ lasty = yp;
+ }
+ }
+ path_len = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Shade the last box, circle, or ellipse
+ */
+void shade_last()
+{
+ blacken = whiten = FALSE;
+ shade = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Make the last box, circle, or ellipse, white inside (shade with white)
+ */
+void whiten_last()
+{
+ whiten = TRUE;
+ blacken = shade = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Make last box, etc, black inside
+ */
+void blacken_last()
+{
+ blacken = TRUE;
+ whiten = shade = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Draw an ellipse with the indicated center and radices.
+ */
+draw_ellipse(xc, yc, xr, yr)
+int xc, yc, xr, yr;
+{
+ double angle, theta;
+ int n, px0, py0, px1, py1;
+
+ angle = (xr + yr) / 2.0;
+ theta = sqrt(1.0 / angle);
+ n = TWOPI / theta + 0.5;
+ if (n < 12) n = 12;
+ else if (n > 80) n = 80;
+ n /= 2;
+ theta = TWOPI / n;
+
+ angle = 0.0;
+ px0 = xc + xr; /* cos(0) = 1 */
+ py0 = yc; /* Sin(0) = 0 */
+ while ((angle += theta) <= TWOPI) {
+ px1 = xc + xr*cos(angle) + 0.5;
+ py1 = yc + yr*sin(angle) + 0.5;
+ line_btw(px0, py0, px1, py1);
+ px0 = px1;
+ py0 = py1;
+ }
+ line_btw(px0, py0, xc + xr, yc);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2897a00b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/dviclass.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:48:35 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * dviclass - DVI code classification tables.
+ */
+
+#include "dviclass.h"
+
+/* shorthand---in lowercase for contrast (read on!) */
+#define four(x) x, x, x, x
+#define six(x) four(x), x, x
+#define sixteen(x) four(x), four(x), four(x), four(x)
+#define sixty_four(x) sixteen(x), sixteen(x), sixteen(x), sixteen(x)
+#define one_twenty_eight(x) sixty_four(x), sixty_four(x)
+
+/*
+ * This table contains the byte length of the single operand, or DPL_NONE
+ * if no operand, or if it cannot be decoded this way.
+ *
+ * The sequences UNS1, UNS2, UNS3, SGN4 (`SEQ_U') and SGN1, SGN2, SGN3,
+ * SGN4 (`SEQ_S') are rather common, and so we define macros for these.
+ */
+#define SEQ_U DPL_UNS1, DPL_UNS2, DPL_UNS3, DPL_SGN4
+#define SEQ_S DPL_SGN1, DPL_SGN2, DPL_SGN3, DPL_SGN4
+
+char dvi_oplen[256] = {
+ one_twenty_eight(DPL_NONE),
+ /* characters 0 through 127 */
+ SEQ_U, /* DVI_SET1 through DVI_SET4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_SETRULE */
+ SEQ_U, /* DVI_PUT1 through DVI_PUT4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_PUTRULE */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_NOP */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_BOP */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_EOP */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_PUSH */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_POP */
+ SEQ_S, /* DVI_RIGHT1 through DVI_RIGHT4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_W0 */
+ SEQ_S, /* DVI_W1 through DVI_W4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_X0 */
+ SEQ_S, /* DVI_X1 through DVI_X4 */
+ SEQ_S, /* DVI_DOWN1 through DVI_DOWN4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_Y0 */
+ SEQ_S, /* DVI_Y1 through DVI_Y4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_Z0 */
+ SEQ_S, /* DVI_Z1 through DVI_Z4 */
+ sixty_four(DPL_NONE), /* DVI_FNTNUM0 through DVI_FNTNUM63 */
+ SEQ_U, /* DVI_FNT1 through DVI_FNT4 */
+ SEQ_U, /* DVI_XXX1 through DVI_XXX4 */
+ SEQ_U, /* DVI_FNTDEF1 through DVI_FNTDEF4 */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_PRE */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_POST */
+ DPL_NONE, /* DVI_POSTPOST */
+ six(DPL_NONE) /* 250 through 255 */
+};
+
+char dvi_dt[256] = {
+ one_twenty_eight(DT_CHAR),
+ /* characters 0 through 127 */
+ four(DT_SET), /* DVI_SET1 through DVI_SET4 */
+ DT_SETRULE, /* DVI_SETRULE */
+ four(DT_PUT), /* DVI_PUT1 through DVI_PUT4 */
+ DT_PUTRULE, /* DVI_PUTRULE */
+ DT_NOP, /* DVI_NOP */
+ DT_BOP, /* DVI_BOP */
+ DT_EOP, /* DVI_EOP */
+ DT_PUSH, /* DVI_PUSH */
+ DT_POP, /* DVI_POP */
+ four(DT_RIGHT), /* DVI_RIGHT1 through DVI_RIGHT4 */
+ DT_W0, /* DVI_W0 */
+ four(DT_W), /* DVI_W1 through DVI_W4 */
+ DT_X0, /* DVI_X0 */
+ four(DT_X), /* DVI_X1 through DVI_X4 */
+ four(DT_DOWN), /* DVI_DOWN1 through DVI_DOWN4 */
+ DT_Y0, /* DVI_Y0 */
+ four(DT_Y), /* DVI_Y1 through DVI_Y4 */
+ DT_Z0, /* DVI_Z0 */
+ four(DT_Z), /* DVI_Z1 through DVI_Z4 */
+ sixty_four(DT_FNTNUM), /* DVI_FNTNUM0 through DVI_FNTNUM63 */
+ four(DT_FNT), /* DVI_FNT1 through DVI_FNT4 */
+ four(DT_XXX), /* DVI_XXX1 through DVI_XXX4 */
+ four(DT_FNTDEF), /* DVI_FNTDEF1 through DVI_FNTDEF4 */
+ DT_PRE, /* DVI_PRE */
+ DT_POST, /* DVI_POST */
+ DT_POSTPOST, /* DVI_POSTPOST */
+ six(DT_UNDEF) /* 250 through 255 */
+};
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32b8ce0be6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dviclass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Macros to convert DVI opcodes to (hopefully) simpler values.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Large range types---code may be any value (including EOF).
+ */
+#define DVI_IsChar(code) ((ui32)(code) < 128)
+#define DVI_IsFont(code) ((code) >= 171 && (code) < 235)
+
+/*
+ * Symbolic names for generic types (for things with parameters).
+ * These are obtained via the macro DVI_DT(int c), where 0 <= c <= 255.
+ */
+#define DT_CHAR 0
+#define DT_SET 1
+#define DT_SETRULE 2
+#define DT_PUT 3
+#define DT_PUTRULE 4
+#define DT_NOP 5
+#define DT_BOP 6
+#define DT_EOP 7
+#define DT_PUSH 8
+#define DT_POP 9
+#define DT_RIGHT 10
+#define DT_W0 11
+#define DT_W 12
+#define DT_X0 13
+#define DT_X 14
+#define DT_DOWN 15
+#define DT_Y0 16
+#define DT_Y 17
+#define DT_Z0 18
+#define DT_Z 19
+#define DT_FNTNUM 20
+#define DT_FNT 21
+#define DT_XXX 22
+#define DT_FNTDEF 23
+#define DT_PRE 24
+#define DT_POST 25
+#define DT_POSTPOST 26
+#define DT_UNDEF 27
+
+/*
+ * Symbolic names for parameter lengths, obtained via the macro
+ * DVL_OpLen(int c).
+ *
+ * N.B.: older drivers may assume that 0 => none, 1-4 => 1-4 bytes
+ * and 5-7 => unsigned version of 1-4---so DO NOT change these values!
+ */
+#define DPL_NONE 0
+#define DPL_SGN1 1
+#define DPL_SGN2 2
+#define DPL_SGN3 3
+#define DPL_SGN4 4
+#define DPL_UNS1 5
+#define DPL_UNS2 6
+#define DPL_UNS3 7
+/* there are no unsigned four byte parameters */
+
+#define DVI_OpLen(code) (dvi_oplen[code])
+#define DVI_DT(code) (dvi_dt[code])
+extern char dvi_oplen[];
+extern char dvi_dt[];
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvicodes.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvicodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f93c35c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvicodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/* DVI opcodes */
+
+#define DVI_VERSION 2 /* version number that should appear in
+ pre- and post-ambles */
+
+#define DVI_SET1 128 /* set character, 1 byte param */
+#define DVI_SET2 129 /* set character, 2 byte param */
+#define DVI_SET3 130 /* set character, 3 byte param */
+#define DVI_SET4 131 /* set character, 4 byte param */
+#define DVI_SETRULE 132 /* set a rule */
+#define DVI_PUT1 133 /* put char, don't move right */
+#define DVI_PUT2 134 /* put char, 2 byte */
+#define DVI_PUT3 135 /* etc */
+#define DVI_PUT4 136
+#define DVI_PUTRULE 137 /* put rule, don't move right */
+#define DVI_NOP 138 /* no-op */
+#define DVI_BOP 139 /* begin page */
+#define DVI_EOP 140 /* end page */
+#define DVI_PUSH 141 /* push h,v,w,x,y,z */
+#define DVI_POP 142 /* pop h,v,w,x,y,z */
+#define DVI_RIGHT1 143 /* move right, 1 byte signed param */
+#define DVI_RIGHT2 144 /* move right, 2 byte signed param */
+#define DVI_RIGHT3 145 /* etc */
+#define DVI_RIGHT4 146
+#define DVI_W0 147 /* h += w */
+#define DVI_W1 148 /* w = 1 byte signed param, h += w */
+#define DVI_W2 149 /* w = 2 byte etc, h += w */
+#define DVI_W3 150
+#define DVI_W4 151
+#define DVI_X0 152 /* like DVI_W0 but for x */
+#define DVI_X1 153 /* etc */
+#define DVI_X2 154
+#define DVI_X3 155
+#define DVI_X4 156
+#define DVI_DOWN1 157 /* v += 1 byte signed param */
+#define DVI_DOWN2 158 /* v += 2 byte signed param */
+#define DVI_DOWN3 159 /* etc */
+#define DVI_DOWN4 160
+#define DVI_Y0 161 /* y = 1 byte signed param, v += y */
+#define DVI_Y1 162 /* etc */
+#define DVI_Y2 163
+#define DVI_Y3 164
+#define DVI_Y4 165
+#define DVI_Z0 166 /* z = 1 byte signed param, v += z */
+#define DVI_Z1 167 /* etc */
+#define DVI_Z2 168
+#define DVI_Z3 169
+#define DVI_Z4 170
+#define DVI_FNTNUM0 171
+
+#define DVI_FNT1 235 /* select font, 1 byte param */
+#define DVI_FNT2 236 /* etc */
+#define DVI_FNT3 237
+#define DVI_FNT4 238
+#define DVI_XXX1 239 /* for \special: if length < 256 */
+#define DVI_XXX2 240 /* etc */
+#define DVI_XXX3 241
+#define DVI_XXX4 242
+#define DVI_FNTDEF1 243 /* Define font, 1 byte param (0 to 63) */
+#define DVI_FNTDEF2 244 /* etc */
+#define DVI_FNTDEF3 245
+#define DVI_FNTDEF4 246
+#define DVI_PRE 247 /* preamble */
+#define DVI_POST 248 /* postamble */
+#define DVI_POSTPOST 249 /* end of postamble */
+#define DVI_FILLER 223 /* filler bytes at end of dvi file */
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b11f3f10cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/dvistate.c,v 1.1 89/08/22 21:49:03 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * dvistate - basic DVI machine interpreter
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "conv.h"
+#include "dvicodes.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "gripes.h"
+#include "postamble.h"
+#include "search.h"
+#include "seek.h"
+#include "dvistate.h"
+
+struct dvi_state ds;
+
+/* yech, statics! */
+static struct font *(*s_deffnt)();
+static int s_dpi;
+static int s_errs;
+
+static void pre(), post(), fntdef();
+
+char *malloc();
+
+/*
+ * Read through the postamble and the preamble and set up the
+ * global DVI state. Each font is passed to (*fontfn)().
+ * Upon return, the input file (fp) is positioned at the beginning
+ * of the first page.
+ *
+ * dpi is the resolution of the printer in pixels (dots) per inch,
+ * and xoffset and yoffset are the values from the -X and -Y flags
+ * (default zero). We add 1000 to each offset (since the offsets
+ * are in 1/1000ths of an inch), and then multiply by dpi and divide
+ * by 1000, to get the actual offset.
+ *
+ * If a device introduces a constant offset, e.g., of .25 inch
+ * horizontally and .31 inch vertically, the caller can compensate
+ * by passing (xflag - 2500) and (yflag - 3100).
+ */
+void
+DVISetState(fp, fontfn, dpi, xoffset, yoffset)
+ FILE *fp;
+ struct font *(*fontfn)();
+ int dpi, xoffset, yoffset;
+{
+
+ /* make sure fseek() will work */
+ if ((ds.ds_fp = SeekFile(fp)) == NULL)
+ error(1, -1, "unable to copy input to temp file (disk full?)");
+
+ /* h and v must be deferred until we have a conversion */
+ ds.ds_fresh.hh = ((1000 + (i32)xoffset) * dpi) / 1000;
+ ds.ds_fresh.vv = ((1000 + (i32)yoffset) * dpi) / 1000;
+
+ ds.ds_fonts = SCreate(sizeof(struct font *));
+ if (ds.ds_fonts == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "cannot create font table (out of memory?)");
+ s_errs = 0;
+ s_dpi = dpi;
+ s_deffnt = fontfn;
+ ScanPostAmble(ds.ds_fp, post, fntdef);
+ if (s_errs)
+ GripeMissingFontsPreventOutput(s_errs);
+ pre();
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the preamble and apply sanity checks.
+ * The presence of a preamble is virtually certain,
+ * since we have already found and read a postamble.
+ */
+static void
+pre()
+{
+ register int n;
+ register FILE *fp = ds.ds_fp;
+
+ rewind(fp);
+ if (GetByte(fp) != Sign8(DVI_PRE))
+ GripeMissingOp("PRE");
+ if (GetByte(fp) != Sign8(DVI_VERSION))
+ GripeMismatchedValue("version number");
+ if (GetLong(fp) != ds.ds_num)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("numerator");
+ if (GetLong(fp) != ds.ds_denom)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("denominator");
+ if (GetLong(fp) != ds.ds_dvimag)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("\\magnification");
+ n = UnSign8(GetByte(fp));
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ (void) GetByte(fp);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Store the relevant information from the DVI postamble.
+ */
+static void
+post(p)
+ register struct PostAmbleInfo *p;
+{
+ register int n;
+
+ ds.ds_prevpage = p->pai_PrevPagePointer;
+ ds.ds_num = p->pai_Numerator;
+ ds.ds_denom = p->pai_Denominator;
+ ds.ds_dvimag = p->pai_DVIMag;
+ ds.ds_maxheight = p->pai_TallestPageHeight;
+ ds.ds_maxwidth = p->pai_WidestPageWidth;
+ ds.ds_npages = p->pai_NumberOfPages;
+
+ /* set the global conversion factor */
+ SetConversion(s_dpi,
+ ds.ds_usermag, ds.ds_num, ds.ds_denom, ds.ds_dvimag);
+
+ ds.ds_fresh.h = toSP(ds.ds_fresh.hh);
+ ds.ds_fresh.v = toSP(ds.ds_fresh.vv);
+#ifdef unneeded /* counting on init-to-zero ... */
+ ds.ds_fresh.w = 0;
+ ds.ds_fresh.x = 0;
+ ds.ds_fresh.y = 0;
+ ds.ds_fresh.z = 0;
+#endif
+ /* make the stack */
+ n = p->pai_DVIStackSize * sizeof(DviStack);
+ if ((ds.ds_stack = (struct dvi_stack *)malloc((unsigned)n)) == NULL)
+ GripeOutOfMemory(n, "DVI stack");
+ ds.ds_sp = ds.ds_stack;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a font definition from the postamble.
+ */
+static void
+fntdef(p)
+ register struct PostAmbleFont *p;
+{
+ register struct font *f, **fp;
+ int def = S_CREATE | S_EXCL;
+
+ fp = (struct font **)SSearch(ds.ds_fonts, p->paf_DVIFontIndex, &def);
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ if (def & S_COLL)
+ GripeFontAlreadyDefined(p->paf_DVIFontIndex);
+ else
+ error(1, 0, "cannot stash font %ld (out of memory?)",
+ (long)p->paf_DVIFontIndex);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /* apply driver function to get font */
+ f = (*s_deffnt)(p->paf_name, p->paf_DVIMag, p->paf_DVIDesignSize);
+ if (f == NULL) {
+ s_errs++;
+ return;
+ }
+ *fp = f;
+
+ /* match checksums, unless one is (or both are) zero */
+ if (p->paf_DVIChecksum && f->f_checksum &&
+ p->paf_DVIChecksum != f->f_checksum)
+ GripeDifferentChecksums(f->f_path, p->paf_DVIChecksum,
+ f->f_checksum);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Given a font index, return the corresponding pointer.
+ */
+struct font *
+DVIFindFont(n)
+ i32 n;
+{
+ int x = S_LOOKUP;
+ char *p;
+
+ if ((p = SSearch(ds.ds_fonts, n, &x)) == NULL) {
+ GripeNoSuchFont(n);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ return (*(struct font **)p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a rule: read width and height, then call the given function.
+ * If `advance', move dvi position afterwards.
+ */
+void
+DVIRule(fn, advance)
+ void (*fn)();
+ int advance;
+{
+ register i32 h, w, ww;
+ register FILE *fp = ds.ds_fp;
+
+ fGetLong(fp, h);
+ fGetLong(fp, ww);
+ h = ConvRule(h);
+ w = ConvRule(ww);
+ (*fn)(h, w);
+ if (advance) {
+ dvi_hh += w;
+ dvi_h += ww;
+ w = fromSP(dvi_h);
+ FIXDRIFT(dvi_hh, w);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle a BOP: read the ten \count values and the previous page pointer,
+ * reset DVI position, and call the given function.
+ */
+void
+DVIBeginPage(fn)
+ void (*fn)();
+{
+ register int i;
+ i32 count[10];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+ count[i] = GetLong(ds.ds_fp);
+ ds.ds_prevpage = GetLong(ds.ds_fp);
+
+ /* reset DVI page position and stack pointer, then call driver */
+ ds.ds_cur = ds.ds_fresh;
+ ds.ds_sp = ds.ds_stack;
+
+ (*fn)(count);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0b3b7b00c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/* DVI file information (as used by dvi-to-device programs) */
+
+/*
+ * Units of distance are stored in scaled points, but we can convert to
+ * units of 10^-7 meters by multiplying by the numbers in the preamble.
+ * The values hh and vv are kept in device coordinates.
+ */
+
+/* the structure of the stack used to hold the values (h,v,hh,vv,w,x,y,z) */
+typedef struct dvi_stack {
+ i32 h; /* the saved h */
+ i32 v; /* the saved v */
+ i32 hh; /* the saved hh */
+ i32 vv; /* the saved vv */
+ i32 w; /* etc */
+ i32 x;
+ i32 y;
+ i32 z;
+} DviStack;
+
+/*
+ * DVI state machine interpreter encapsulation (global state).
+ */
+struct dvi_state {
+ /*
+ * Variables that must be set by user before calling SetDVIState().
+ */
+ int ds_usermag; /* user-supplied (additional) magnification */
+ int ds_maxdrift; /* maximum drift, typically 3 */
+
+ /* the rest are set by DVISetState() */
+
+ /*
+ * Values based on the (postamble of the) DVI file,
+ * or used by the interpreter.
+ */
+ i32 ds_num; /* numerator from DVI file */
+ i32 ds_denom; /* denominator from DVI file */
+ i32 ds_dvimag; /* magnification from DVI file */
+ i32 ds_maxheight; /* height of tallest page */
+ i32 ds_maxwidth; /* width of widest page */
+ i32 ds_prevpage; /* previous page of DVI file */
+ int ds_npages; /* number of DVI pages */
+ DviStack *ds_stack; /* base of stack of DVI values */
+ DviStack *ds_sp; /* current place in stack */
+ DviStack ds_cur; /* current values */
+ DviStack ds_fresh; /* fresh values for new pages: not all
+ zero unless there are no margins.
+ This works because all DVI motion
+ is relative. */
+ /*
+ * Although this is not strictly within the realm of DVI
+ * state, we need a place to store the fonts we allocate
+ * while reading through the postamble. Each entry in
+ * the ds_fonts search table is a pointer to a font,
+ * so that *(struct font **)SSearch(...) is the pointer.
+ */
+ struct search *ds_fonts;/* font table */
+
+ /*
+ * A few routines want a private copy of the DVI file pointer.
+ */
+ FILE *ds_fp; /* input DVI file */
+};
+
+extern struct dvi_state ds;
+
+/* shorthand */
+#define dvi_h ds.ds_cur.h
+#define dvi_v ds.ds_cur.v
+#define dvi_hh ds.ds_cur.hh
+#define dvi_vv ds.ds_cur.vv
+#define dvi_w ds.ds_cur.w
+#define dvi_x ds.ds_cur.x
+#define dvi_y ds.ds_cur.y
+#define dvi_z ds.ds_cur.z
+
+/*
+ * Set up the state for the interpreter loop.
+ */
+void DVISetState();
+
+/*
+ * Service routines (called from main loop).
+ */
+struct font *DVIFindFont();
+void DVIRule(), DVIBeginPage();
+
+/*
+ * Drift fixing. Note that the first argument must be an lvalue.
+ * It is the desired position in pixels, and is maintained within
+ * ds.ds_maxdrift pixels of the second argument, which is the
+ * `absolute' DVI position rounded to the nearest pixel.
+ */
+#define FIXDRIFT(xx, x) \
+ if ((x) >= (xx)) \
+ if ((x) - (xx) <= ds.ds_maxdrift) \
+ /* position is in bounds */; \
+ else \
+ (xx) = (x) - ds.ds_maxdrift; \
+ else \
+ if ((xx) - (x) <= ds.ds_maxdrift) \
+ /* position is in bounds */; \
+ else \
+ (xx) = (x) + ds.ds_maxdrift
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82549e66fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1989 Dirk Grunwald
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+ * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of Dirk Grunwald or M.I.T.
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Dirk
+ * Grunwald and M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express
+ * or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * DIRK GRUNWALD AND M.I.T. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
+ * OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
+ * OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE
+ * OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author:
+ * Dr. Dirk Grunwald
+ * Dept. of Computer Science
+ * Campus Box 430
+ * Univ. of Colorado, Boulder
+ * Boulder, CO 80309
+ *
+ * grunwald@colorado.edu
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "dvistuff.h" /* includes types & fonts */
+
+static char *rcsid="$Header: /home/reed/grunwald/Iptex/drivers/RCS/dvistuff.c,v 1.17 88/07/07 23:25:32 grunwald Exp Locker: grunwald $" ;
+
+#include "dviclass.h"
+#include "dvicodes.h"
+#include "postamble.h"
+#include "search.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+
+int dviHH = -1; /* current horizontal position, in DEVs */
+int dviVV = -1; /* current vertical position, in DEVs */
+long *dviCount[DVI_COUNT]; /* values of count */
+DviStack dvi_current;
+int dviHHMargin = -1; /* horizontal margin (in DEVs) */
+int dviVVMargin = -1; /* vertical margin (in DEVs) */
+int dviTallestPage = -1;
+int dviWidestPage = -1 ;
+int dviCurrentPage = -1;
+int dviTotalPages = -1;
+int dviDPI = -1;
+int dviMaxDrift = -1;
+int dviUserMag = -1; /* user-specified magnification */
+int dviBlackness = -1;
+int dviFontRotation = -1;
+char *DVIFileName;
+static char *dviTmpFileName = 0;
+static char dviTmpFileNameBuffer[256];
+FILE *dviFile; /* users file */
+char *dviPrintEngine = "canon";
+
+char *ProgName;
+
+/*
+ * Similar to dvi_stack, but includes `dviHH and `dviVV, which are usually
+ * but not always the same as fromSP(h) and fromSP(v):
+ */
+struct localstack {
+ int stack_hh;
+ int stack_vv;
+ struct dvi_stack stack_dvi;
+};
+
+static struct localstack *dvi_stack = 0;/* base of stack */
+static struct localstack *dvi_stackp; /* current place in stack */
+
+/*
+ * DVI preamble and postamble information.
+ */
+
+static long Magnification;
+static long Numerator; /* numerator from DVI file */
+static long Denominator; /* denominator from DVI file */
+
+/*
+ * Font related things.
+ * We keep track of the current font, use the fontfiner
+ * and record errors in the dvi postable in FontErros.
+ * the NoFont is a used when we cant find a font,
+ * to avoid errors.
+ */
+
+struct fontinfo *dviCurrentFont = 0;
+
+/*
+ * imagen1-special uses the NextFamilyNumber. *sigh*
+ */
+
+int NextFamilyNumber = 0;
+static int MaxFontFamily = MAX_FONTFAMILY;
+
+static struct search *FontFinder = 0;
+int FontErrors = 0;
+static struct fontinfo NoFont;
+/*
+ * We keep a list of pointers to the beginning of pages.
+ * Each page is headed by a DVI_BOP + 44 bytes of information.
+ */
+
+static long *pageOffset = 0;
+
+#undef FIXDRIFT
+/*
+ * Correct devpos (the actual device position) to be within MaxDrift pixels
+ * of dvipos (the virtual DVI position).
+ */
+#define FIXDRIFT(devpos, dvipos) \
+ if (ABS((devpos) - (dvipos)) <= dviMaxDrift) \
+ /* void */; \
+ else \
+ if ((devpos) < (dvipos)) \
+ (devpos) = (dvipos) - dviMaxDrift; \
+ else \
+ (devpos) = (dvipos) + dviMaxDrift
+
+#define ABS(X) ( (X) < 0 ? -(X) : (X) )
+
+
+/*
+ * Store the relevant information from the DVI postamble, and set up
+ * various internal things.
+ */
+static void
+PostAmbleHeader(p)
+ register struct PostAmbleInfo *p;
+{
+ int i;
+ int page;
+ int pageSize;
+ int stackSize;
+ long prevPagePointer;
+ long wuzAt;
+
+ Numerator = p->pai_Numerator;
+ Denominator = p->pai_Denominator;
+ Magnification = p->pai_DVIMag;
+
+/*
+ * Set the conversion factor. This must be done before using
+ * any fonts or the fromSP routine.
+ */
+
+ SetConversion(dviDPI, dviUserMag, Numerator, Denominator, Magnification);
+
+ dviTotalPages = p -> pai_NumberOfPages;
+ dviWidestPage = fromSP(p -> pai_WidestPageWidth);
+ dviTallestPage = fromSP(p -> pai_TallestPageHeight);
+
+/*
+ * Set up the DVI stack
+ */
+ stackSize = p -> pai_DVIStackSize * sizeof(*dvi_stack);
+ if (dvi_stack != 0) {
+ free(dvi_stack);
+ }
+ dvi_stack = (struct localstack *) malloc((unsigned) stackSize);
+
+/*
+ * Set of the table of pointers to pages and room for the
+ * count variables.
+ */
+
+ pageSize = dviTotalPages * sizeof(long);
+ if (pageOffset != 0) {
+ free(pageOffset);
+ }
+ pageOffset = (long *) malloc(pageSize);
+
+ if (pageOffset == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"xdvi: Can not allocate page directory (%d pages)",
+ dviTotalPages);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < DVI_COUNT; i++) {
+ if (dviCount[i] != 0) {
+ free(dviCount[i]);
+ }
+ dviCount[i] = (long*) malloc(pageSize);
+ if (dviCount[i] == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"xdvi: Can not allocate count directory (%d pages)",
+ dviTotalPages);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+
+/*
+ * Follow back pointers through pages in the DVI file,
+ * storing the offsets in the pageOffset table.
+ */
+
+ prevPagePointer = p->pai_PrevPagePointer;
+ wuzAt = (long) ftell(dviFile);
+
+ for (page = dviTotalPages - 1; page >= 0 ; page--) {
+
+/*
+ * Skip to previous page, but skip over BOP marker.
+ */
+ pageOffset[page] = prevPagePointer;
+ if( fseek(dviFile, prevPagePointer+1, 0) < 0) {
+ perror("fseek");
+ fprintf(stderr,"[postamble] improper seek looking up pages\n");
+ fprintf(stderr,"prevPagePointer = %lx\n",
+ prevPagePointer);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+/*
+ * Read the other counters at the beginning of the page
+ */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < DVI_COUNT; i++) {
+ long value;
+ fGetLong(dviFile, value);
+ dviCount[i][page] = value;
+ }
+ fGetLong(dviFile, prevPagePointer);
+ }
+ fseek(dviFile, wuzAt, 0);
+}
+
+static void
+PostAmbleFontDef(p)
+register struct PostAmbleFont *p;
+{
+ register struct fontinfo *fi;
+ register struct font *f;
+
+ char *fname;
+ int def = S_CREATE | S_EXCL;
+
+ fi = (struct fontinfo *) SSearch(FontFinder, p->paf_DVIFontIndex,
+ &def);
+ if (fi == NULL) {
+/*
+ * If the font already exists, lets just check that its really the
+ * same thing & return
+ */
+
+ if ((def & S_FOUND) | (def & S_COLL)) {
+
+ def = S_LOOKUP;
+ if ((fi = (struct fontinfo *) SSearch(FontFinder,
+ p -> paf_DVIFontIndex,
+ &def)) == 0){
+ GripeNoSuchFont(p -> paf_DVIFontIndex);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ if (fi -> f == NULL) {
+ GripeCannotGetFont(p->paf_name, p->paf_DVIMag,
+ p->paf_DVIDesignSize,
+ dviPrintEngine, fname);
+ }
+ f = fi -> f;
+ if (p->paf_DVIChecksum && f->f_checksum &&
+ p->paf_DVIChecksum != f->f_checksum) {
+ GripeDifferentChecksums(fname, p->paf_DVIChecksum,
+ f->f_checksum);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ return; /* font already defined */
+ }
+ else {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Can not stash font %ld (out of memory?)\n",
+ p -> paf_DVIFontIndex);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (NextFamilyNumber == MaxFontFamily) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"Out of font family!\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ fi->family = NextFamilyNumber;
+ NextFamilyNumber++;
+
+ f = GetFont(p->paf_name, p->paf_DVIMag, p->paf_DVIDesignSize,
+ dviPrintEngine, &fname);
+
+/*
+ * Give the application a chance to bang on this if they want to.
+ */
+
+ f = applicationNewFont(f, fi -> family);
+
+ if ((fi->f = f) == NULL) {
+ GripeCannotGetFont(p->paf_name, p->paf_DVIMag,
+ p->paf_DVIDesignSize, dviPrintEngine, fname);
+ FontErrors++;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* match checksums, if not zero */
+ if (p->paf_DVIChecksum && f->f_checksum &&
+ p->paf_DVIChecksum != f->f_checksum)
+ GripeDifferentChecksums(fname, p->paf_DVIChecksum,
+ f->f_checksum);
+
+ fi->pspace = p->paf_DVIMag / 6; /* a three-unit "thin space" */
+ fi->nspace = -4 * fi->pspace;
+ fi->vspace = 5 * fi->pspace;
+}
+
+static void
+ReadPostAmble()
+{
+
+ if (FontFinder == 0) {
+ if ((FontFinder = SCreate(sizeof(struct fontinfo))) == 0) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "can not create FontFinder (out of memory?)");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ ScanPostAmble(dviFile, PostAmbleHeader, PostAmbleFontDef);
+
+ if (FontErrors)
+ GripeMissingFontsPreventOutput(FontErrors);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the preamble and do a few sanity checks
+ */
+
+static void
+ReadPreAmble()
+{
+ register int n;
+
+ rewind(dviFile);
+ if (GetByte(dviFile) != Sign8(DVI_PRE))
+ GripeMissingOp("PRE");
+
+ if (GetByte(dviFile) != Sign8(DVI_VERSION))
+ GripeMismatchedValue("version numbers");
+
+ if (GetLong(dviFile) != Numerator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("numerator");
+
+ if (GetLong(dviFile) != Denominator)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("denominator");
+
+ if (GetLong(dviFile) != Magnification)
+ GripeMismatchedValue("\\magfactor");
+
+ n = UnSign8(GetByte(dviFile));
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ (void) GetByte(dviFile);
+}
+
+int
+dviInit()
+{
+ extern char *ProgName;
+ FILE *tmpFile;
+ char *mktemp();
+
+ dviFini(); /* clean up the old files */
+
+ if (DVIFileName == 0) {
+ dviFile = stdin;
+ DVIFileName = "<stdin>";
+ }else if ((dviFile = fopen(DVIFileName, "r")) == NULL) {
+ int n = strlen(DVIFileName);
+ char *dvi_name;
+
+ if (strcmp(DVIFileName + n - sizeof(".dvi") + 1, ".dvi") == 0) {
+ perror(DVIFileName);
+ return(1);
+ }
+
+ dvi_name = (char *) malloc((unsigned) n + sizeof(".dvi"));
+ sprintf(dvi_name, "%s.dvi", DVIFileName);
+
+ if ((dviFile = fopen(dvi_name, "r")) == NULL) {
+ perror(dvi_name);
+ return(1);
+ }
+ DVIFileName = dvi_name;
+ }
+
+/*
+ * node, copy the file to a temporary location. This lets the person
+ * peruse the file while theyre re-texing it
+ */
+ strcpy(dviTmpFileNameBuffer,"/tmp/dvistuff.XXXXXX");
+ dviTmpFileName = mktemp(dviTmpFileNameBuffer);
+
+ if (!(tmpFile = fopen(dviTmpFileName,"w+"))) {
+ perror("fopen");
+ fprintf(stderr,"Unable to create temporary file");
+ dviTmpFileName = 0;
+ } else {
+ char buffer[BUFSIZ];
+ int b;
+
+ rewind(dviFile);
+ do {
+ b = fread(buffer, 1, BUFSIZ, dviFile);
+ fwrite(buffer, 1, b, tmpFile);
+ } while (! feof(dviFile));
+
+ fclose(dviFile);
+ dviFile = tmpFile;
+ rewind(dviFile);
+ }
+/*
+ * Unlink the temporary file. This keeps tmp files from cluddering
+ * up /tmp and it does it in a very application-independent way.
+ * You can't reopen the tmp file, but we don't really allow that
+ * anyway (the tmp file is hidden from the user).
+ */
+ if (dviTmpFileName != 0 &&
+ strncmp(dviTmpFileName,"/tmp/",5) == 0) {
+ unlink(dviTmpFileName);
+ }
+
+ if (dviUserMag == -1) {
+ dviUserMag = 1000;
+ }
+
+ if (dviMaxDrift == -1) {
+ dviMaxDrift = DEFAULT_MAX_DRIFT;
+ }
+
+ if (dviDPI == -1) {
+ dviDPI = DEFAULT_DPI;
+ }
+
+ if (dviBlackness == -1) {
+ dviBlackness = DEFAULT_BLACKNESS;
+ }
+
+ if (dviFontRotation == -1) {
+ dviFontRotation = ROT_NORM;
+ }
+
+ ReadPostAmble();
+ ReadPreAmble();
+
+ /* Margins -- needs work! */
+
+ if (dviHHMargin == -1) {
+ dviHHMargin = DEFAULT_HHMARGIN;
+ }
+
+ if (dviVVMargin == -1) {
+ dviVVMargin = DEFAULT_VVMARGIN;
+ }
+
+ dviCurrentFont = &NoFont; /* fake font, all zeros */
+
+ return(0);
+}
+
+void
+dviFini()
+{
+ if (dviFile != 0) {
+ fclose(dviFile);
+ }
+
+ if (dviTmpFileName != 0 &&
+ strncmp(dviTmpFileName,"/tmp/",5) == 0) {
+ unlink(dviTmpFileName);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void
+SelectFont(n)
+i32 n;
+{
+ int x = S_LOOKUP;
+
+ if ((dviCurrentFont = (struct fontinfo *)SSearch(FontFinder, n, &x)) == 0)
+ GripeNoSuchFont(n);
+}
+
+/* Read the postamble. */
+
+static void
+doDviChar(c, advance)
+int c;
+int advance;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct font *f;
+ int p;
+
+ f = dviCurrentFont->f;
+
+ if (c < f -> f_lowch || c > f -> f_highch) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"Character out of range: %d\n",
+ c);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ g = GLYPH(f, c);
+ if (!GVALID(g)) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "there is no character %d in %s",
+ c, f->f_path);
+ exit(1);
+ } else {
+
+ if (HASRASTER(g)) { /* workaround for Imagen bug */
+ applicationPutChar(dviHH,dviVV,c);
+ }
+
+ if (advance) {
+ dviHH += g->g_pixwidth;
+ dvi_h += g->g_tfmwidth;
+ p = fromSP(dvi_h);
+ FIXDRIFT(dviHH, p);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * The next two routines are used to reset all the glyphs.
+ * the dviResetFont routine is called for each font in the font table.
+ * It de-allocates the rasters & glyphs for the shrunken fonts, leaving
+ * the original glyph data untouched.
+ */
+
+
+static void
+dviResetFont(fi, key)
+struct fontinfo *fi;
+int key;
+{
+ if (fi != 0) {
+ applicationResetFont(fi, fi -> family);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+dviResetAll()
+{
+ SEnumerate(FontFinder, dviResetFont);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Process the DVI commands for page #page. If the page number is
+ * out of range, it is cropped to the end.
+ *
+ * Updates dviCurrentPage
+ */
+void
+dviPreparePage(page)
+int page;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register i32 p;
+ int advance;
+
+ if (page < 0) {
+ page = 0;
+ }
+
+ if (page >= dviTotalPages) {
+ page = dviTotalPages - 1;
+ }
+
+ dviCurrentPage = page;
+
+ fseek(dviFile, (long) pageOffset[page], 0);
+
+ dviHH = dviHHMargin;
+ dviVV = dviVVMargin;
+
+ dvi_h = toSP(dviHH);
+ dvi_v = toSP(dviVV);
+
+ dvi_w = 0;
+ dvi_x = 0;
+ dvi_y = 0;
+ dvi_z = 0;
+
+ dvi_stackp = dvi_stack;
+
+ for(;;) {
+/*
+ * Get the DVI byte, and switch on its parameter length and type.
+ * Note that getchar() returns unsigned values.
+ */
+
+ if (feof(dviFile)) {
+ fprintf(stderr,"Unexpected end-of-file\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ c = getc(dviFile);
+
+ if (DVI_IsChar(c)) {
+ advance = 1;
+ doDviChar(c, advance);
+ } else {
+
+ switch (DVI_OpLen(c)) {
+
+ case DPL_NONE:
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN1:
+ p = getc(dviFile);
+ p = Sign8(p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN2:
+ fGetWord(dviFile, p);
+ p = Sign16(p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN3:
+ fGet3Byte(dviFile, p);
+ p = Sign24(p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_SGN4:
+ fGetLong(dviFile, p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS1:
+ p = UnSign8(getc(dviFile));
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS2:
+ fGetWord(dviFile, p);
+ p = UnSign16(p);
+ break;
+
+ case DPL_UNS3:
+ fGet3Byte(dviFile, p);
+ p = UnSign24(p);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("DVI_OpLen(%d) = %d", c, DVI_OpLen(c));
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ switch (DVI_DT(c)) {
+
+ case DT_SET:
+ c = p;
+ doDviChar(c, 1);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_PUT:
+ c = p;
+ doDviChar(c, 0);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_SETRULE:
+ case DT_PUTRULE:
+
+ {
+ i32 h, w, rw;
+
+ fGetLong(dviFile, h);
+ fGetLong(dviFile, rw);
+
+ h = ConvRule(h);
+ w = ConvRule(rw);
+
+ applicationSetRule(dviHH, dviVV, h,w);
+
+ if (DVI_DT(c) == DT_SETRULE) {
+ dviHH += w;
+ dvi_h += rw;
+ w = fromSP(dvi_h);
+ FIXDRIFT(dviHH, w);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DT_NOP:
+ break;
+
+ case DT_BOP:
+/*
+ * Each beginning of page has 11 4-byte words telling us things
+ * about the page. We ignore them.
+ */
+ {
+ fseek(dviFile, (long) (11 * 4), 1);
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case DT_EOP:
+ return;
+
+ case DT_PUSH:
+ dvi_stackp->stack_hh = dviHH;
+ dvi_stackp->stack_vv = dviVV;
+ dvi_stackp->stack_dvi = dvi_current;
+ dvi_stackp++;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_POP:
+ dvi_stackp--;
+ dviHH = dvi_stackp->stack_hh;
+ dviVV = dvi_stackp->stack_vv;
+ dvi_current = dvi_stackp->stack_dvi;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_W0: /* there should be a way to make these pretty */
+ p = dvi_w;
+ goto move_right;
+
+ case DT_W:
+ dvi_w = p;
+ goto move_right;
+
+ case DT_X0:
+ p = dvi_x;
+ goto move_right;
+
+ case DT_X:
+ dvi_x = p;
+ goto move_right;
+
+ case DT_RIGHT:
+ move_right:
+ dvi_h += p;
+/*
+ * DVItype tells us that we must round motions in this way:
+ * `When the horizontal motion is small, like a kern, hh
+ * changes by rounding the kern; but when the motion is
+ * large, hh changes by rounding the true position so that
+ * accumulated rounding errors disappear.
+ */
+ if (p >= dviCurrentFont->pspace || p <= dviCurrentFont->nspace)
+ dviHH = fromSP(dvi_h);
+ else {
+ dviHH += fromSP(p);
+ p = fromSP(dvi_h);
+ FIXDRIFT(dviHH, p);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DT_Y0:
+ p = dvi_y;
+ goto move_down;
+
+ case DT_Y:
+ dvi_y = p;
+ goto move_down;
+
+ case DT_Z0:
+ p = dvi_z;
+ goto move_down;
+
+ case DT_Z:
+ dvi_z = p;
+ goto move_down;
+
+ case DT_DOWN:
+ move_down:
+ dvi_v += p;
+/*
+ * `Vertical motion is done similarly, but with the threshold
+ * between ``small and ``large increased by a factor of
+ * 5. The idea is to make fractions like $1\over2$ round
+ * consistently, but to absorb accumulated rounding errors in
+ * the baseline-skip moves.
+ */
+ if (ABS(p) >= dviCurrentFont->vspace)
+ dviVV = fromSP(dvi_v);
+ else {
+ dviVV += fromSP(p);
+ p = fromSP(dvi_v);
+ FIXDRIFT(dviVV, p);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DT_FNTNUM:
+ SelectFont((i32) (c - DVI_FNTNUM0));
+ break;
+
+ case DT_FNT:
+ SelectFont(p);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_XXX:
+ {
+ char specialBuffer [2048];
+ register char *cp;
+ int sweetp = 0;
+
+ if (p > 2047) {
+ sweetp = p - 2047;
+ p = 2047;
+ }
+
+ for (cp = specialBuffer ; p > 0; p--) {
+ *cp = getc(dviFile);
+ cp++;
+ }
+ *(cp) = 0;
+
+ while(sweetp > 0) {
+ getc(dviFile);
+ }
+
+ applicationDoSpecial(specialBuffer);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DT_FNTDEF:
+ SkipFontDef(dviFile);
+ break;
+
+ case DT_PRE:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("PRE");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DT_POST:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POST");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DT_POSTPOST:
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("POSTPOST");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ case DT_UNDEF:
+ GripeUndefinedOp(c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ default:
+ panic("DVI_DT(%d) = %d", c, DVI_DT(c));
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Transpose bytes in each pair of bytes (0123 -> 1032) */
+/* Reverse bits in a byte (01234567 -> 76543210) */
+/* needed for sun386i */
+/* Gerhard Fleischanderl & Wolfgang Nejdl */
+
+#ifdef sun386
+static unsigned char pow2[]={1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128};
+
+unsigned char reverseByte(oldByte)
+ unsigned char oldByte;
+{
+ unsigned short i;
+ unsigned char newByte=0;
+
+ /* build newByte with bits mirrored */
+
+ for(i=0;i<8;i++)
+ if (oldByte & pow2[i])
+ newByte |= pow2[7-i];
+
+ return newByte;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNDEF
+#define transposeBytesMirrorBits(pairPtr) \
+/* B16 *pairPtr; */ \
+/* B16 comprises 2 bytes */ \
+{ \
+ unsigned char c0,c1, *bP = (unsigned char *) pairPtr; \
+ \
+ /* transpose neighbouring bytes and \
+ reverse bits in each byte */ \
+ \
+ c0 = *bP; \
+ c1 = *(bP+1); \
+ *bP = ReverseByteTable[c1]; \
+ *(bP+1) = ReverseByteTable[c0]; \
+}
+
+#else
+#define transposeBytesMirrorBits(ptr) {*ptr = ReverseByteTable[ (*ptr)&0xff ];}
+#endif /* undef */
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+ * The following routine is used to shrink a glyph by some
+ * shrink factor (in the width & height dimension).
+ *
+ * These shrunken glyphs are more appropriate for previewers.
+ *
+ * To do this, we simple scan the original raster, counting the
+ * number of pixels within a given area. If the number of on pixels is
+ * at least twice the total number of pixels, we turn the pixel in
+ * the shrunken glyph ON, else OFF.
+ *
+ * We use a lookup table to hasten the process of counting pixels.
+ *
+ * The method used should be independent of byte-order (I think).
+ *
+ * You need to define two types. One should be 32-bits long, and
+ * the other 16 bits long.
+ */
+
+typedef unsigned char B8;
+typedef unsigned short B16;
+typedef unsigned long B32;
+
+#define LOOKUP_BYTES 256
+#define LOOKUP_BITS 8
+#define LOOKUP_MASK 0xff
+
+static char dviLookUpTable[LOOKUP_BYTES];
+static char tableNotInitialized = 1;
+
+#ifdef sun386
+static unsigned char ReverseByteTable[LOOKUP_BYTES];
+#endif
+
+struct glyph *
+dviShrinkGlyph(gly, shrinkH, shrinkW)
+DviGlyph *gly;
+int shrinkH;
+int shrinkW;
+{
+ int shrunkHeight;
+ int shrunkWidth;
+ int glyphWide;
+ int glyphHigh;
+ int glyphAdvance;
+ int shrunkAdvance;
+
+ int bytesWide;
+ int shrunkBytesWide;
+
+ struct glyph *ngly;
+
+ B16 *shrunkRaster;
+ int rasterSize;
+
+ int x,y;
+ B8 *cp;
+ B8 *ptr;
+
+ B32 shrinkMask;
+
+ int sampleSize;
+
+ if (gly == 0 || !HASRASTER(gly)) {
+ return(0);
+ }
+
+ if (gly -> g_raster == 0) {
+ gly-> g_raster = RASTER(gly, dviCurrentFont -> f, dviFontRotation);
+ }
+
+/*
+ * Initialize the lookup table of the number of bits in a given byte
+ */
+
+ if (tableNotInitialized) {
+ register int i;
+ register int j;
+ register int k;
+ register int acc;
+ for (i = 0; i < LOOKUP_BYTES; i++) {
+ j = i;
+ acc = 0;
+ for (k = 0; j != 0 && k < LOOKUP_BITS ; k++) {
+ acc += (j & 1);
+ j >>= 1;
+ }
+ dviLookUpTable[i] = acc;
+ }
+
+#ifdef sun386
+ for (i = 0; i < LOOKUP_BYTES; i++) {
+ ReverseByteTable[i] = reverseByte(i);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ tableNotInitialized = 0;
+ }
+
+/*
+ * When shrinking the fonts, we convert them from byte alligned
+ * to 16 bit-aligned fonts. I think that this is needed by X,
+ * and also SunWindows. This is done rather than changing the
+ * library routines because some device drivers, i.e. imagen1,
+ * depend on the byte-alligned fonts.
+ */
+ glyphHigh = gly -> g_height;
+ glyphWide = gly -> g_width;
+
+ gly -> g_pixwidth = fromSP(gly -> g_tfmwidth);
+ glyphAdvance = gly -> g_pixwidth;
+
+ shrunkHeight = (glyphHigh + shrinkH - 1) / shrinkH;
+ shrunkWidth = (glyphWide + shrinkW - 1) / shrinkW;
+ shrunkAdvance = (glyphAdvance + shrinkW - 1) / shrinkW;
+
+ bytesWide = (gly -> g_width + 7) >> 3;
+
+ shrunkBytesWide = ((shrunkWidth + 15) >> 4) * 2;
+
+ rasterSize = (shrunkHeight + 1) * shrunkBytesWide;
+ shrunkRaster = (B16 *) malloc(rasterSize);
+ bzero(shrunkRaster, rasterSize);
+ ptr = (B8 *) shrunkRaster;
+
+ if (shrunkRaster == NULL) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Out of memory!\n");
+ exit(1);
+ }
+
+ for (y = 0; y < glyphHigh; y+= shrinkH) {
+ cp = (B8 *) ptr;
+ shrinkMask = 0x80;
+ for (x = 0; x < glyphWide; x += shrinkW) {
+ int i;
+ int samples;
+ B8 *baseP;
+ int upper;
+ register int thisShrinkW;
+
+ baseP = (B8 *) gly -> g_raster + (y * bytesWide);
+
+/*
+ * Set the upper limit on the height iteration so we dont count
+ * off the end of the raster
+ */
+
+ upper = y + shrinkH;
+ if (upper > glyphHigh) {
+ upper = glyphHigh;
+ }
+
+ if (x + shrinkW > glyphWide) {
+ thisShrinkW = glyphWide - x;
+ } else {
+ thisShrinkW = shrinkW;
+ }
+
+ samples = 0;
+ sampleSize = thisShrinkW * (upper - y);
+
+ for (i = y; i < upper; i++) {
+ register int acc;
+ register B8 *p;
+ register B8 *ep;
+/*
+ * Determine how many bytes our shrink window crosses (we might
+ * overlap on byte-edges)
+ */
+
+ p = baseP + (x >> 3);
+ ep = baseP + ( (x + thisShrinkW - 1) >> 3);
+ baseP += bytesWide;
+
+/*
+ * stuff everything in the accumulator
+ */
+
+ acc = 0;
+ while (p <= ep) {
+ acc = ((acc << 8) & ~0xff) | *p;
+ p++;
+ }
+
+/*
+ * clean off the right hand-side of extra bits, then clean off
+ * the left hand side of extra bits, and then count them.
+ */
+
+ acc = acc >> ( 7 - ((x + thisShrinkW - 1) & 0x7));
+ acc &= ~(-1 << thisShrinkW);
+ while (acc != 0) {
+ samples += dviLookUpTable[ acc & LOOKUP_MASK ];
+ acc >>= LOOKUP_BITS;
+ }
+ }
+/*
+ * If at least 1/blackness of the bits are on, treat this entire sample as
+ * being on.
+ */
+
+ if ((samples * dviBlackness) >= sampleSize) {
+ *ptr |= shrinkMask;
+ } else {
+ *ptr &= ~ shrinkMask;
+ }
+ shrinkMask >>= 1;
+ if (shrinkMask == 0) {
+ shrinkMask = 0x80;
+#ifdef sun386
+ transposeBytesMirrorBits(ptr)
+#endif
+ ptr ++;
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef sun386
+ transposeBytesMirrorBits(ptr)
+#endif
+ ptr = (B8 *) (cp + shrunkBytesWide);
+ }
+
+/*
+ * Build a new glyph from the shrunken raster
+ */
+
+#ifdef UNDEF
+ if ( shrunkBytesWide != 2 )
+ {
+ printf("Old glyph:\n");
+ seeGlyph(gly -> g_raster, glyphHigh, bytesWide);
+ printf("%d ", shrunkBytesWide);
+ printf("New glyph:\n");
+ seeGlyph(shrunkRaster, shrunkHeight, shrunkBytesWide);
+ }
+#endif UNDEF
+
+ ngly = (struct glyph *) malloc(sizeof(struct glyph));
+ bzero(ngly, sizeof(struct glyph));
+
+ ngly -> g_raster = (char * ) shrunkRaster;
+ ngly -> g_width = shrunkWidth;
+ ngly -> g_pixwidth = shrunkAdvance;
+ ngly -> g_height = shrunkHeight;
+
+ ngly -> g_xorigin = gly -> g_xorigin / shrinkH;
+ ngly -> g_yorigin = gly -> g_yorigin / shrinkW;
+
+ ngly -> g_flags |= GF_SHRUNK; /* yes, its been shrunk */
+
+ return(ngly);
+}
+
+#ifdef UNDEF
+
+seeGlyph(c, h, w)
+char *c;
+int h;
+int w;
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < h; i++ ) {
+ for (j = 0; j < w; j++) {
+ int k;
+ register int ch;
+ register int m;
+ char str[9];
+
+ ch = *(c++);
+ m = 0x80;
+ for (k = 0; k < 8; k++) {
+ str[k] = '"' + ( (ch & m) ? 1 : 0 );
+ m >>= 1;
+ }
+ str[8] = 0;
+ printf("%s", str);
+ }
+ printf("\n");
+ }
+}
+
+
+#endif UNDEF
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..040e02bdac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/dvistuff.h
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1989 Dirk Grunwald
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software
+ * and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
+ * provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+ * both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+ * supporting documentation, and that the name of Dirk Grunwald or M.I.T.
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Dirk
+ * Grunwald and M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express
+ * or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * DIRK GRUNWALD AND M.I.T. DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL M.I.T. BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
+ * OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
+ * OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
+ * OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE
+ * OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author:
+ * Dr. Dirk Grunwald
+ * Dept. of Computer Science
+ * Campus Box 430
+ * Univ. of Colorado, Boulder
+ * Boulder, CO 80309
+ *
+ * grunwald@colorado.edu
+ *
+ */
+
+static char *dvistuff_header_rcsid="$Header: /home/reed/grunwald/Iptex/drivers/RCS/dvistuff.h,v 1.11 89/02/15 16:31:56 grunwald Exp $" ;
+
+/*
+ * Include the following from the CTex distribution
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "conv.h"
+
+/*
+ * We use the following flags to keep track of shrunk fonts
+ */
+
+#define GF_SHRUNK GF_USR0
+
+#define GLYPH_SHRUNK(g) ((g) -> g_flags & GF_SHRUNK)
+
+#define SHRUNK_GLYPH_BYTES_WIDE(g) ((((g) -> g_width + 15) >> 4) * 2)
+
+typedef struct font DviFont;
+typedef struct glyph DviGlyph;
+
+#define MAX_GLYPH 128
+#define MAX_FONTFAMILY 128
+
+#define DEFAULT_DPI 300
+#define DEFAULT_HHMARGIN DEFAULT_DPI
+#define DEFAULT_VVMARGIN DEFAULT_DPI
+#define DEFAULT_MAX_DRIFT 3
+
+#define DEFAULT_BLACKNESS 3
+
+
+struct fontinfo {
+ struct font *f; /* the font */
+ i32 pspace; /* boundary between `small & `large spaces
+ (for positive horizontal motion) */
+ i32 nspace; /* -4 * pspace, for negative motion */
+ i32 vspace; /* 5 * pspace, for vertical motion */
+ int family; /* Imagen family number (we pick one) */
+};
+
+typedef struct fontinfo DviFontInfo;
+
+/* DVI file info */
+
+/*
+ * Units of distance are stored in scaled points, but we can convert to
+ * units of 10^-7 meters by multiplying by the numbers in the preamble.
+ */
+
+/* the structure of the stack used to hold the values (h,v,w,x,y,z) */
+
+typedef struct dvi_stack {
+ i32 h; /* the saved h */
+ i32 v; /* the saved v */
+ i32 w; /* etc */
+ i32 x;
+ i32 y;
+ i32 z;
+} DviStack;
+
+extern DviStack dvi_current; /* the current values of h, v, etc */
+extern int dvi_f; /* the current font */
+
+#define dvi_h dvi_current.h
+#define dvi_v dvi_current.v
+#define dvi_w dvi_current.w
+#define dvi_x dvi_current.x
+#define dvi_y dvi_current.y
+#define dvi_z dvi_current.z
+
+
+
+extern int dviHH; /* current horizontal position, in DEVs */
+extern int dviVV; /* current vertical position, in DEVs */
+#define DVI_COUNT 10 /* count0 .. count9 */
+extern long *dviCount[DVI_COUNT]; /* values of count */
+
+extern Conv Conversion;
+
+extern int dviHHMargin;
+extern int dviVVMargin;
+extern int dviDPI;
+extern int dviTallestPage;
+extern int dviWidestPage;
+extern int dviTotalPages;
+extern int dviCurrentPage;
+extern int dviMaxDrift;
+extern char *dviPrintEngine;
+extern int dviBlackness;
+extern int dviFontRotation;
+extern int dviUserMag;
+
+extern DviFontInfo *dviCurrentFont;
+extern char *DVIFileName;
+extern FILE *dviFile; /* user's file */
+extern char *ProgName;
+
+extern int dviInit();
+extern void dviFini();
+extern void dviPreparePage( /* int */ );
+extern struct glyph *dviShrinkGlyph();
+
+void applicationPutChar( /* hh, vv, charCode */ );
+DviFont *applicationNewFont( /* font structure */);
+void applicationResetFont(/* font info, key */);
+void applicationSetRule( /* hh, vv, height, width : long*/ );
+void applicationDoSpecial();
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d745108b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/error.c,v 2.8 89/08/22 21:49:12 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Print an error message with an optional system error number, and
+ * optionally quit.
+ *
+ * THIS CODE IS SYSTEM DEPENDENT UNLESS varargs WORKS WITH vprintf
+ * OR _doprnt. It should work properly under System V using vprintf.
+ * (If you have vprintf, define HAVE_VPRINTF in ../h/types.h.)
+ */
+
+#include "types.h" /* for HAVE_VPRINTF */
+#include "error.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <varargs.h>
+
+#if defined(lint) && !defined(LINT_ANYWAY)
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+void SetErrorTrap(fn) void (*fn)(); {;}
+
+/* VARARGS3 ARGSUSED */
+void error(quit, e, fmt) int quit, e; char *fmt; {;}
+
+/* VARARGS1 ARGSUSED */
+void panic(fmt) char *fmt; { exit(1); /* NOTREACHED */ }
+
+#else lint
+
+extern char *ProgName; /* program name from argv[0] */
+extern int errno; /* Unix system-call error */
+extern char *sys_errlist[]; /* table of error number => string */
+extern int sys_nerr; /* size of table */
+
+static FILE *trap_file; /* error diversion file, if any */
+static void (*trap_fn)(); /* trap function */
+static char *trap_buf; /* buffer for trapped error strings */
+static int trap_size; /* size of trap_buf */
+
+extern char *malloc(), *realloc();
+
+/*
+ * Enable error trapping: register the function fn as the trapper.
+ * If fn is NULL, stop trapping.
+ */
+void
+SetErrorTrap(fn)
+ void (*fn)();
+{
+ int tempfd;
+ char fname[BUFSIZ];
+
+ /* shut down any existing error trap */
+ if (trap_file) {
+ (void) fclose(trap_file);
+ trap_file = NULL;
+ }
+ if ((trap_fn = fn) == NULL)
+ return;
+ /* begin trapping */
+ if ((tempfd = MakeRWTempFile(fname)) < 0)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot create temporary file %s", fname);
+ if (trap_size == 0) {
+ trap_buf = malloc((unsigned)(trap_size = 1000));
+ if (trap_buf == 0)
+ error(1, -1,
+ "cannot get space for error buffer");
+ }
+ if ((trap_file = fdopen(tempfd, "r+")) == NULL)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot get stdio file for error trap");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a trapped error into trap_buf.
+ * Return a pointer to the (NUL-terminated) text.
+ * If something goes wrong, return something else printable.
+ */
+static char *
+readback()
+{
+ int nbytes = ftell(trap_file) + 1;
+
+ if (nbytes > trap_size) {
+ if (trap_buf == NULL)
+ trap_buf = malloc((unsigned)nbytes);
+ else
+ trap_buf = realloc(trap_buf, (unsigned)nbytes);
+ if (trap_buf == NULL) {
+ trap_size = 0;
+ return ("Ouch! Lost error text: out of memory?");
+ }
+ }
+ rewind(trap_file); /* now can read */
+ nbytes = fread(trap_buf, 1, nbytes, trap_file);
+ if (nbytes < 0)
+ return ("Ouch! Trouble reading error text!");
+ trap_buf[nbytes] = 0;
+ return (trap_buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print an error message to the error output (either stderr, or
+ * if trapping errors, to the error trap file). We precede this
+ * with the program's name and an optional string (a0), then use
+ * the format and variable argument list, then append an optional
+ * Unix error string. Finally, if errors are being trapped, we
+ * pass the error text and the quit flag to the trap function.
+ *
+ * In the interest of `look and feel', if errors are being trapped,
+ * the program name is omitted.
+ */
+static void
+verror(quit, a0, fmt, l, e)
+ char *a0, *fmt;
+ va_list l;
+ int e;
+{
+ register FILE *fp = trap_file;
+
+ /* print to the trap file, if any, else stderr */
+ if ((fp = trap_file) != NULL)
+ rewind(fp); /* now can write */
+ else {
+ fp = stderr;
+ (void) fflush(fp);
+ }
+ if (trap_file == NULL)
+ (void) fprintf(fp, "%s: ", ProgName);
+ if (a0)
+ (void) fprintf(fp, "%s", a0);
+#ifdef HAVE_VPRINTF
+ (void) vfprintf(fp, fmt, l);
+#else
+ (void) _doprnt(fmt, l, fp);
+#endif
+ if (e) {
+ if (e < sys_nerr)
+ (void) fprintf(fp, ": %s", sys_errlist[e]);
+ else
+ (void) fprintf(fp, ": Unknown error code %d", e);
+ }
+ (void) putc('\n', fp);
+ (void) fflush(fp);
+ if (trap_file != NULL)
+ (*trap_fn)(quit, readback());
+ if (quit)
+ exit(quit);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Print an error message and optionally quit.
+ */
+void
+error(va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+{
+ va_list l;
+ int quit, e;
+ char *fmt;
+
+ va_start(l);
+ quit = va_arg(l, int);
+ if ((e = va_arg(l, int)) < 0)
+ e = errno;
+ fmt = va_arg(l, char *);
+ verror(quit, (char *)NULL, fmt, l, e);
+ va_end(l);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Panic (print to stderr and abort).
+ */
+void
+panic(va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+{
+ va_list l;
+ char *fmt;
+
+ SetErrorTrap((void (*)())NULL); /* shut down any trap */
+ va_start(l);
+ fmt = va_arg(l, char *);
+ verror(0, "panic: ", fmt, l, 0);
+ va_end(l);
+ abort();
+}
+
+#endif /* lint */
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..195382257a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Errors.
+ */
+void error(/* int quit, int e, char *fmt, ... */);
+void panic(/* char *fmt, ... */);
+
+void SetErrorTrap(/* void (*fn)(int quit, char *text) */);
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/findpost.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/findpost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f0839a4e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/findpost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/findpost.c,v 2.3 89/08/22 21:50:11 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * FindPostAmble - Find the postamble of a DVI file.
+ *
+ * N.B.: This routine assumes that ftell() returns byte offsets,
+ * not magic cookies.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "dvicodes.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+#include "num.h"
+
+/*
+ * The end of the file consists of a four-byte postamble pointer,
+ * followed by the DVI_VERSION byte, followed by at least four
+ * bytes of DVI_FILLER, and at least enough bytes to make the file
+ * size a multiple of four. Normally, this would be between 4 and 7
+ * inclusive, but some versions of TeX append huge amounts of padding.
+ */
+#define POSTSIZE 512 /* how many bytes to read at a time */
+
+long ftell(); /* should be declared in stdio.h */
+
+FindPostAmble(f)
+ register FILE *f;
+{
+ register long offset;
+ register char *p;
+ register int i;
+ register i32 n;
+ char postbuf[POSTSIZE];
+
+ /*
+ * Working backwards from end-of-file, read POSTSIZE bytes.
+ * Keep looking until we find something or run out of filler.
+ */
+ fseek(f, 0L, 2);
+ offset = ftell(f);
+ do {
+ if ((offset -= POSTSIZE) < 0L)
+ offset = 0L; /* no negative fseeks please */
+ fseek(f, offset, 0);
+ if ((i = fread(postbuf, sizeof(char), POSTSIZE, f)) <= 0)
+ break;
+ for (p = postbuf + i; --i >= 0;)
+ if (UnSign8(*--p) != DVI_FILLER)
+ goto found_something;
+ } while (offset);
+ return (-1); /* ran out of filler: not a DVI file */
+
+ /*
+ * We found something other than a filler byte at *p (which is
+ * the same as postbuf[i]). It had better be a version byte.
+ * If so, we want to start at the byte four bytes before that,
+ * and get one long; that will tell us where the postamble
+ * begins.
+ */
+found_something:
+ if (UnSign8(*p) != DVI_VERSION)
+ return (-1); /* not a DVI file */
+ if ((i -= 4) >= 0) {
+ /* it is in the buffer, so just fish it out */
+ p -= 4;
+ pGetLong(p, n);
+ } else {
+ if ((offset += i) < 0L)
+ return (-1); /* tsk */
+ fseek(f, offset, 0);
+ fGetLong(f, n);
+ }
+ offset = n;
+ fseek(f, offset, 0);
+ return (0); /* success */
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4ccf8974c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/fio.c,v 2.4 89/08/22 21:50:31 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * File I/O subroutines for getting bytes, words, 3bytes, and longwords.
+ * N.B.: these believe they are working on a DVI file.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+
+static char eofmsg[] = "unexpected EOF, help";
+
+/* for symmetry: */
+#define fGetByte(fp, r) ((r) = getc(fp))
+#define Sign32(i) (i)
+
+#define make(name, func, signextend) \
+i32 \
+name(fp) \
+ register FILE *fp; \
+{ \
+ register i32 n; \
+ \
+ func(fp, n); \
+ if (feof(fp)) \
+ error(1, 0, eofmsg); \
+ return (signextend(n)); \
+}
+
+make(GetByte, fGetByte, Sign8)
+make(GetWord, fGetWord, Sign16)
+make(Get3Byte, fGet3Byte, Sign24)
+make(GetLong, fGetLong, Sign32)
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53f2ef8ca8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/fio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * File I/O: numbers.
+ *
+ * We deal in fixed format numbers and (FILE *)s here.
+ * For pointer I/O, see pio.h.
+ *
+ * N.B.: These do the `wrong thing' at EOF. It is imperative
+ * that the caller add appropriate `if (feof(fp))' statements.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Get one unsigned byte. Note that this is a proper expression.
+ * The reset have more limited contexts, and are therefore OddLy
+ * CapItaliseD.
+ */
+#define fgetbyte(fp) getc(fp)
+
+/*
+ * Get a two-byte unsigned integer, a three-byte unsigned integer,
+ * or a four-byte signed integer.
+ */
+#define fGetWord(fp, r) ((r) = getc(fp) << 8, (r) |= getc(fp))
+#define fGet3Byte(fp,r) ((r) = getc(fp) << 16, (r) |= getc(fp) << 8, \
+ (r) |= getc(fp))
+#define fGetLong(fp, r) ((r) = getc(fp) << 24, (r) |= getc(fp) << 16, \
+ (r) |= getc(fp) << 8, (r) |= getc(fp))
+
+/*
+ * Fast I/O write (and regular write) macros.
+ */
+#define putbyte(fp, r) ((void) putc((r), fp))
+
+#define PutWord(fp, r) ((void) putc((r) >> 8, fp), \
+ (void) putc((r), fp))
+#define Put3Byte(fp, r) ((void) putc((r) >> 16, fp), \
+ (void) putc((r) >> 8, fp), \
+ (void) putc((r), fp))
+#define PutLong(fp, r) ((void) putc((r) >> 24, fp), \
+ (void) putc((r) >> 16, fp), \
+ (void) putc((r) >> 8, fp), \
+ (void) putc((r), fp))
+
+/*
+ * Function types
+ */
+i32 GetByte(), GetWord(), Get3Byte(), GetLong();
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..267e7dc5b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.c
@@ -0,0 +1,537 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/font.c,v 2.12 89/11/06 15:00:47 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Routines for working with fonts. In particular, the configuration
+ * dependent code is here.
+ *
+ * Specific fonts (GF, PXL, etc.) have functions in separate files.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "conv.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+
+/*
+ * Define the default configuration file.
+ * Also define the maximum path name length.
+ */
+#ifndef FONTDESC
+/* #define FONTDESC "/usr/local/lib/tex/fontdesc" */
+ you must define FONTDESC in the Makefile
+#endif
+
+#define PATHLEN 1024
+
+/*
+ * A font configuration. The font list is ordered.
+ *
+ * A specifier is typically a particular print engine, since
+ * different engines need slightly different fonts.
+ */
+struct fontconf {
+ struct fontconf *fc_next;
+ struct fontops *fc_ops;
+ char *fc_path; /* path, with metacharacters */
+ char *fc_spec; /* specifier */
+ int fc_slop; /* slop value */
+};
+
+/*
+ * EQ is a fast way to check for string equivalence.
+ */
+#define EQ(a, b) (*(a) == *(b) && strcmp(a, b) == 0)
+
+/*
+ * Private variables and functions.
+ */
+static int didinit; /* true => initialised already */
+static char *cfname; /* config file name, for errors */
+static int cfline; /* config file line, likewise */
+static struct fontops *fontops;/* font operations code: list head */
+static struct fontconf *fonts; /* font list */
+static struct fontconf **nextfc;/* used during initialisation */
+static char spec_any[] = "*"; /* the `anything' specifier */
+
+static void readconf(), badcf(), setfenv(), setfont();
+static struct font *getafont();
+
+/*
+ * Imports.
+ */
+extern int errno;
+char *getenv(), *malloc(), *strncpy(), *strsave();
+
+/*
+ * You may get warnings from lint about sprintf(), which is of type
+ * `char *' in early 4BSD releases. Ignore the warning.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Here, alas, we know about all the kinds of fonts.
+ * This also means that every DVI interpreter pulls in
+ * the full set of font manipulation routines.
+ *
+ * PERHAPS THIS SHOULD BE CONFIGURABLE.
+ */
+#define ADDFONT(x) { \
+ extern struct fontops x; \
+ x.fo_next = fontops; \
+ fontops = &x; \
+}
+
+void
+fontinit(file)
+ char *file;
+{
+
+ if (didinit) {
+ /*
+ * Could free the old configuration and fire up
+ * a new one, but for now . . .
+ */
+ error(1, 0, "attempt to reinit fonts");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ didinit++;
+ ADDFONT(invisops);
+ ADDFONT(tfmops);
+ ADDFONT(blankops);
+ ADDFONT(boxops);
+ ADDFONT(pxlops);
+ ADDFONT(gfops);
+ ADDFONT(pkops);
+ nextfc = &fonts;
+ if (file == NULL)
+ if ((file = getenv(CONFENV)) == NULL)
+ file = FONTDESC;
+ readconf(file);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Find a font's operations, given its name.
+ */
+static struct fontops *
+findops(name)
+ register char *name;
+{
+ register struct fontops *fo;
+
+ for (fo = fontops; fo != NULL; fo = fo->fo_next)
+ if (EQ(fo->fo_name, name))
+ return (fo);
+ return (NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the named configuration file. The file is split into
+ * lines, and lines are split into words; if the first word is
+ * "font", this is a fontconf, and we read the remainder of the
+ * words and make a fontconf entry.
+ */
+static void
+readconf(name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ register FILE *f; /* config file */
+ register int c; /* char and word counter */
+ int isenv; /* true => doing `fontenv', not `font' */
+ char *env; /* value from getenv() */
+ struct fontconf proto; /* prototype fontconf */
+ char *v[20]; /* word vector */
+ char line[BUFSIZ]; /* input line */
+
+ if ((f = fopen(name, "r")) == NULL)
+ error(1, -1, "cannot read font configuration file \"%s\"",
+ name);
+ cfname = name;
+ cfline = 0;
+ while (fgets(line, sizeof (line), f) != NULL) {
+ cfline++;
+ if ((c = strlen(line)) > 0) {
+ if (line[--c] != '\n')
+ badcf("line too long");
+ line[c] = 0;
+ }
+ if ((c = split(line, v, sizeof v / sizeof *v)) < 0)
+ badcf("too many words");
+ /* skip things that are not fonts */
+ if (c == 0)
+ continue;
+ if (EQ(v[0], "font"))
+ isenv = 0;
+ else if (EQ(v[0], "fontenv"))
+ isenv = 1;
+ else
+ continue;
+ switch (c) {
+ case 1:
+ badcf("missing font typename");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ case 2:
+ badcf("missing font spec (engine)");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ case 3:
+ badcf("missing slop value");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ case 4:
+ badcf(isenv ? "need environment variable" :
+ "need pathname");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ case 5:
+ if (isenv)
+ badcf("need suffix");
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ if (isenv)
+ break;
+ default:
+ error(0, 0,
+ "%s, line %d: warning: %d extra word(s) ignored",
+ cfname, cfline, c - 5);
+ break;
+ }
+ if ((proto.fc_ops = findops(v[1])) == NULL) {
+ error(0, 0,
+ "\"%s\", line %d: unknown font type \"%s\" ignored",
+ cfname, cfline, v[1]);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * For fontenv, if the environment variable is not actually
+ * set in the environment, just skip over this line.
+ */
+ if (isenv && (env = getenv(v[4])) == NULL)
+ continue;
+ proto.fc_next = NULL;
+ proto.fc_spec = EQ(v[2], spec_any) ? NULL : strsave(v[2]);
+ proto.fc_slop = atoi(v[3]);
+ if (proto.fc_slop < 0) /* quietly enforce proper slops */
+ proto.fc_slop = 0;
+ if (isenv)
+ setfenv(&proto, env, v[5]);
+ else
+ setfont(&proto, strsave(v[4]));
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Handle fontenv lines by appending as many configuration entries
+ * as there are components in the given environment variable.
+ */
+static void
+setfenv(pfc, env, suf)
+ struct fontconf *pfc;
+ char *env, *suf;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ register int len, suflen = strlen(suf);
+ register char *mem, *slash;
+ char *munch = strsave(env); /* a copy we can write on */
+ struct fontops *fo;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop over the path. Turn `foo' into `foo/<suf1><suf2>';
+ * turn an empty string into just <suf1><suf2>. Put these
+ * names in fresh memory and set them up as places to search.
+ */
+ for (s = env; (t = s) != NULL; s = t) {
+ for (;;) {
+ if (*t == ':') {
+ *t++ = 0;
+ len = t - s; /* includes trailing NUL */
+ break;
+ }
+ if (*t++ == 0) {
+ len = t - s; /* includes trailing NUL */
+ t = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (len != 0) {
+ slash = "/";
+ len++;
+ } else
+ slash = "";
+ if ((mem = malloc(len + suflen)) == NULL)
+ error(1, -1, "out of memory while saving $%s", env);
+ (void) sprintf(mem, "%s%s%s", s, slash, suf);
+ setfont(pfc, mem);
+ }
+ free(munch);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Turn a prototype fontconf into a real one.
+ */
+static void
+setfont(pfc, path)
+ struct fontconf *pfc;
+ char *path;
+{
+ register struct fontconf *fc;
+
+ if ((fc = (struct fontconf *)malloc(sizeof(*fc))) == NULL)
+ error(1, -1, "out of memory for font configuration (sorry)");
+ *fc = *pfc;
+ fc->fc_path = path;
+ *nextfc = fc;
+ nextfc = &fc->fc_next;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Complain about a problem in the configuration file.
+ */
+static void
+badcf(why)
+ char *why;
+{
+
+ error(1, 0, "\"%s\", line %d: %s", cfname, cfline, why);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy string s into buffer buf, dropping off any numerical suffix.
+ * E.g., cmr7 and cmr10 become cmr. (This is the `%b' operator.)
+ */
+static void
+basify(s, buf, size)
+ char *s, *buf;
+ int size;
+{
+ register char *p, *endp;
+ register int n;
+
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ if (!isdigit(*p))
+ endp = p;
+ if ((n = endp + 1 - s) >= size)
+ error(1, 0, "font name `%s' too long for %%b (sorry)", s);
+ (void) strncpy(buf, s, n);
+ buf[n] = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Turn a prototype path, name, and magnification into a full
+ * path (expand %f, %m, %b).
+ */
+static void
+pave(result, proto, name, mag)
+ char *result, *proto, *name;
+ int mag;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *s, *d, *p;
+ char num[30], fontbase[256];
+
+ d = result;
+ p = proto;
+ s = NULL;
+ num[0] = 0; /* will need changing for other bases */
+ fontbase[0] = 0;
+
+ while (p != NULL) {
+ /*
+ * If sourcing from s, take its next character, and
+ * insert it directly. Otherwise take the next path
+ * character and interpret it.
+ */
+ if (s != NULL) {
+ if ((c = *s++) == 0) {
+ s = NULL;
+ continue;
+ }
+ goto put;
+ }
+ if ((c = *p++) == 0)
+ p = NULL;
+ if (c != '%')
+ goto put;
+
+ switch (c = *p++) {
+
+ case 'b':
+ if (fontbase[0] == 0)
+ basify(name, fontbase, sizeof(fontbase));
+ s = fontbase;
+ continue;
+
+ case 'f':
+ case 'n':
+ case 's':
+ s = name;
+ continue;
+
+ case 'd':
+ case 'm':
+ if (num[0] == 0)
+ (void) sprintf(num, "%d", mag);
+ s = num;
+ continue;
+
+ case 0:
+ c = '%';
+ p--;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ }
+put:
+ if (d - result >= PATHLEN)
+ error(1, 0, "font path `%s' too long (sorry)", proto);
+ *d++ = c;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Given a font name and size, return the first font that fits, along
+ * with its name (via fname). If we cannot find such a font, we set
+ * *fname to point to a `canonical' example font name, unless there are
+ * are no fonts for the device, in which case we set *fname to NULL.
+ */
+struct font *
+GetFont(nm, dvimag, dvidsz, dev, fname)
+ char *nm;
+ i32 dvimag, dvidsz;
+ char *dev, **fname;
+{
+
+ return (getafont(nm, dvimag, dvidsz, dev, fname, 1));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Same as GetFont, but caller promises never to ask for rasters.
+ */
+struct font *
+GetRasterlessFont(nm, dvimag, dvidsz, dev, fname)
+ char *nm;
+ i32 dvimag, dvidsz;
+ char *dev, **fname;
+{
+
+ return (getafont(nm, dvimag, dvidsz, dev, fname, 0));
+}
+
+/*
+ * NEED TO THINK ABOUT gf NAMING CONVENTIONS HERE: ARE THEY LIKE pxl?
+ * WHAT ABOUT OTHERS?
+ */
+static struct font *
+getafont(nm, dvimag, dvidsz, dev, fname, wantrast)
+ char *nm;
+ i32 dvimag, dvidsz;
+ char *dev, **fname;
+ int wantrast;
+{
+ register int slop, fmag;
+ register struct font *f;
+ register struct fontconf *fc;
+ register struct fontops *fo;
+ register char *path;
+ int fd, scaled;
+ double mag;
+ static char firstpath[PATHLEN], laterpath[PATHLEN];
+
+ if (!didinit)
+ fontinit((char *)NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * The equation below means, approximately, `the font is
+ * magnified by the ratio of the actual size dvimag to the
+ * design size dvidsz, and then further scaled by the
+ * global magnification.' We multiply this by the printer's
+ * resolution in dots per inch, then use the per-font
+ * conversion factor to convert a dots-per-inch value to
+ * a font name `%m' magnification (extension).
+ */
+ mag = (double) dvimag / (double) dvidsz;
+ scaled = mag * 1000.0 + 0.5;
+ mag *= Conversion.c_mag * Conversion.c_dpi;
+
+ path = firstpath; /* no canonical font name yet */
+ for (fc = fonts; fc != NULL; fc = fc->fc_next) {
+ if (dev != NULL && fc->fc_spec != NULL &&
+ !EQ(dev, fc->fc_spec))
+ continue;
+ /*
+ * Fake fonts are ignored unless there is already
+ * `canonical' real font. The first non-fake font
+ * is the `canonical' one.
+ */
+ fo = fc->fc_ops;
+ if (path == firstpath && fo->fo_fakefont)
+ continue;
+ fmag = mag * fo->fo_dpitomag + 0.5;
+ for (slop = 0; slop <= fc->fc_slop; slop++) {
+ pave(path, fc->fc_path, nm, fmag + slop);
+ if ((fd = open(path, 0)) >= 0)
+ goto found;
+ path = laterpath; /* tried at least one now */
+ if (slop) {
+ pave(path, fc->fc_path, nm, fmag - slop);
+ if ((fd = open(path, 0)) >= 0)
+ goto found;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* not found */
+ if (path == firstpath) {
+ *fname = NULL;
+ errno = ENXIO;
+ } else {
+ *fname = firstpath;
+ errno = ENOENT;
+ }
+ return (NULL);
+
+found:
+ *fname = path;
+
+ /* allocate space for the per-font info, and read it in */
+ f = (struct font *)malloc(sizeof *f);
+ if (f == NULL) {
+ errno = ENOMEM;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ f->f_flags = wantrast ? FF_RASTERS : 0;
+ f->f_ops = fc->fc_ops;
+ f->f_path = strsave(path);
+ f->f_font = strsave(nm);
+ f->f_dvimag = dvimag;
+ f->f_dvidsz = dvidsz;
+ f->f_scaled = scaled;
+ f->f_pspace = f->f_dvimag / 6; /* a three-unit "thin space" */
+ f->f_nspace = -4 * f->f_pspace;
+ f->f_vspace = 5 * f->f_pspace;
+ errno = 0;
+ if ((*f->f_ops->fo_read)(f, fd)) {
+ int e = errno; /* paranoid */
+
+ free(f->f_path);
+ free(f->f_font);
+ free((char *)f);
+ errno = e;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ if (f->f_ops->fo_fakefont) {
+ error(0, 0, "Warning: no font for %s", Font_TeXName(f));
+ if (firstpath[0])
+ error(0, 0, "(wanted, e.g., \"%s\")", firstpath);
+ error(0, 0, "I will substitute %s for the missing glyphs",
+ f->f_ops->fo_fakefont == 1 ? "boxes" : "white space");
+ }
+ return (f);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2998bcf50b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font.h
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Font file information, readers, etc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MCTEX_TYPES_
+#include "types.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * First, font independent information: per glyph info, and per font
+ * info.
+ */
+struct glyph {
+ short g_flags; /* see below */
+ /*
+ * The following cannot be used with GetRasterlessFont
+ */
+ short g_rotation; /* see below */
+ char *g_raster; /* raster, if known */
+ /*
+ * These, however, do come with rasterless fonts,
+ * even though they relate only to the raster.
+ */
+ i32 g_height; /* height of bounding box */
+ i32 g_width; /* width of bounding box */
+ i32 g_yorigin; /* y origin (>= 0 -> within box) */
+ i32 g_xorigin; /* x origin (>= 0 -> within box) */
+ /*
+ * These of course come with every font.
+ */
+ i32 g_rawtfmwidth; /* raw TFM width (in FIXes) */
+ i32 g_tfmwidth; /* TFM width in scaled points */
+ /*
+ * The X and Y escapements come from PK and GF fonts.
+ * They are in scaled pixels (65536 scaled pixels = 1 pixel).
+ * If they are not defined by the font, these are set to
+ * NO_ESCAPEMENT.
+ */
+ i32 g_xescapement; /* x escapement (`chardx') */
+ i32 g_yescapement; /* y escapement (`chardy') */
+#define NO_ESCAPEMENT ((i32)0x89abcdef)
+ /*
+ * This is provided purely for DVI to device conversion programs.
+ */
+ int g_pixwidth; /* width in pixels */
+ /*
+ * Mainly for internal use, index is the glyph index within the
+ * font. That is, f->f_gly[i]->g_index == i.
+ */
+ int g_index; /* character index */
+ /*
+ * g_details and g_integer are purely for the font reading
+ * subroutines to use however they will. g_next makes lists
+ * of glyphs while the glyphs are free.
+ */
+ union { /* various options */
+ char *g_details; /* details: arbitrary */
+ i32 g_integer; /* 32 bit integer */
+ struct glyph *g_next; /* linked list */
+ } g_un;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Glyph flags.
+ */
+#define GF_VALID 0x0001 /* glyph is `real' */
+#define GF_SEEN 0x0002 /* glyph has been encountered/loaded */
+
+#define GF_USR0 0x0100 /* reserved to user code */
+#define GF_USR1 0x0200 /* reserved to user code */
+#define GF_USR2 0x0400 /* reserved to user code */
+#define GF_USR3 0x0800 /* reserved to user code */
+
+/*
+ * Rotations are in quarter-pi steps, counterclockwise of course.
+ * This order must be maintained; see rotate.c.
+ */
+#define ROT_NORM 0 /* no rotation: `normal' position */
+#define ROT_LEFT 1 /* 1/4 turn counterclockwise */
+#define ROT_DOWN 2 /* 1/2 turn, i.e., upside-down */
+#define ROT_RIGHT 3 /* 3/4 turn ccw, or 1/4 turn cw */
+
+struct font {
+ int f_flags; /* see below */
+ struct fontops *f_ops; /* operations */
+ /*
+ * f_un is provided for DVI drivers, which typically need
+ * some way to translate DVI font numbers into local values.
+ * Most seem to need integers.
+ */
+ union {
+ int f_int; /* value if int */
+ i32 f_i32; /* value if i32 */
+ char *f_ptr; /* value if pointer */
+ } f_un;
+#ifdef notdef
+ /* for LRU cacheing; not yet implemented */
+ i32 f_lastuse;
+#endif
+ /*
+ * f_details is provided for font reading subroutines.
+ * It is intended to be cast to a pointer to a structure
+ * that is allocated by those routines, and used to keep
+ * track of whatever information those routines need to
+ * determine glyph boxes and (if asked for) rasters.
+ */
+ char *f_details; /* type dependent stuff */
+ /*
+ * f_path is the full pathname to the font file, filled in
+ * by GetFont and GetRasterlessFont. Note that since we
+ * hold on to the path until the font is freed, it should be
+ * possible to cache glyph accesses on memory-poor machines.
+ */
+ char *f_path; /* font file pathname */
+ /*
+ * f_dvimag and f_dvidsz are the magnification and design size
+ * values from the DVI file. f_font and f_scaled correspond to
+ * TeX's idea of the proper name for the font (e.g., `cmr10',
+ * `cmbx10 scaled 1440'). (Note that f_scaled is just the
+ * ratio of f_dvimag and f_dvidsz; you could save a bit of memory
+ * by eliminating it and altering the routine Font_TeXName()).
+ * f_design_size is the font's design size, or 0 for fake (TFM)
+ * fonts. f_checksum should be set by the font reading routines
+ * to the font checksum. If the value is nonzero, it will be
+ * compared to the checksum in the DVI file.
+ */
+ i32 f_dvimag; /* magnification from DVI file */
+ i32 f_dvidsz; /* design size from DVI file */
+ char *f_font; /* TeX's name for the font */
+ int f_scaled; /* the ratio of dvimag to dvidsz, x1000 */
+ i32 f_design_size; /* font design size */
+ i32 f_checksum; /* font checksum, or 0 */
+ /*
+ * The three values f_pspace, f_nspace, and f_vspace correspond
+ * to the amount of positive, negative, and vertical space that
+ * limits `kerning' (if horizontal) or `in-line motion' (vertical).
+ * f_pspace is equal to 1/6 of f_dvimag, and f_nspace and f_vspace
+ * are -4 and 5 times this value respectively. DVItype puts it
+ * this way (slightly edited):
+ *
+ * Rounding to the nearest pixel is best done in [this]
+ * manner ... so as to be inoffensive to the eye: When [a]
+ * horizontal motion is small, like a kern, [the device
+ * position] changes by rounding the kern; but when the
+ * motion is large, [the device position] changes by rounding
+ * the [DVI position] so that accumulated rounding errors
+ * disappear. We allow a larger space in the negative
+ * direction than in the positive one, because TeX makes
+ * comparatively large backspaces when it positions accents.
+ *
+ * Vertical motion is done similarly, but with the threshold
+ * between ``small'' and ``large'' increased by a factor of
+ * five. The idea is to make fractions like ``$1\over2$''
+ * round consistently, but to absorb accumulated rounding
+ * errors in the baseline-skip moves.
+ *
+ * There is, however, an exception:
+ *
+ * A sequence of consecutive rules, or consecutive characters
+ * in a fixed-width font whose width is not an integer number
+ * of pixels, can cause [the device position] to drift far
+ * away from a correctly rounded value.
+ *
+ * The drift correction is applied after every horizontal or
+ * vertical motion, including any resulting from printing a
+ * character.
+ */
+ i32 f_pspace; /* limit on positive kerns */
+ i32 f_nspace; /* limit on negative kerns */
+ i32 f_vspace; /* limit on vertical `kerns' */
+
+ /*
+ * If set, f_hppp and f_vppp tell how many pixels there are
+ * per scaled point in the font. For instance, a 300 dpi font
+ * has 300pixels/1inch * 1inch/72.27pt * 65536pt/1sp ~=
+ * 272046 pixels/sp.
+ *
+ * If they are zero, the font does not tell us.
+ */
+ i32 f_hppp; /* horizontal pixels per point */
+ i32 f_vppp; /* vertical pixels per point */
+ /*
+ * f_lowch and f_highch bound the region in which f_gly
+ * indicies are valid. Specificially, f_gly[i] may be
+ * read or written if and only if i is in the half-open
+ * interval [f_lowch..f_highch). f_gly is an array of
+ * pointers to glyph structures. The structures themselves
+ * are not allocated until requested.
+ *
+ * f_glybase is the actual return from malloc(), since it
+ * is theoretically possible for f_gly-f_lowch to become
+ * NULL.
+ */
+ int f_lowch; /* first character */
+ int f_highch; /* last character, plus 1 */
+ struct glyph **f_gly; /* glyphs */
+ struct glyph **f_glybase;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Macros for rounding DVI and device motions per DVItype rules.
+ */
+#define F_SMALLH(f, m) ((m) < (f)->f_pspace && (m) > (f)->f_nspace)
+#define F_SMALLV(f, m) ((m) < (f)->f_vspace && -(m) < (f)->f_vspace)
+
+/*
+ * Font flags.
+ */
+#define FF_RASTERS 0x0001 /* font has rasters */
+#define FF_USR0 0x0100 /* reserved to user code */
+#define FF_USR1 0x0200 /* reserved to user code */
+#define FF_USR2 0x0400 /* reserved to user code */
+#define FF_USR3 0x0800 /* reserved to user code */
+
+/*
+ * Operations on fonts.
+ *
+ * The `fo_dpitomag' field is used as a multiplier for a desired
+ * resolution in dots per inch. The result of the multiplication
+ * is converted to a font name by multipying by 1000.0 and rounding.
+ * The idea is that PXL files will have a multiplier of 5.0, and
+ * others will have a multiplier of 1.0. This suffices for the
+ * present, at any rate; in the future, this field may be replaced
+ * with something more general.
+ *
+ * N.B.: more operations may be added as they are discovered to be
+ * useful.
+ */
+struct fontops {
+ char *fo_name; /* name, e.g., "gf" */
+ int fo_fakefont; /* 1="box", 2="blank"; else 0 */
+ double fo_dpitomag; /* multiplier */
+ int (*fo_read)(); /* open and read the font itself */
+ int (*fo_getgly)(); /* obtain specified glyphs (range) */
+#ifdef notdef
+ void (*fo_freegly)(); /* release specified glyphs */
+#endif
+ int (*fo_rasterise)(); /* rasterise specified glyphs */
+ void (*fo_freefont)(); /* discard font (free details) */
+ struct fontops *fo_next; /* purely for font.c */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Return a pointer to the glyph information for character `c' in
+ * font `f'.
+ */
+#define GLYPH(f, c) \
+ ((c) < (f)->f_lowch || (c) >= (f)->f_highch ? (struct glyph *)0 : \
+ ((f)->f_gly[c] ? (f)->f_gly[c] : GetGlyph(f, (int)(c))))
+
+/*
+ * True iff glyph `g' is valid. Useful for checking return values
+ * from GLYPH().
+ */
+#define GVALID(g) ((g) && ((g)->g_flags & GF_VALID))
+
+/*
+ * True iff glyph g has a raster.
+ */
+#define HASRASTER(g) ((g)->g_height && (g)->g_width)
+
+/*
+ * Return a pointer to the raster information for glyph `g' in font
+ * `f' at rotation `r'.
+ */
+#define RASTER(g, f, r) ((g)->g_rotation == (r) && (g)->g_raster ? \
+ (g)->g_raster : GetRaster(g, f, r))
+
+/*
+ * Function types.
+ */
+struct font *GetFont(), *GetRasterlessFont();
+struct glyph *GetGlyph();
+char *GetRaster();
+void FreeFont();
+void FreeGlyph();
+void FreeRaster();
+char *Font_TeXName();
+double DMagFactor(); /* from magfactor.c */
+void fontinit();
+
+/*
+ * Normally from stdio.h
+ */
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The following environment variable overrides the default font
+ * configuration file. That default is used when fontinit() is not
+ * called, or is passed a null pointer.
+ */
+#define CONFENV "TEXFONTDESC"
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font_subr.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font_subr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97e82fc8c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/font_subr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/font_subr.c,v 2.8 89/10/30 04:08:52 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Subroutines common to all fonts.
+ */
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+
+static struct glyph *freeglyphs;
+
+char *malloc();
+extern errno;
+
+/*
+ * Set up the font structures to note that a font has glyphs in
+ * the half-open interval [low, high).
+ *
+ * SHOULD I ALLOW ADDITIONS TO THE RANGE VIA SUBSEQUENT CALLS TO
+ * FontHasGlyphs?
+ */
+FontHasGlyphs(f, low, high)
+ register struct font *f;
+ register int low, high;
+{
+ register struct glyph **gp;
+
+ /* record bounds */
+ f->f_lowch = low;
+ f->f_highch = high;
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate space for all the glyph pointers, and set
+ * them all to NULL.
+ */
+ if (low >= high) /* no glyphs */
+ gp = NULL;
+ else {
+ gp = (struct glyph **) malloc((unsigned) (high - low) *
+ sizeof (*gp));
+ if (gp == NULL)
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ f->f_glybase = gp;
+ f->f_gly = gp - low;
+ while (++low <= high)
+ *gp++ = NULL;
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * AllocGlyph allocates a new glyph. ReleaseGlyph puts one onto the free
+ * list. We maintain a local list of free glyphs.
+ */
+#define ReleaseGlyph(g) \
+ ((g)->g_un.g_next = freeglyphs, freeglyphs = (g))
+
+static struct glyph *
+AllocGlyph(n)
+ int n;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register int i;
+
+ if ((g = freeglyphs) == NULL) {
+ g = (struct glyph *) malloc((unsigned) (128 * sizeof (*g)));
+ if (g == NULL)
+ error(1, errno, "out of glyph memory");
+ g += (i = 128);
+ while (--i >= 0) {
+ g--;
+ ReleaseGlyph(g);
+ }
+ }
+ freeglyphs = g->g_un.g_next;
+ g->g_flags = 0;
+ g->g_raster = NULL;
+ g->g_index = n;
+ g->g_xescapement = NO_ESCAPEMENT;/* default, if not set by font */
+ g->g_yescapement = NO_ESCAPEMENT;
+ return (g);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free one glyph.
+ */
+void
+FreeGlyph(f, g)
+ struct font *f;
+ register struct glyph *g;
+{
+ int n = g->g_index;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+ (*f->f_ops->fo_freegly)(f, n, n);
+#endif
+ if (g->g_raster != NULL)
+ free(g->g_raster);
+ ReleaseGlyph(g);
+ f->f_gly[n] = NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free a font.
+ */
+void
+FreeFont(f)
+ register struct font *f;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register int i;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+ (*f->f_ops->fo_freegly)(f, f->f_lowch, f->f_highch);
+#endif
+ for (i = f->f_lowch; i < f->f_highch; i++) {
+ if ((g = f->f_gly[i]) == NULL)
+ continue;
+ if (g->g_raster != NULL)
+ free(g->g_raster);
+ ReleaseGlyph(g);
+ }
+ if (f->f_glybase != NULL)
+ free((char *)f->f_glybase);
+ (*f->f_ops->fo_freefont)(f);
+ free(f->f_path);
+ free(f->f_font);
+ free((char *)f);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get glyph `c' in font `f'. We pull in a few adjacent glyphs here
+ * under the (perhaps naive) assumption that things will go faster
+ * that way.
+ *
+ * TODO:
+ * try different adjacency values
+ * make adjacency a font attribute? (or an op)
+ */
+#define ADJ 4 /* must be a power of 2 */
+#define GET_ADJ(c, l, h) ((h) = ADJ + ((l) = (c) & ~(ADJ - 1)))
+
+struct glyph *
+GetGlyph(f, c)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int c;
+{
+ register int i, h, l;
+
+ GET_ADJ(c, l, h);
+ if (l < f->f_lowch)
+ l = f->f_lowch;
+ if (h > f->f_highch)
+ h = f->f_highch;
+ if (l >= h)
+ return (NULL);
+ for (i = l; i < h; i++)
+ if (f->f_gly[i] == NULL)
+ f->f_gly[i] = AllocGlyph(i);
+
+ if ((*f->f_ops->fo_getgly)(f, l, h)) {
+ /*
+ * I do not know what to do about this just yet, so:
+ */
+ panic("getgly fails and I am confused ... help!");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Apply the appropriate scale factor to the TFM widths.
+ * This makes them come out in scaled points, instead of FIXes.
+ */
+ ScaleGlyphs(f, l, h); /* ??? */
+
+ return (f->f_gly[c]);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the raster for glyph g in font f at rotation r.
+ */
+char *
+GetRaster(g, f, r)
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct font *f;
+ int r;
+{
+ int l, h;
+
+ /* abort if caller did not ask for rasters in advance */
+ if ((f->f_flags & FF_RASTERS) == 0)
+ panic("GetRaster(%s)", f->f_path);
+
+ /*
+ * If there is no raster, get one. Blank characters,
+ * however, never have rasters.
+ */
+ if (g->g_raster == NULL) {
+ if (!HASRASTER(g))
+ return (NULL);
+ /*
+ * THE FOLLOWING DEPENDS ON THE ADJACENCY MATCHING THAT IN
+ * GetGlyph() ABOVE.
+ */
+ GET_ADJ(g->g_index, l, h);
+ if (l < f->f_lowch)
+ l = f->f_lowch;
+ if (h > f->f_highch)
+ h = f->f_highch;
+ if ((*f->f_ops->fo_rasterise)(f, l, h))
+ error(1, 0, "rasterise fails (out of memory?)");
+ }
+ if (g->g_rotation != r)
+ SetRotation(g, r);
+ return (g->g_raster);
+}
+
+void
+FreeRaster(g)
+ struct glyph *g;
+{
+
+ if (g->g_raster) {
+ free((g)->g_raster);
+ g->g_raster = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Return a TeX-style font name, including scale factor.
+ * SHOULD I BOTHER WITH \magstep STYLE NAMES?
+ */
+char *
+Font_TeXName(f)
+ register struct font *f;
+{
+ static char result[200];
+
+ if (f->f_scaled == 1000)
+ return (f->f_font);
+ (void) sprintf(result, "%s scaled %d", f->f_font, f->f_scaled);
+ return (result);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/getopt.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3b296ca50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * getopt - get option letter from argv
+ * (From Henry Spencer @ U of Toronto Zoology, slightly edited)
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+char *optarg; /* Global argument pointer. */
+int optind; /* Global argv index. */
+
+static char *scan; /* Private scan pointer. */
+
+extern char *index();
+
+int
+getopt(argc, argv, optstring)
+ register int argc;
+ register char **argv;
+ char *optstring;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *place;
+
+ optarg = NULL;
+ if (scan == NULL || *scan == 0) {
+ if (optind == 0)
+ optind++;
+ if (optind >= argc || argv[optind][0] != '-' ||
+ argv[optind][1] == 0)
+ return (EOF);
+ if (strcmp(argv[optind], "--") == 0) {
+ optind++;
+ return (EOF);
+ }
+ scan = argv[optind] + 1;
+ optind++;
+ }
+ c = *scan++;
+ place = index(optstring, c);
+
+ if (place == NULL || c == ':') {
+ fprintf(stderr, "%s: unknown option -%c\n", argv[0], c);
+ return ('?');
+ }
+ place++;
+ if (*place == ':') {
+ if (*scan != '\0') {
+ optarg = scan;
+ scan = NULL;
+ } else {
+ if (optind >= argc) {
+ fprintf(stderr,
+ "%s: missing argument after -%c\n",
+ argv[0], c);
+ return ('?');
+ }
+ optarg = argv[optind];
+ optind++;
+ }
+ }
+ return (c);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..207b58ef7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/gfclass.c,v 2.3 89/08/22 21:52:30 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * gfclass - GF code classification tables.
+ */
+
+#include "gfclass.h"
+
+/* shorthand---in lowercase for contrast (read on!) */
+#define three(x) x, x, x
+#define four(x) x, x, x, x
+#define five(x) four(x), x
+#define six(x) four(x), x, x
+#define eight(x) four(x), four(x)
+#define sixteen(x) eight(x), eight(x)
+#define thirty_two(x) sixteen(x), sixteen(x)
+#define sixty_four(x) thirty_two(x), thirty_two(x)
+#define one_twenty_eight(x) sixty_four(x), sixty_four(x)
+#define one_sixty_five(x) one_twenty_eight(x), thirty_two(x), five(x)
+
+/*
+ * Length of the single (or first) operand, if any.
+ */
+char gf_oplen[256] = {
+ sixty_four(GPL_NONE), /* GF_PAINT_0 through GF_PAINT_63 */
+ GPL_UNS1, /* GF_PAINT1 */
+ GPL_UNS2, /* GF_PAINT2 */
+ GPL_UNS3, /* GF_PAINT3 */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_BOC */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_BOC1 */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_EOC */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_SKIP0 */
+ GPL_UNS1, /* GF_SKIP1 */
+ GPL_UNS2, /* GF_SKIP2 */
+ GPL_UNS3, /* GF_SKIP3 */
+ one_sixty_five(GPL_NONE),/* GF_NEW_ROW_0 through GF_NEW_ROW_164 */
+ GPL_UNS1, /* GF_XXX1 */
+ GPL_UNS2, /* GF_XXX2 */
+ GPL_UNS3, /* GF_XXX3 */
+ GPL_SGN4, /* GF_XXX4 */
+ GPL_SGN4, /* GF_YYY */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_NOP */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_CHAR_LOC */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_CHAR_LOC0 */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_PRE */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_POST */
+ GPL_NONE, /* GF_POSTPOST */
+ six(GPL_NONE) /* 250 through 255 */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Types of the various opcodes.
+ */
+char gf_gt[256] = {
+ sixty_four(GT_PAINT0), /* GF_PAINT_0 through GF_PAINT_63 */
+ three(GT_PAINT), /* GF_PAINT1 through GF_PAINT3 */
+ GT_BOC, /* GF_BOC */
+ GT_BOC1, /* GF_BOC1 */
+ GT_EOC, /* GF_EOC */
+ GT_SKIP0, /* GF_SKIP0 */
+ three(GT_SKIP), /* GF_SKIP1 through GF_SKIP3 */
+ one_sixty_five(GT_NEW_ROW),/* GF_NEW_ROW_0 throgh GF_NEW_ROW_164 */
+ four(GT_XXX), /* GF_XXX1 through GF_XXX4 */
+ GT_YYY, /* GF_YYY */
+ GT_NOP, /* GF_NOP */
+ GT_CHAR_LOC, /* GF_CHAR_LOC */
+ GT_CHAR_LOC0, /* GF_CHAR_LOC0 */
+ GT_PRE, /* GF_PRE */
+ GT_POST, /* GF_POST */
+ GT_POSTPOST, /* GF_POSTPOST */
+ six(GT_UNDEF) /* 250 through 255 */
+};
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd43f8254a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfclass.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * GF classification codes
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Predicate for simple paint commands. This is presumably the most
+ * common GF operation; it may be profitable to check for this before
+ * switching out on the command type.
+ */
+#define GF_IsPaint(c) ((c) < 64)
+
+/*
+ * Symbolic names for command `types', as returned by the macro
+ * GT_TYPE(int c).
+ */
+#define GT_PAINT0 0 /* paint without parameter */
+#define GT_PAINT 1 /* paint with parameter */
+#define GT_BOC 2 /* long BOC */
+#define GT_BOC1 3 /* short BOC */
+#define GT_EOC 4 /* EOC */
+#define GT_SKIP0 5 /* parameterless SKIP */
+#define GT_SKIP 6 /* parmeterised SKIP */
+#define GT_NEW_ROW 7 /* NEW_ROW_n */
+#define GT_XXX 8 /* XXXn */
+#define GT_YYY 9 /* YYY */
+#define GT_NOP 10 /* no op */
+#define GT_CHAR_LOC 11 /* CHAR_LOC */
+#define GT_CHAR_LOC0 12 /* abbreviated CHAR_LOC */
+#define GT_PRE 13
+#define GT_POST 14
+#define GT_POSTPOST 15
+#define GT_UNDEF 16
+
+/*
+ * Symbolic names for parameter lengths, obtained via the macro
+ * GT_OpLen(int c).
+ */
+#define GPL_NONE 0 /* no parameter, or too complex */
+#define GPL_UNS1 1 /* one one-byte parameter in 0..255 */
+#define GPL_UNS2 2 /* one two-byte parameter in 0..65535 */
+#define GPL_UNS3 3 /* one three-byte parameter in 0..16777215 */
+#define GPL_SGN4 4 /* one four-byte signed parameter */
+/*
+ * there are no unsigned four byte parameters, and no shorter signed
+ * parameters
+ */
+
+#define GF_OpLen(code) (gf_oplen[code])
+#define GF_TYPE(code) (gf_gt[code])
+extern char gf_oplen[];
+extern char gf_gt[];
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfcodes.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfcodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..beab1c54ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gfcodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * GF (generic font) opcodes.
+ */
+
+#define GF_PAINT_0 0 /* paint with `d' = 0 */
+ /* ... through PAINT_63, d = 63 */
+#define GF_PAINT1 64 /* paint, with a one-byte parameter */
+#define GF_PAINT2 65 /* paint, with a two-byte parameter */
+#define GF_PAINT3 66 /* paint, with a three-byte parameter */
+#define GF_BOC 67 /* beginning of character */
+#define GF_BOC1 68 /* compressed form of BOC */
+#define GF_EOC 69 /* end of character */
+#define GF_SKIP0 70 /* finish this row, begin next with white */
+#define GF_SKIP1 71 /* finish row, one byte parameter */
+#define GF_SKIP2 72
+#define GF_SKIP3 73
+#define GF_NEW_ROW_0 74 /* begin a new row, ready to blacken */
+#define GF_NEW_ROW_1 75 /* begin a new row, but one col. from left */
+ /* through GF_NEW_ROW_164 */
+#define GF_XXX1 239 /* special (interpreter dependent) command */
+#define GF_XXX2 240 /* like XXX1, but two byte length parameter */
+#define GF_XXX3 241
+#define GF_XXX4 242
+#define GF_YYY 243 /* takes four byte parameter, otherwise nop */
+ /* (generated by METAFONT for numspecial) */
+#define GF_NOP 244 /* no op */
+#define GF_CHAR_LOC 245 /* character locator */
+#define GF_CHAR_LOC0 246 /* abbreviated form of CHAR_LOC */
+#define GF_PRE 247 /* introduces preamble */
+#define GF_POST 248 /* introduces postamble */
+#define GF_POSTPOST 249 /* marks end of postamble */
+
+ /* codes 250 through 255 are undefined */
+
+#define GF_ID 131 /* identifies this revision of GF */
+
+#define GF_FILLER 223 /* filler bytes at end of GF file */
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gffont.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gffont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..78ab10a3d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gffont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,943 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/gffont.c,v 2.9 89/09/02 17:16:17 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "gfcodes.h"
+#include "gfclass.h"
+#include "num.h"
+
+/*
+ * GF font operations.
+ *
+ * GF files may be compact, but this code surely is not!
+ *
+ * TODO:
+ * think about fonts with characters outside [0..255]
+ * find some way to free gf body when done
+ */
+static int gf_read(), gf_getgly(), gf_rasterise();
+static void gf_freefont();
+
+struct fontops gfops =
+ { "gf", 0, 1.0, gf_read, gf_getgly, gf_rasterise, gf_freefont };
+
+/*
+ * Local info.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A bounding box. The names follow those in the GF documentation.
+ */
+struct bounds {
+ i32 min_m, max_m; /* min and max `m' (colunm) values */
+ i32 min_n, max_n; /* min and max `n' (row) values */
+};
+
+/*
+ * char_loc is one `character locator' from a GF file, save for the
+ * `character residue', which we need not.
+ */
+struct char_loc {
+ i32 cl_dx; /* x escapement (scaled pixels) */
+ i32 cl_dy; /* y escapement (scaled pixels) */
+ i32 cl_w; /* TFM width */
+ i32 cl_p; /* pointer to BOC (or specials) */
+};
+
+/*
+ * GF details include:
+ * -> the main body of the GF file (all bytes save pre- and post-amble);
+ * -> global box boundaries;
+ * and character locators, addressed by `character residue'. Empty
+ * slots are indicated by a -1 `pointer'.
+ */
+struct gf_details {
+ char *gd_body; /* GF body */
+ char *gd_base; /* == gd_body - preamble_size */
+ struct bounds gd_gb; /* global boundaries */
+ struct char_loc gd_cl[256]; /* character locators */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Get the gf_details from font f.
+ */
+#define ftogd(f) ((struct gf_details *)(f)->f_details)
+
+extern int errno;
+char *malloc(), *copyit();
+
+/*
+ * This code mimicks findpost.c.
+ */
+#define POSTSIZE 512
+
+/*
+ * Find the GF postamble. Store the offsets of the POST and POSTPOST
+ * opcodes through postp and postpostp.
+ */
+static int
+findGFpostamble(fd, postp, postpostp)
+ int fd;
+ long *postp, *postpostp;
+
+{
+ register long offset;
+ register char *p;
+ register int i;
+ register i32 n;
+ char postbuf[POSTSIZE];
+
+ offset = lseek(fd, 0L, 2);
+ do {
+
+ if ((offset -= POSTSIZE) < 0L)
+ offset = 0L;
+ (void) lseek(fd, offset, 0);
+ i = read(fd, postbuf, POSTSIZE);
+ if (i <= 0)
+ break;
+ for (p = postbuf + i; --i >= 0;)
+ if (UnSign8(*--p) != GF_FILLER)
+ goto found_something;
+ } while (offset);
+ return (-1); /* ran out of filler */
+
+found_something:
+ if (UnSign8(*p) != GF_ID)
+ return (-1); /* not a GF file */
+ offset += i; /* this is the offset of *p */
+ *postpostp = offset - 5;/* POSTPOST should be here */
+ /* we need 4 bytes for the pointer */
+ if (i >= 4)
+ p -= 4;
+ else {
+ offset -= 4;
+ if (offset < 0L)
+ return (-1); /* tsk */
+ (void) lseek(fd, offset, 0);
+ if (read(fd, p = postbuf, 4) != 4)
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ /*
+ * p now points to the postamble pointer. Get it and
+ * seek to the postamble, also saving the offset.
+ */
+ pGetLong(p, n);
+ *postp = offset = n;
+ (void) lseek(fd, offset, 0);
+ return (0); /* made it */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a GF file.
+ */
+static int
+gf_read(f, fd)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+ register struct gf_details *gd;
+ register char *p;
+ register struct char_loc *cl;
+ register int i;
+ int presize, postsize, bodysize, firstc, lastc;
+ char *postamble;
+ long postaddr, postpostaddr;
+ i32 lasteoc;
+ char *problem = NULL;
+ struct stat st;
+ char b[4];
+ int saverr;
+
+ gd = NULL; /* prepare for failure */
+ postamble = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * The file had best be at least 50 bytes long. A
+ * `completely empty' GF file might consist of a PRE, a GF_ID,
+ * no comment (one zero byte), then: POST, pointer to last
+ * EOC, design size, checksum, hppp, vppp, min_m, max_m,
+ * min_n, max_n, POSTPOST, pointer to POST, GF_ID, and four
+ * FILLERs.
+ */
+ (void) fstat(fd, &st);
+ if (st.st_size < 50) { /* too small to be a GF file */
+ problem = "file is too short";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Read the very beginning and pick up the preamble size.
+ */
+ if (read(fd, b, 4) != 4)
+ goto fail;
+ if (UnSign8(b[0]) != GF_PRE) {
+ problem = "file does not begin with PRE";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ i = UnSign8(b[1]);
+ if (i != GF_ID)
+ error(0, 0, "Warning: strange GF id (%d) in \"%s\"", i,
+ f->f_path);
+ presize = 3 + UnSign8(b[2]);
+
+ /*
+ * Find the postamble, allocate space, and read it in.
+ */
+ if (findGFpostamble(fd, &postaddr, &postpostaddr)) {
+ problem = "cannot find postamble";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ postsize = postpostaddr - postaddr + 1;
+ if ((p = malloc(postsize)) == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+ if (read(fd, p, postsize) != postsize)
+ goto fail;
+ postamble = p;
+
+ /*
+ * Make sure we found it.
+ */
+ if (pgetbyte(p) != GF_POST) {
+ problem = "no GF_POST at postamble";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ if (UnSign8(postamble[postsize - 1]) != GF_POSTPOST) {
+ problem = "no GF_POSTPOST after postamble";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Looks okay. Allocate detail space and poke through the postamble.
+ */
+ if ((gd = (struct gf_details *) malloc(sizeof (*gd))) == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+ gd->gd_body = NULL;
+
+ pGetLong(p, lasteoc); /* actually one past last EOC */
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_design_size);
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_checksum);
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_hppp);
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_vppp);
+
+ pGetLong(p, gd->gd_gb.min_m);
+ pGetLong(p, gd->gd_gb.max_m);
+ pGetLong(p, gd->gd_gb.min_n);
+ pGetLong(p, gd->gd_gb.max_n);
+
+ /*
+ * Zap all the character locators, then read those that are
+ * defined in the postamble. Remember the first and last
+ * characters so that we know which glyphs are defined. Lastc
+ * is actually the last-plus-one'th character.
+ */
+ for (cl = gd->gd_cl, i = 256; --i >= 0; cl++)
+ cl->cl_p = -1;
+ firstc = 256;
+ lastc = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ i32 dx, dy;
+
+ switch (pgetbyte(p)) {
+
+ case GF_CHAR_LOC:
+ i = pgetbyte(p);
+ pGetLong(p, dx);
+ pGetLong(p, dy);
+ goto merge;
+
+ case GF_CHAR_LOC0:
+ i = pgetbyte(p);
+ dx = ((i32) pgetbyte(p)) << 16;
+ dy = 0;
+merge:
+ if (i < firstc)
+ firstc = i;
+ if (i >= lastc)
+ lastc = i + 1;
+ cl = &gd->gd_cl[i];
+ cl->cl_dx = dx;
+ cl->cl_dy = dy;
+ pGetLong(p, cl->cl_w);
+ pGetLong(p, cl->cl_p);
+ break;
+
+ case GF_POSTPOST:
+ goto done;
+
+ default:
+ error(0, 0, "I do not understand %d here",
+ UnSign8(p[-1]));
+ problem = "unexpected opcode in postamble";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ }
+done:
+ free(postamble);
+ postamble = NULL; /* all done with it */
+
+ /*
+ * Alas, we need the instructions whether or not we need
+ * the rasters, since the raster bounding box information
+ * can only be properly determined by converting the rasters.
+ * Compute the size of the main body of the GF file, then
+ * read it in.
+ */
+ bodysize = lasteoc - presize;
+ if ((gd->gd_body = malloc(bodysize + 1)) == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+ (void) lseek(fd, (long) presize, 0);
+ if (read(fd, gd->gd_body, bodysize) != bodysize)
+ goto fail;
+ /*
+ * The next byte might be a special, so we just
+ * arbitrarily stuff in a POST.
+ */
+ gd->gd_body[bodysize] = GF_POST;
+ gd->gd_base = gd->gd_body - presize;
+
+ f->f_details = (char *)gd;
+ if (FontHasGlyphs(f, firstc, lastc))
+ goto fail2;
+ (void) close(fd);
+ return (0);
+
+fail:
+ if (problem == NULL)
+ error(0, errno, "trouble reading \"%s\"", f->f_path);
+ else {
+ error(0, 0, "%s", problem);
+ error(0, 0, "(are you sure \"%s\" is a GF file?)", f->f_path);
+ }
+ errno = 0;
+fail2:
+ saverr = errno;
+ if (postamble != NULL)
+ free(postamble);
+ if (gd != NULL) {
+ if (gd->gd_body != NULL)
+ free(gd->gd_body);
+ free((char *) gd);
+ }
+ (void) close(fd);
+ errno = saverr;
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Some global variables, used while building rasters. (These are
+ * referenced also in copyit(), so must be global. Fortunately, no
+ * one yet requires the font routines to be re-entrant.)
+ */
+static char *buildraster; /* raster being built */
+static int buildsize; /* size of buildraster (bytes) */
+
+static struct bounds tempb; /* bounds used during buildraster */
+static struct bounds ob; /* observed bounds */
+
+/*
+ * Bit tables: `left' and `right' bits. lbits[b] has all the bits
+ * that are to the left of bit b set; rbits[b] has all the bits
+ * that are to the right of bit b set, as well as bit b itself.
+ */
+static char lbits[] = { 0x00, 0x80, 0xc0, 0xe0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfe };
+static char rbits[] = { 0xff, 0x7f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01 };
+
+/*
+ * The magic address `nullraster' is known in getgly() as a valid
+ * but empty raster, and changed there to NULL. A NULL return from
+ * drawchar indicates failure; we need something to distinguish the
+ * empty raster.
+ */
+static char nullraster[1];
+
+/*
+ * `Inline functions':
+ * -> convert a bit number to a byte number (round down);
+ * -> convert a number of bits to a number of bytes (round up);
+ * and convert a bit to a bit index.
+ */
+#define btoby(b) ((b) >> 3)
+#define btonb(b) (((b) + 7) >> 3)
+#define btobi(b) ((b) & 7)
+
+/*
+ * Helper function for getgly: build the raster, and compute its
+ * minimal bounding box. Called with `p' pointing past the backpointer
+ * field of the BOC command (i.e., at min_m or del_m). `abbrev' is true
+ * iff this was a BOC1. `globalb' are the global bounds from the GF file,
+ * whose name is pointed to by gfname.
+ */
+static char *
+drawchar(p, abbrev, globalb, gfname)
+ register char *p;
+ int abbrev;
+ struct bounds globalb;
+ char *gfname;
+{
+ register i32 m; /* m register (column) */
+ register char *colp; /* pointer to byte corresponding to m */
+ register int c; /* temporary */
+ register i32 i; /* temporary */
+ register int black; /* true when paint_switch==black */
+ register i32 n; /* n register (row) */
+ int stride; /* multiplier to convert linear to 2d array */
+ int wrotethisrow; /* true iff we wrote in the current row */
+ char *virtrast; /* virtual origin version of buildraster */
+ int mustcopy; /* true if we must copy the built raster */
+ struct bounds gb; /* bounds from the GF file */
+
+ /* get the bounds */
+ if (abbrev) {
+ c = pgetbyte(p);/* del_m */
+ gb.min_m = (gb.max_m = pgetbyte(p)) - c;
+ c = pgetbyte(p);/* del_n */
+ gb.min_n = (gb.max_n = pgetbyte(p)) - c;
+ } else {
+ pGetLong(p, gb.min_m);
+ pGetLong(p, gb.max_m);
+ pGetLong(p, gb.min_n);
+ pGetLong(p, gb.max_n);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Trim the GF bounds according to the global bounds. We
+ * use the trimmed values to allocate the build space.
+ */
+ tempb = gb;
+#define GB_ADJ(field, cmp) \
+ if (tempb.field cmp globalb.field) \
+ tempb.field = globalb.field
+ GB_ADJ(min_m, <);
+ GB_ADJ(max_m, >);
+ GB_ADJ(min_n, <);
+ GB_ADJ(max_n, >);
+#undef GB_ADJ
+
+ /*
+ * First check for completely empty characters---that is,
+ * those where min > max. The space in cmtex10, for instance,
+ * could be a completely empty character, but for some reason
+ * METAFONT declares cmtex10 space as [0..0][0..0].
+ * Nonetheless, we will not assume that [0..-1][0..0] or
+ * the like are impossible.
+ */
+ if (tempb.min_m > tempb.max_m || tempb.min_n > tempb.max_n)
+ return (nullraster);
+
+ /*
+ * Compute the distance between rows (the number of bytes per
+ * column), then make sure there is room in the build space
+ * for [min_n..max_n] of these, possibly by allocating a new raster.
+ */
+ stride = btonb(tempb.max_m - tempb.min_m + 1);
+ c = stride * (tempb.max_n - tempb.min_n + 1);
+ if (c > buildsize) {
+ if (buildraster != NULL)
+ free(buildraster);
+ if ((buildraster = malloc(c)) == NULL) {
+ buildsize = 0;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ buildsize = c;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we are using an old raster that is too big, remember to
+ * scrunch it down later.
+ */
+ mustcopy = buildsize > c;
+
+ /* clear the raster to white */
+ bzero(buildraster, c);
+
+ /*
+ * Make a virtual origin raster pointer. The virtual origin is
+ * where raster[0][0] is, whether or not there is a raster[0][0].
+ * Normally, this would be
+ * &buildraster[-gb.min_n * stride - btoby(gb.min_m)],
+ * but it is complicated by two things. Firstly, we would like
+ * n==max_n to be the bottommost point in the raster (low
+ * addresses), and n==min_n to be the topmost (high addresses).
+ * In other words, we need to reflect the n (Y) values about
+ * the X axis: negate them. Secondly, the raster we create
+ * must be `flush left'. That is, somewhere along its rows,
+ * bit 0x80 must be set at the left edge of one of its columns.
+ * We need to subtract away the minimum bit index before
+ * calculating bit values. This cannot really be done in
+ * advance, since we cannot address bits directly.
+ */
+ virtrast = &buildraster[gb.max_n * stride];
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the bounds-trimming variables. We could do this by
+ * simply setting the observed min point to a very large number,
+ * and the observed max point to a very small number, but this
+ * way we need not come up with extreme numbers (which might not
+ * be portable).
+ *
+ * If at least one pixel is blackened, the observed bounds will
+ * become the correct bounds in the code below, and we will have
+ * min<=max; but if no pixels are blackened, we arrange to have
+ * min>max, so we have to check for that again later.
+ *
+ * This would be `min = max + 1' and `max = min - 1', but for
+ * efficiency, the observed m bounds are kept offset by gb.min_m
+ * until we finish drawing the character.
+ */
+ ob.min_m = tempb.max_m + 1 - gb.min_m;
+ ob.max_m = tempb.min_m - 1 - gb.min_m;
+ ob.min_n = tempb.max_n + 1;
+ ob.max_n = tempb.min_n - 1;
+ wrotethisrow = 0;
+
+#define FIX_N_BOUNDS() { \
+ if (wrotethisrow) { \
+ c = -n; /* recall that n is reflected about X axis */ \
+ if (c < ob.min_n) \
+ ob.min_n = c; \
+ if (c > ob.max_n) \
+ ob.max_n = c; \
+ wrotethisrow = 0; \
+ } \
+}
+
+ /*
+ * Initialise state variables: m = min_m, n = max_n,
+ * paint_switch = white.
+ */
+ m = 0; /* gb.min_m - gb.min_m */
+ n = -gb.max_n; /* reflected */
+ colp = &virtrast[n * stride];
+if (colp != buildraster)
+panic("gffont drawchar colp != buildraster");
+ black = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Now interpret the character.
+ * `for (;;)' pushes everything off the right edge, alas.
+ */
+more:
+ c = pgetbyte(p);
+ if (GF_IsPaint(c)) /* faster? */
+ goto paint;
+ switch (GF_OpLen(c)) {
+
+ case GPL_NONE:
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_UNS1:
+ i = pgetbyte(p);
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_UNS2:
+ pGetWord(p, i);
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_UNS3:
+ pGet3Byte(p, i);
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_SGN4:
+ pGetLong(p, i);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("gffont drawchar GF_OpLen(%d) = %d", c, GF_OpLen(c));
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ switch (GF_TYPE(c)) {
+
+ case GT_PAINT0:
+paint:
+ i = c - GF_PAINT_0;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case GT_PAINT:
+ /*
+ * Paint `i' bits in the current row at columns [m..m+i).
+ */
+ if (i && black) {
+ /* remember to adjust n bounds later */
+ wrotethisrow = 1;
+ /* adjust minimum m bound */
+ if (m < ob.min_m)
+ ob.min_m = m;
+
+ /*
+ * Finish the partial byte at colp. There are 8-k
+ * bits to set to finish it, where k is the bit
+ * index value from m. If we need to set fewer
+ * than 8-k bits, set them now and skip the rest
+ * of this.
+ */
+ c = 8 - btobi(m);
+ if (i < c) { /* cannot finish it off */
+ *colp |= UnSign8(lbits[i]) >> btobi(m);
+ m += i;
+ } else { /* finish it off */
+ *colp++ |= rbits[btobi(m)];
+ i -= c;
+ m += c;
+
+ /*
+ * Update m to reflect having written the
+ * remaining i bits, then write them.
+ * First write all the full bytes, then
+ * start a partial byte with whatever
+ * is left over, if anything.
+ */
+ m += i;
+ i >>= 3;
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ *colp++ = 0xff;
+ *colp |= lbits[btobi(m)];
+ }
+
+ /* adjust maximum m bound */
+ if (m > ob.max_m)
+ ob.max_m = m;
+ } else {
+ /*
+ * Add the bit index so that we round up whenever
+ * this fills the partial byte at colp.
+ */
+ colp += (i + btobi(m)) >> 3;
+ m += i;
+ }
+ black = !black;
+ break;
+
+ case GT_EOC: /* all done */
+ FIX_N_BOUNDS();
+ goto done;
+
+ case GT_SKIP0: /* skip no rows */
+ i = 0;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case GT_SKIP: /* skip some rows, draw white */
+ m = 0;
+ black = 0;
+ goto skip_or_new_row;
+
+ case GT_NEW_ROW: /* next row near left col, draw black */
+ m = c - GF_NEW_ROW_0;
+ black = 1;
+ i = 0; /* n offset is 1: skip no rows */
+skip_or_new_row:
+ FIX_N_BOUNDS();
+ n += i + 1; /* += because reflected */
+ colp = &virtrast[n * stride + btoby(m)];
+ break;
+
+ case GT_XXX: /* special */
+ p += i;
+ break;
+
+ case GT_YYY: /* numspecial */
+ break;
+
+ case GT_NOP: /* dull */
+ break;
+
+ case GT_BOC: /* should not appear */
+ case GT_BOC1:
+ case GT_CHAR_LOC:
+ case GT_CHAR_LOC0:
+ case GT_PRE:
+ case GT_POST:
+ case GT_POSTPOST:
+ case GT_UNDEF:
+ error(0, 0, "unexpected GF opcode %d", c);
+ error(1, 0, "bad GF file \"%s\"", gfname);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+ default:
+ panic("gffont drawchar GF_TYPE(%d) = %d", c, GF_TYPE(c));
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ goto more;
+
+done:
+ /*
+ * The observed bounds `m' values are both off by gb.min_m, so
+ * fix them now.
+ */
+ ob.min_m += gb.min_m;
+ ob.max_m += gb.min_m;
+
+ /* as noted above, we have to make sure there were some points */
+ if (ob.min_m > ob.max_m)
+ return (nullraster);
+if (ob.min_n > ob.max_n)
+panic("gffont min>max: n but not m");
+
+ /*
+ * If we used too much memory for the raster, copy it now.
+ */
+ if (mustcopy || tempb.min_n != ob.min_n || tempb.max_n != ob.max_n ||
+ btonb(ob.max_m - ob.min_m + 1) != stride)
+ return (copyit());
+
+ /*
+ * If the left column bounds match, just move the raster in place.
+ */
+ if (tempb.min_m == ob.min_m) {
+ p = buildraster;
+ buildraster = NULL;
+ buildsize = 0;
+ return (p);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * The raster must be copied, but only because it is not
+ * `left justified'.
+ *
+ * CONSIDER DEFERRING THIS PHASE UNTIL THE RASTER IS USED
+ */
+ return (copyit());
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy the built raster to newly allocated space.
+ * We may need to shift all the bits left as well.
+ */
+char *
+copyit()
+{
+ register char *o, *p;
+ register int i, oldoff, newoff;
+ char *n;
+
+ /*
+ * Compute the observed minimum stride.
+ */
+ newoff = btonb(ob.max_m - ob.min_m + 1);
+ n = malloc((unsigned)(newoff * (ob.max_n - ob.min_n + 1)));
+ if ((p = n) == NULL)
+ return (NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Compute the old stride.
+ */
+ oldoff = btonb(tempb.max_m - tempb.min_m + 1);
+if (oldoff < newoff)
+panic("gffont copyit oldoff < newoff");
+
+ /*
+ * Point at the old raster, then add the offset to the first
+ * written row, and then the offset to the first written column.
+ */
+ o = buildraster;
+ o += (ob.max_n - tempb.max_n) * oldoff;
+ i = ob.min_m - tempb.min_m;
+ o += btoby(i);
+
+ /*
+ * Now copy each row, doing shifting if required.
+ */
+ if ((i = btobi(i)) != 0) { /* must shift, alas */
+ register int r = 8 - i, j, k;
+
+ oldoff -= newoff;
+ for (k = ob.max_n; k >= ob.min_n; k--) {
+ for (j = newoff; --j > 0;) {
+ *p = *o++ << i;
+ *p++ |= UnSign8(*o) >> r;
+ }
+ /* last byte is special: no rightward bits */
+ *p++ = *o++ << i;
+ o += oldoff;
+ }
+ } else if (oldoff > newoff) { /* compressing columns */
+ for (i = ob.max_n; i >= ob.min_n; i--) {
+ bcopy(o, p, newoff);
+ o += oldoff;
+ p += newoff;
+ }
+ } else /* just squeezing out extra rows */
+ bcopy(o, p, newoff * (ob.max_n - ob.min_n + 1));
+
+ /* finally, return the copy */
+ return (n);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the specified range of glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+gf_getgly(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l, h;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct char_loc *cl;
+ register char *p;
+ register i32 c;
+ register int i;
+ register i32 thisboc;
+ int abbrev;
+ struct gf_details *gd = ftogd(f);
+
+ /*
+ * For each glyph, make sure there exists an instance of that
+ * character residue. Go find the actual glyph (which may be
+ * arbitrarily far down a chain of pointers) and get its info.
+ */
+ for (cl = &gd->gd_cl[i = l]; i < h; i++, cl++) {
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ thisboc = cl->cl_p;
+
+ /*
+ * Screw around locating the character for real.
+ */
+ while (thisboc != -1) {
+ p = gd->gd_base + thisboc;
+skip:
+ c = pgetbyte(p);
+ switch (GF_TYPE(c)) {
+
+ case GT_XXX:
+ switch (GF_OpLen(c)) {
+
+ case GPL_UNS1:
+ c = pgetbyte(p);
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_UNS2:
+ pGetWord(p, c);
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_UNS3:
+ pGet3Byte(p, c);
+ break;
+
+ case GPL_SGN4:
+ pGetLong(p, c);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("gf_getgly GF_OpLen(%d) = %d",
+ c, GF_OpLen(c));
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ p += c;
+ goto skip;
+
+ case GT_YYY:
+ p += 4;
+ goto skip;
+
+ case GT_BOC:
+ abbrev = 0;
+ pGetLong(p, c);
+ break;
+
+ case GT_BOC1:
+ abbrev = 1;
+ c = pgetbyte(p);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ error(0, 0, "GF code %d; I expected BOC", c);
+ error(1, 0, "bad GF file \"%s\"", f->f_path);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ /*
+ * Found a BOC. If it is the right character,
+ * go handle it.
+ */
+ if (c == i)
+ goto handleit;
+ if ((c & 255) != i) {
+ error(0, 0, "%d != %d mod 256", c, i);
+ error(1, 0, "Bad GF file \"%s\"", f->f_path);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Follow the backpointer.
+ */
+ if (abbrev)
+ thisboc = -1;
+ else
+ pGetLong(p, thisboc);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we get here, the glyph is not valid after all.
+ */
+ continue;
+
+ /*
+ * The glyph is okay. Set it up.
+ */
+handleit:
+ g->g_flags = GF_VALID;
+ g->g_xescapement = cl->cl_dx;
+ g->g_yescapement = cl->cl_dy;
+ g->g_rawtfmwidth = cl->cl_w;
+ if (!abbrev)
+ p += 4; /* skip backpointer */
+ if ((p = drawchar(p, abbrev, gd->gd_gb, f->f_path)) == NULL)
+ return (-1); /* ??? */
+ if (p == nullraster) {
+ /* min > max, hence max-min+1 <= 0; we want 0 */
+ g->g_height = 0;
+ g->g_width = 0;
+ g->g_yorigin = 0;
+ g->g_xorigin = 0;
+ g->g_raster = NULL;
+ } else {
+ /* set height &c based on observed bounds */
+ g->g_height = ob.max_n - ob.min_n + 1;
+ g->g_width = ob.max_m - ob.min_m + 1;
+ g->g_yorigin = ob.max_n;
+ g->g_xorigin = -ob.min_m;
+ g->g_raster = p;
+ }
+ g->g_rotation = ROT_NORM;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain rasters for the specified glyphs. We did this above, while
+ * adjusting the bounding boxes, so this routine should never get called.
+ */
+static int
+gf_rasterise(f, l, h)
+ struct font *f;
+ int l, h;
+{
+
+ panic("gf_rasterise(%s, %d, %d)", f->f_path, l, h);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Discard the font details.
+ */
+static void
+gf_freefont(f)
+ struct font *f;
+{
+ struct gf_details *gd;
+
+ if ((gd = ftogd(f)) != NULL) {
+ free(gd->gd_body);
+ free((char *) gd);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87ebbb18b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Declarations for the various gripes.
+ */
+
+void GripeOutOfMemory(), GripeCannotGetFont(), GripeDifferentChecksums();
+void GripeMissingFontsPreventOutput(), GripeNoSuchFont();
+void GripeFontAlreadyDefined(), GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF(), GripeUnexpectedOp();
+void GripeMissingOp(), GripeCannotFindPostamble(), GripeMismatchedValue();
+void GripeUndefinedOp(), GripeBadGlyph();
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes0.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..69a33354e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/gripes0.c,v 2.5 89/09/01 13:52:38 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Common errors (`gripes').
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "gripes.h"
+
+extern errno;
+
+/*
+ * Cannot allocate memory.
+ */
+void
+GripeOutOfMemory(n, why)
+ int n;
+ char *why;
+{
+
+ error(1, -1, "ran out of memory allocating %d bytes for %s", n, why);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cannot get a font.
+ * RETURNS TO CALLER
+ */
+void
+GripeCannotGetFont(name, mag, dsz, dev, fullname)
+ char *name;
+ i32 mag, dsz;
+ char *dev, *fullname;
+{
+ int e = errno;
+ char scale[40];
+
+ if (mag == dsz) /* no scaling */
+ scale[0] = 0;
+ else
+ (void) sprintf(scale, " scaled %d",
+ (int) ((double) mag / (double) dsz * 1000.0 + .5));
+
+ error(0, e, "no font for %s%s", name, scale);
+ if (fullname)
+ error(0, 0, "(wanted, e.g., \"%s\")", fullname);
+ else {
+ if (dev)
+ error(1, 0, "(there are no fonts for the %s engine!)",
+ dev);
+ else
+ error(1, 0, "(I cannot find any fonts!)");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Font checksums do not match.
+ * RETURNS TO CALLER
+ */
+void
+GripeDifferentChecksums(font, tfmsum, fontsum)
+ char *font;
+ i32 tfmsum, fontsum;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "\
+WARNING: TeX and I have different checksums for font\n\
+\t\"%s\"\n\
+\tPlease notify your TeX maintainer\n\
+\t(TFM checksum = 0%lo, my checksum = 0%lo)",
+ font, (long)tfmsum, (long)fontsum);
+}
+
+/*
+ * A font, or several fonts, are missing, so no output.
+ */
+void
+GripeMissingFontsPreventOutput(n)
+ int n;
+{
+ static char s[2] = {'s', 0};
+
+ error(1, 0, "%d missing font%s prevent%s output (sorry)", n,
+ n > 1 ? s : &s[1], n == 1 ? s : &s[1]);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes1.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd31a2f2b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/gripes1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/gripes1.c,v 1.1 89/08/22 21:54:19 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Gripes having to do with DVI files.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "gripes.h"
+
+extern char *DVIFileName;
+
+static char *
+dfn()
+{
+
+ return (DVIFileName ? DVIFileName : "the input");
+}
+
+/*
+ * Save string space by declaring these here.
+ */
+#if __STDC__ >= 1
+static const char dfl[] = "DVI file";
+static const char areyousure[] = "(are you sure %s is a %s?)";
+#else
+static char dfl[] = "DVI file";
+static char areyousure[] = "(are you sure %s is a %s?)";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DVI file requests a font it never defined.
+ */
+void
+GripeNoSuchFont(n)
+ i32 n;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "%s wants font %ld, which it never defined", dfl, (long)n);
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * DVI file redefines a font.
+ */
+void
+GripeFontAlreadyDefined(n)
+ i32 n;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "%s redefines font %ld", dfl, n);
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Unexpected end of DVI file.
+ */
+void
+GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF()
+{
+
+ GripeUnexpectedOp("end of file");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Unexpected DVI opcode.
+ */
+void
+GripeUnexpectedOp(s)
+ char *s;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "unexpected %s in %s", s, dfl);
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Missing DVI opcode.
+ */
+void
+GripeMissingOp(s)
+ char *s;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "missing %s in %s", s, dfl);
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cannot find DVI postamble.
+ */
+void
+GripeCannotFindPostamble()
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "cannot find postamble");
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Inconsistent DVI value.
+ */
+void
+GripeMismatchedValue(s)
+ char *s;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "mismatched %s in %s", s, dfl);
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Undefined DVI opcode.
+ */
+void
+GripeUndefinedOp(n)
+ int n;
+{
+
+ error(0, 0, "undefined DVI opcode %d", n);
+ error(1, 0, areyousure, dfn(), dfl);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * DVI file requests glyph that is not in some font, or
+ * when no font is set for this page.
+ *
+ * RETURNS TO CALLER
+ */
+void
+GripeBadGlyph(c, f)
+ i32 c;
+ struct font *f;
+{
+
+ if (f->f_path == NULL) {
+ error(0, 0, "bad %s: char without setfont", dfl);
+ error(1, 0, "(try checking %s with dvitype)", dfn());
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ error(0, 0, "there is no character %ld in %s!", (long)c, f->f_path);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/magfactor.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/magfactor.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0419d4aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/magfactor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Convert a magnification factor to floating point. This is used in
+ * conjunction with the FONT_SLOP stuff to try to get the file names
+ * right, and may also be used by DVI reading programs to get slightly
+ * more accurate values for (mag/1000.0).
+ */
+double
+DMagFactor(mag)
+ int mag;
+{
+
+ switch (mag) {
+
+ case 1095: /* stephalf */
+ return (1.095445);
+
+ case 1315: /* stepihalf */
+ return (1.314534);
+
+ case 2074: /* stepiv */
+ return (2.0736);
+
+ case 2488: /* stepv */
+ return (2.48832);
+
+ case 2986: /* stepiv */
+ return (2.985984);
+
+ default: /* remaining mags have been ok */
+ return ((double) mag / 1000.);
+ }
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/num.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/num.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80e03188df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/num.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Pointer I/O: numbers.
+ *
+ * We deal in fixed format numbers and pointers here.
+ * For file I/O, see fio.h.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Get one unsigned byte. Note that this is a proper expression.
+ * The rest have more limited contexts, and are therefore OddLy
+ * CapItaliseD.
+ */
+#define pgetbyte(p) UnSign8(*(p)++)
+
+/*
+ * Get a two-byte unsigned integer, a three-byte unsigned integer,
+ * or a four-byte signed integer.
+ */
+#define pGetWord(p, r) ((r) = UnSign8(*(p)++) << 8, \
+ (r) |= UnSign8(*(p)++))
+#define pGet3Byte(p,r) ((r) = UnSign8(*(p)++) << 16, \
+ (r) |= UnSign8(*(p)++) << 8, \
+ (r) |= UnSign8(*(p)++))
+#define pGetLong(p, r) ((r) = UnSign8(*(p)++) << 24, \
+ (r) |= UnSign8(*(p)++) << 16, \
+ (r) |= UnSign8(*(p)++) << 8, \
+ (r) |= UnSign8(*(p)++))
+
+/*
+ * ADD pputbyte, pPutWord, pPut3Byte, pPutLong HERE IF THEY PROVE
+ * USEFUL. (But then must consider changing PutWord &c in fio.h.)
+ */
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/pkfont.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/pkfont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da65190b3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/pkfont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,729 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/pkfont.c,v 2.10 89/08/22 21:54:49 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "num.h"
+
+/*
+ * PK font operations.
+ *
+ * The spelling `nybble' is a concession to the authors of the PK format.
+ */
+static int pk_read(), pk_getgly(), pk_rasterise();
+static void pk_freefont();
+
+struct fontops pkops =
+ { "pk", 0, 1.0, pk_read, pk_getgly, pk_rasterise, pk_freefont };
+
+/*
+ * Local info.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Commands.
+ */
+#define PK_XXX1 240 /* 1 byte special */
+#define PK_XXX2 241 /* 2 byte special */
+#define PK_XXX3 242 /* 3 byte special */
+#define PK_XXX4 243 /* 4 byte special */
+#define PK_YYY 244 /* METAFONT numspecial */
+#define PK_POST 245 /* marks postamble */
+#define PK_NO_OP 246 /* do nothing */
+#define PK_PRE 247 /* marks preamble */
+ /* 248..255 undefined */
+#define PK_IsUndef(c) ((c) > PK_PRE)
+
+#define PK_ID 89 /* marks this brand of PK file */
+
+/*
+ * Information about a character packet.
+ */
+struct cp {
+ char *cp_packet; /* the beginning of the packet */
+ int cp_type; /* decoded pre type, see below */
+};
+
+#define CP_SHORT 0 /* short preamble */
+#define CP_EXT_SHORT 1 /* extended short preamble */
+#define CP_LONG 2 /* long preamble */
+
+/*
+ * The PK details include:
+ * -> a pointer to the next byte to fetch;
+ * -> the most recent byte fetched (when we are using nextnyb());
+ * -> a flag indicating that we have used nybble 0 (bits 4..7) and
+ * should use nybble 1 next;
+ * -> the base address of the memory allocated for the PK file;
+ * -> the value of dyn_f (during character translation);
+ * -> the repeat count (during rasterisation);
+ * -> the lowest glyph number that is legal;
+ * -> the highest glyph number that is legal;
+ * -> glyph instructions for the standard glyphs;
+ * -> glyph instructions for more (nonstandard) glyphs;
+ * and the number of glyphs left unrasterised.
+ */
+struct pk_details {
+ char *pk_ptr; /* next byte to fetch */
+ int pk_c; /* most recent byte fetched, if nybbling */
+ int pk_1nyb; /* true => nybble 1 is next (bits 0..3) */
+ char *pk_base; /* base of allocated memory */
+ int pk_dyn_f; /* the dyn_f value */
+ int pk_repeat; /* the repeat count */
+ int pk_minc; /* minimum character value */
+ int pk_maxc; /* maximum character value */
+#define MAXSTD 256 /* maximum `standard' character value */
+ int pk_gleft; /* number of valid glyphs left uninterpreted */
+ struct cp pk_cpack[MAXSTD]; /* for characters in [0..MAXSTD) */
+ struct cp *pk_morec; /* for characters in [MAXSTD..maxc] */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Fetch the next byte from the PK file.
+ */
+#define nextbyte(pk) pgetbyte((pk)->pk_ptr)
+
+/*
+ * PK packed number encoding. Nybbles in [1..dyn_f] represent themselves.
+ * Values in (dyn_f..13] are two-nybble values, and represent values
+ * dyn_f+1 through (13-dyn_f+1)*16+15. Zero marks a long number; 14 and
+ * 15 specify repeat counts instead (which are another packed number).
+ * Note that we cannot represent the number zero as a packed number.
+ */
+#define PK_LONGNUM 0 /* a `long number' */
+#define PK_REPEAT 14 /* set repeat count */
+#define PK_REPEAT1 15 /* set repeat to 1 */
+
+/*
+ * Get the next nybble. This is an expression rendition of
+ * if (--pk->pk_1nyb < 0) {
+ * pk->pk_1nyb = 1;
+ * pk->pk_c = nextbyte(pk);
+ * return (pk->pk_c >> 4);
+ * } else
+ * return (pk->pk_c & 0xf);
+ */
+#define nextnyb(pk) \
+ (--(pk)->pk_1nyb < 0 ? \
+ ((pk)->pk_1nyb = 1, ((pk)->pk_c = nextbyte(pk)) >> 4) : \
+ (pk)->pk_c & 0xf)
+
+/*
+ * Get the pk_details from font f.
+ */
+#define ftopk(f) ((struct pk_details *)(f)->f_details)
+
+static int scan_characters();
+
+extern int errno;
+char *malloc();
+
+/*
+ * PK subroutines.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Unpack a packed number.
+ */
+static int
+pk_unpack(pk)
+ register struct pk_details *pk;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+
+top:
+ if ((i = nextnyb(pk)) == PK_LONGNUM) {
+#if PK_LONGNUM != 0 /* this may be silly, but . . . */
+ i = 0;
+#endif
+ /*
+ * Expand a long number. There are one fewer leading
+ * zeros than there are nonzero digits to obtain, so
+ * count up the leading zeros, add one, and get that
+ * many digits. (The `digits' are hexadecimal values.)
+ */
+ do {
+ i++;
+ } while ((j = nextnyb(pk)) == 0);
+ while (--i >= 0) {
+ j <<= 4;
+ j += nextnyb(pk);
+ }
+ return (j - 15 + (13 - pk->pk_dyn_f) * 16 + pk->pk_dyn_f);
+ }
+ if (i <= pk->pk_dyn_f)
+ return (i);
+ if (i < PK_REPEAT)
+ return ((i - pk->pk_dyn_f - 1) * 16 + nextnyb(pk) +
+ pk->pk_dyn_f + 1);
+
+ /*
+ * There is a repeat count, either one or a packed number.
+ * Get it first, then start over. (tail recursion)
+ */
+ if (i == PK_REPEAT)
+ pk->pk_repeat = pk_unpack(pk);
+ else
+ pk->pk_repeat = 1;
+ goto top;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Skip over special commands (PK_XXX?, PK_YYY).
+ */
+static void
+skip_specials(f)
+ struct font *f;
+{
+ struct pk_details *pk = ftopk(f);
+ register char *p = pk->pk_ptr;
+ register i32 i;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ switch (UnSign8(*p++)) {
+
+ case PK_XXX1:
+ i = UnSign8(*p++);
+ p += i;
+ break;
+
+ case PK_XXX2:
+ pGetWord(p, i);
+ p += i;
+ break;
+
+ case PK_XXX3:
+ pGet3Byte(p, i);
+ p += i;
+ break;
+
+ case PK_XXX4:
+ pGetLong(p, i);
+ p += i;
+ break;
+
+ case PK_YYY:
+ p += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case PK_NO_OP:
+ break;
+
+ case PK_PRE:
+ error(1, 0, "unexpected PK_PRE in \"%s\"", f->f_path);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ p--;
+ if (PK_IsUndef(UnSign8(*p)))
+ error(1, 0, "invalid opcode %d in \"%s\"",
+ f->f_path);
+ pk->pk_ptr = p;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a PK file.
+ */
+static int
+pk_read(f, fd)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+ register struct pk_details *pk;
+ register char *p;
+ int i, minc;
+ struct stat st;
+ char *reason;
+
+ pk = NULL; /* prepare for failure */
+ reason = NULL;
+ (void) fstat(fd, &st);
+ if (st.st_size < 4) { /* ??? */
+ reason = "file is too small";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ if ((pk = (struct pk_details *)malloc(sizeof (*pk))) == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+ pk->pk_morec = NULL;
+ if ((pk->pk_base = malloc(st.st_size)) == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+ if (read(fd, pk->pk_base, st.st_size) != st.st_size)
+ goto fail;
+ pk->pk_ptr = pk->pk_base;
+ if (nextbyte(pk) != PK_PRE) {
+ reason = "file does not begin with PK_PRE";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ if (nextbyte(pk) != PK_ID) {
+ reason = "bad PK_ID";
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ i = nextbyte(pk);
+ p = pk->pk_ptr + i; /* skip comment */
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_design_size);
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_checksum);
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_hppp);
+ pGetLong(p, f->f_vppp);
+ pk->pk_ptr = p;
+
+ f->f_details = (char *)pk;
+
+ /* scan the characters, fail if necessary */
+ if (scan_characters(f, &reason))
+ goto fail;
+
+ /* ignore the postamble */
+
+ /* COMPRESS pk->pk_base DATA? */
+
+ if (FontHasGlyphs(f, pk->pk_minc, pk->pk_maxc + 1))
+ goto fail;
+ (void) close(fd);
+ return (0);
+
+fail:
+ if (reason) {
+ error(0, 0, "%s", reason);
+ error(0, 0, "(are you sure %s is a PK file?)", f->f_path);
+ errno = 0;
+ }
+ if (pk != NULL) {
+ if (pk->pk_base != NULL)
+ free(pk->pk_base);
+ if (pk->pk_morec != NULL)
+ free((char *)pk->pk_morec);
+ free((char *)pk);
+ }
+ (void) close(fd);
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Scan through the characters in the PK file, and set the offsets
+ * and preamble types for each of the character packets.
+ */
+static int
+scan_characters(f, reason)
+ struct font *f;
+ char **reason;
+{
+ register struct pk_details *pk = ftopk(f);
+ register i32 c, pl;
+ register char *p;
+ register struct cp *cp;
+ int type;
+
+#ifdef lint
+ /* reason will be used someday ... I think */
+ reason = reason;
+#endif
+
+ /* set up the minimisers and the glyph count */
+ pk->pk_minc = 1;
+ pk->pk_maxc = 0;
+ pk->pk_gleft = 0;
+
+ /* mark all character packets as untouched */
+ for (cp = pk->pk_cpack, c = MAXSTD; --c >= 0; cp++)
+ cp->cp_packet = NULL;
+
+ /*
+ * Loop through the packets until we reach a POST, skipping
+ * the glyph instructions themselves after each definition,
+ * and specials (if any) before each.
+ */
+ for (;; pk->pk_ptr = p + pl) {
+ skip_specials(f);
+ p = pk->pk_ptr;
+ if ((c = pgetbyte(p)) == PK_POST)
+ break; /* whoops, done after all */
+
+ /*
+ * Look at the low three bits to decide preamble size.
+ * A value of 7 is a `long preamble'; 4, 5, and 6 are
+ * `extended short preambles'; and 0, 1, 2, and 3 are
+ * `short preambles'.
+ *
+ * We ignore most of the preamble, reading only the
+ * `packet length' and the character code at this time.
+ */
+ switch (c & 7) {
+
+ case 7: /* long */
+ type = CP_LONG;
+ pGetLong(p, pl);
+ pGetLong(p, c);
+ break;
+
+ case 6:
+ case 5:
+ case 4: /* extended short */
+ type = CP_EXT_SHORT;
+ pGetWord(p, pl);
+ pl += (c & 3) << 16;
+ c = pgetbyte(p);
+ break;
+
+ default: /* short */
+ type = CP_SHORT;
+ pl = ((c & 3) << 8) + pgetbyte(p);
+ c = pgetbyte(p);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c >= MAXSTD) {
+ /*
+ * BEGIN XXX - should alloc pk_morec, but is hard
+ * and not now useful
+ */
+ error(0, 0, "ignoring character %d in \"%s\"",
+ f->f_path);
+ error(0, 0, "because some darn programmer was lazy!");
+ continue;
+ /* END XXX */
+ } else
+ cp = &pk->pk_cpack[c];
+
+ cp->cp_packet = pk->pk_ptr;
+ cp->cp_type = type;
+
+ /* adjust range */
+ if (c < pk->pk_minc)
+ pk->pk_minc = c;
+ if (c > pk->pk_maxc)
+ pk->pk_maxc = c;
+
+ pk->pk_gleft++; /* and count the glyph */
+ }
+ return (0); /* no problems */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the specified range of glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+pk_getgly(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l, h;
+{
+ register struct pk_details *pk = ftopk(f);
+ register char *p;
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register int i;
+ register struct cp *cp;
+
+ if (pk == NULL)
+ panic("pk_getgly(%s)", f->f_path);
+ for (i = l; i < h; i++) {
+ if (i < MAXSTD)
+ cp = &pk->pk_cpack[i];
+ else {
+ if (i > pk->pk_maxc)
+ panic("pk_getgly(%s, %d)", f->f_path, i);
+ cp = &pk->pk_morec[i - MAXSTD];
+ }
+ p = cp->cp_packet;
+ if (p == NULL) /* glyph is not valid */
+ continue;
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ p++; /* skip flag */
+ switch (cp->cp_type) {
+
+ case CP_LONG:
+ p += 8; /* skip packet len, character code */
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_rawtfmwidth);
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_xescapement);
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_yescapement);
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_width);
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_height);
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_xorigin);
+ pGetLong(p, g->g_yorigin);
+ break;
+
+ case CP_EXT_SHORT: {
+ i32 dm;
+
+ p += 3; /* skip packet len, character code */
+ pGet3Byte(p, g->g_rawtfmwidth);
+ pGetWord(p, dm);
+ g->g_xescapement = dm << 16;
+ g->g_yescapement = 0;
+ pGetWord(p, g->g_width);
+ pGetWord(p, g->g_height);
+ pGetWord(p, g->g_xorigin);
+ g->g_xorigin = Sign16(g->g_xorigin);
+ pGetWord(p, g->g_yorigin);
+ g->g_yorigin = Sign16(g->g_yorigin);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case CP_SHORT:
+ p += 2; /* skip packet len, character code */
+ pGet3Byte(p, g->g_rawtfmwidth);
+ g->g_xescapement = pgetbyte(p) << 16;
+ g->g_yescapement = 0;
+ g->g_width = pgetbyte(p);
+ g->g_height = pgetbyte(p);
+ g->g_xorigin = pgetbyte(p);
+ g->g_xorigin = Sign8(g->g_xorigin);
+ g->g_yorigin = pgetbyte(p);
+ g->g_yorigin = Sign8(g->g_yorigin);
+ break;
+ }
+ g->g_flags = GF_VALID;
+ g->g_un.g_details = p;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Bit masks for pk_rasterise().
+ */
+static char bmask[8] = {0x00, 0x80, 0xc0, 0xe0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfe};
+static char rbits[9] = {0x00, 0x01, 0x03, 0x07, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x7f, 0xff};
+
+/*
+ * Obtain rasters for the specified glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+pk_rasterise(f, l, h)
+ struct font *f;
+ int l, h;
+{
+ struct pk_details *pk0;
+ struct glyph *g0;
+ char *p0, *rp0;
+ int flag, ii;
+
+ if ((pk0 = ftopk(f)) == NULL)
+ panic("pk_rasterise(%s)", f->f_path);
+ for (ii = l; ii < h; ii++) {
+ {
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register char *p;
+ register int i;
+
+ g = f->f_gly[i = ii];
+ if ((g->g_flags & GF_VALID) == 0)
+ continue; /* no glyph */
+ if (!HASRASTER(g)) /* empty raster */
+ goto done;
+
+ /*
+ * Allocate a raster.
+ */
+ rp0 = malloc(((g->g_width + 7) >> 3) * g->g_height);
+ if ((g->g_raster = rp0) == NULL)
+ return (-1);/* ??? */
+ g->g_rotation = ROT_NORM;
+
+ /*
+ * Pick up the flag byte, then start at the real
+ * packet, which we saved in g_details.
+ */
+ if (i < MAXSTD)
+ p = pk0->pk_cpack[i].cp_packet;
+ else
+ p = pk0->pk_morec[i - MAXSTD].cp_packet;
+ flag = UnSign8(*p);
+ p0 = g->g_un.g_details;
+ g0 = g;
+ }
+ if ((pk0->pk_dyn_f = flag >> 4) == 14) {
+ register char *p = p0, *rp = rp0;
+ register int j, ls, rs, i, w;
+
+ /*
+ * Expand a bit-packed representation.
+ * If we get lucky, it is byte packed and
+ * we can just copy it over.
+ */
+ i = g0->g_height;
+ j = g0->g_width;
+ if ((j & 7) == 0) {
+ bcopy(p, rp, i * (j >> 3));
+ goto done;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * No such luck.
+ */
+ w = j;
+ ls = 0;
+ while (--i >= 0) {
+ rs = 8 - ls;
+ /* know j always != 8 */
+ for (j = w; j > 8; j -= 8) {
+ *rp = *p++ << ls;
+ *rp++ |= UnSign8(*p) >> rs;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * We need j more bits; there are rs
+ * bits available at *p. Ask for j,
+ * which gets min(j, rs).
+ */
+ *rp++ = (*p << ls) & bmask[j];
+ /* account for j bits */
+ ls += j; ls &= 7;
+ /* then adjust j based on rs */
+ j -= rs;
+ /* still need j more bits */
+ if (j < 0) /* got them all */
+ continue;
+ p++;
+ if (j == 0) /* there were just enough */
+ continue;
+ /* take j more bits */
+ rp[-1] |= UnSign8(*p & bmask[j]) >> rs;
+ }
+ } else {
+ register struct pk_details *pk = pk0;
+ register int on = flag & 8 ? 0xff : 0;
+ register char *rowp; /* pointer into this row */
+ register int j; /* trimmed run count */
+ register int k; /* misc */
+ register int b; /* bit index in current col */
+ register int i; /* run count */
+ register int colsleft; /* columns left this row */
+ register int rowsleft; /* rows left */
+ static char *row; /* a one-row buffer */
+ static int rowsize; /* and its size in bytes */
+ int wb; /* row width in bytes */
+
+ wb = (g0->g_width + 7) >> 3;
+ if (rowsize < wb) { /* get more row space */
+ if (row)
+ free(row);
+ /* keep a slop byte */
+ row = malloc((unsigned) (wb + 1));
+ if (row == NULL)
+ return (-1); /* ??? */
+ rowsize = wb;
+ }
+ bzero(row, wb);
+ rowsleft = g0->g_height;
+ colsleft = g0->g_width;
+ pk->pk_repeat = 0;
+ pk->pk_ptr = p0;
+ pk->pk_1nyb = 0; /* start on nybble 0 */
+ rowp = row;
+ b = 0;
+ while (rowsleft > 0) { /* do all rows */
+ /* EXPAND IN LINE? */
+ i = pk_unpack(pk);
+ /*
+ * Work until the run count is exhausted
+ * (or at least pretty tired).
+ *
+ * (Okay, so the joke is stolen!)
+ */
+ while ((j = i) > 0) {
+ /*
+ * If the count is more than the
+ * rest of this row, trim it down.
+ */
+ if (j > colsleft)
+ j = colsleft;
+ i -= j; /* call them done */
+ /*
+ * We need k=8-b bits to finish
+ * up the current byte. If we
+ * can finish it, do so; the proper
+ * bits to set are in rbits[k].
+ */
+ if (j >= (k = 8 - b)) {
+ j -= k;
+ colsleft -= k;
+ *rowp++ |= on & rbits[k];
+ b = 0;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Set any full bytes.
+ */
+ while (j >= 8) {
+ *rowp++ = on;
+ j -= 8;
+ colsleft -= 8;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Finally, begin a new byte, or
+ * add to the current byte, with
+ * j more bits. We know j <= 8-b.
+ * (If j==0, we may be writing on
+ * our slop byte, which is why we
+ * keep one around....)
+ */
+if (j > 8-b) panic("pk_rasterise j>8-b");
+ *rowp |= (on & bmask[j]) >> b;
+ colsleft -= j;
+ b += j; b &= 7;
+ if (colsleft == 0) {
+ pk->pk_repeat++;
+ rowsleft -= pk->pk_repeat;
+ while (--pk->pk_repeat >= 0) {
+ bcopy(row, rp0, wb);
+ rp0 += wb;
+ }
+if (rowsleft == 0 && i) panic("pk_rasterise leftover bits");
+ pk->pk_repeat = 0;
+ rowp = row;
+ colsleft = g0->g_width;
+ bzero(row, wb);
+ b = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ on = 0xff - on;
+ }
+ }
+
+done:
+ /*
+ * Successfully converted another glyph.
+ */
+ pk0->pk_gleft--;
+ }
+
+if (pk0->pk_gleft < 0)
+panic("%s: gleft==%d", f->f_path, pk0->pk_gleft);
+ if (pk0->pk_gleft == 0) {
+ free(pk0->pk_base);
+ if (pk0->pk_morec != NULL)
+ free((char *) pk0->pk_morec);
+ free((char *) pk0);
+ f->f_details = NULL;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Discard the font details.
+ */
+static void
+pk_freefont(f)
+ struct font *f;
+{
+ register struct pk_details *pk = ftopk(f);
+
+ if (pk != NULL) {
+ free(pk->pk_base);
+ if (pk->pk_morec != NULL)
+ free((char *) pk->pk_morec);
+ free((char *) pk);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/postamble.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/postamble.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6931b46d40
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/postamble.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/* Definitions for ScanPostAmble */
+
+/*
+ * ScanPostAmble reads the postamble of a DVI file from the (stdio)
+ * file specified in its first argument. It is handed two pointers to
+ * functions. The first (ScanPostAmble's second argument) is called
+ * after the header information has been read, and given a pointer to a
+ * PostAmbleInfo structure. It is the job of this function to extract the
+ * required information from this structure (which is deallocated when
+ * ScanPostAmble returns).
+ *
+ * The second function is called once for each font definition occurring in
+ * the postamble, and is given a pointer to a PostAmbleFont structure. This
+ * function should do whatever the device needs to read the actual font.
+ *
+ * If the DVI file appears malformed, ScanPostAmble will print an error
+ * message and exit. (Drastic, perhaps, but effective.)
+ */
+
+struct PostAmbleInfo {
+ i32 pai_PrevPagePointer; /* previous page pointer */
+ i32 pai_Numerator; /* numerator from dvi file */
+ i32 pai_Denominator; /* denominator from dvi file*/
+ i32 pai_DVIMag; /* \magnification */
+ i32 pai_TallestPageHeight; /* height of tallest page */
+ i32 pai_WidestPageWidth; /* width of widest page */
+ int pai_DVIStackSize; /* DVI stack size required */
+ int pai_NumberOfPages; /* total number of pages in DVI file */
+};
+
+struct PostAmbleFont {
+ char *paf_name; /* name of font (null terminated) */
+ int paf_n1; /* length of first part of name */
+ int paf_n2; /* length of second part of name */
+ i32 paf_DVIFontIndex; /* font index number */
+ i32 paf_DVIChecksum; /* checksum from DVI file */
+ i32 paf_DVIMag; /* "at size" */
+ i32 paf_DVIDesignSize; /* design size of font */
+};
+
+int ScanPostAmble();
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/pxlfont.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/pxlfont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a210bf60e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/pxlfont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/pxlfont.c,v 2.5 89/08/22 21:55:34 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+
+/*
+ * PXL font operations.
+ */
+static int pxl_read(), pxl_getgly(), pxl_rasterise();
+static void pxl_freefont();
+
+struct fontops pxlops =
+ { "pxl", 0, 5.0, pxl_read, pxl_getgly, pxl_rasterise, pxl_freefont };
+
+/*
+ * Local info.
+ */
+#define PXLID 1001 /* ID denoting PXL files */
+#define TAILSIZE (517 * 4) /* size of pxl tail info */
+
+/*
+ * pc describes one PXL character information block.
+ */
+struct pc {
+ i16 pc_width; /* character width (pixels) */
+ i16 pc_height; /* character height (pixels) */
+ i16 pc_xoffset; /* X offset of reference point */
+ i16 pc_yoffset; /* Y offset of reference point */
+ i32 pc_rastoff; /* raster offset */
+ i32 pc_TFMwidth; /* TFM width (FIXes) */
+};
+
+/*
+ * pxl_details are the PXL-specific font details.
+ *
+ * We keep track of the number of characters converted to internal
+ * glyph form, and when all have been done, we discard the now-
+ * useless details.
+ */
+struct pxl_details {
+ int pd_nconv; /* number of characters converted */
+ char *pd_ras; /* raster space, until converted */
+ struct pc pd_pc[128]; /* `font directory' */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Get the pxl_details from font f.
+ */
+#define ftopd(f) ((struct pxl_details *) (f)->f_details)
+
+extern errno;
+char *malloc();
+
+/*
+ * Read a PXL file.
+ */
+static int
+pxl_read(f, fd)
+ struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+ register struct pxl_details *pd;
+ register FILE *fp;
+ register struct pc *pc;
+ register int i;
+ int saverr;
+ i32 pxlid;
+ struct stat st;
+
+ fp = NULL;
+ if ((pd = (struct pxl_details *)malloc(sizeof (*pd))) == 0)
+ goto fail;
+ pd->pd_ras = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * There should be 4n bytes, with an absolute minimum of TAILSIZE+4
+ * (+4 for the initial PXLID).
+ */
+ (void) fstat(fd, &st);
+ if ((st.st_size & 3) != 0 || st.st_size < (TAILSIZE + 4)) {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ goto fail;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the raster pointer (if we need rasters).
+ */
+ if (f->f_flags & FF_RASTERS) {
+ i = st.st_size - (TAILSIZE + 4);
+ if (i != 0) {
+ if ((pd->pd_ras = malloc((unsigned) i)) == 0)
+ goto fail;
+ (void) lseek(fd, 4L, 0);
+ if (read(fd, pd->pd_ras, i) != i)
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Read the glyph information.
+ */
+ errno = 0; /* try to make errno meaningful */
+ if ((fp = fdopen(fd, "r")) == NULL) {
+ if (errno == 0)
+ errno = EMFILE;
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ (void) fseek(fp, (long) -TAILSIZE, 2);
+ for (i = 128, pc = pd->pd_pc; --i >= 0; pc++) {
+ fGetWord(fp, pc->pc_width);
+ fGetWord(fp, pc->pc_height);
+ fGetWord(fp, pc->pc_xoffset);
+ fGetWord(fp, pc->pc_yoffset);
+ fGetLong(fp, pc->pc_rastoff);
+ fGetLong(fp, pc->pc_TFMwidth);
+ }
+ f->f_checksum = GetLong(fp);
+ (void) GetLong(fp); /* mag */
+ f->f_design_size = GetLong(fp); /* designsize */
+ f->f_hppp = 0; /* ??? maybe 200? */
+ f->f_vppp = 0;
+ (void) GetLong(fp); /* dirpointer */
+ pxlid = GetLong(fp);
+ if (pxlid != PXLID)
+ error(0, 0, "Warning: strange PXL id (%d) in \"%s\"",
+ pxlid, f->f_path);
+
+ f->f_details = (char *)pd;
+ if (FontHasGlyphs(f, 0, 128))
+ goto fail;
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ pd->pd_nconv = 0;
+ return (0);
+
+fail:
+ saverr = errno;
+ if (pd) {
+ if (pd->pd_ras)
+ free(pd->pd_ras);
+ free((char *)pd);
+ }
+ if (fp)
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ else
+ (void) close(fd);
+ errno = saverr;
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the specified range of glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+pxl_getgly(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l;
+ register int h;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct pc *pc;
+ register int i;
+ struct pxl_details *pd;
+
+ if ((pd = ftopd(f)) == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "pxl_getgly details==0: cannot happen");
+ /*
+ * By definition, all 128 glyphs are valid. Just copy the
+ * PXL information.
+ */
+ for (pc = &pd->pd_pc[i = l]; i < h; i++, pc++) {
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ g->g_flags = GF_VALID;
+ g->g_height = pc->pc_height;
+ g->g_width = pc->pc_width;
+ g->g_yorigin = pc->pc_yoffset;
+ g->g_xorigin = pc->pc_xoffset;
+ g->g_rawtfmwidth = pc->pc_TFMwidth;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Helper function for rasterise: return a pointer to a converted
+ * (malloc()ed and minimised) raster.
+ */
+static char *
+makeraster(h, w, rp)
+ register int h, w;
+ register char *rp;
+{
+ register char *cp;
+ register int i, o;
+ char *rv;
+
+ /*
+ * The height and width values are in bits. Convert width to
+ * bytes, rounding up. The raw raster (at rp) is almost what
+ * we want, but not quite: it has `extra' bytes at the end of
+ * each row, to pad out to a multiple of four bytes.
+ */
+ w = (w + 7) >> 3;
+ o = (4 - w) & 3; /* offset (number of `extra' bytes) */
+ if ((cp = malloc((unsigned) (h * w))) == NULL)
+ return (NULL);
+ if (o == 0) {
+ /*
+ * The raster fits exactly; just copy it to the allocated
+ * memory space. (We must copy anyway, so that glyphs
+ * can be freed, e.g., after rotation.)
+ */
+ bcopy(rp, cp, h * w);
+ return (cp);
+ }
+ rv = cp;
+ while (--h >= 0) {
+ /*
+ * Copy each row, then skip over the extra stuff.
+ */
+ for (i = w; --i >= 0;)
+ *cp++ = *rp++;
+ rp += o;
+ }
+ return (rv);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain rasters for the specified glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+pxl_rasterise(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l;
+ register int h;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct pc *pc;
+ register int i;
+ register struct pxl_details *pd;
+
+ if ((pd = ftopd(f)) == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "pxl_rasterise details==0: cannot happen");
+ if (pd->pd_ras == NULL)
+ error(1, 0, "pxl_rasterise pd_ras==NULL: cannot happen");
+ for (pc = &pd->pd_pc[i = l]; i < h; i++, pc++) {
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ if (pc->pc_rastoff == 0) {
+ /*
+ * g should not claim a raster, since it has none.
+ */
+ if (HASRASTER(g))
+ error(1, 0, "bad PXL glyph %d in \"%s\"",
+ g->g_index, f->f_path);
+ } else {
+ g->g_raster = makeraster(pc->pc_height, pc->pc_width,
+ pd->pd_ras + ((pc->pc_rastoff - 1) << 2));
+ if (g->g_raster == NULL)
+ return (-1); /* ??? */
+ g->g_rotation = ROT_NORM;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we have converted all the characters, dump the
+ * pre-conversion rasters. In fact, dump everything.
+ */
+ pd->pd_nconv += h - l;
+ if (pd->pd_nconv == 128) {
+ free(pd->pd_ras);
+ free((char *)pd);
+ f->f_details = NULL;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Discard the font details.
+ */
+static void
+pxl_freefont(f)
+ struct font *f;
+{
+ struct pxl_details *pd;
+
+ if ((pd = ftopd(f)) != NULL) {
+ if (pd->pd_ras != NULL)
+ free(pd->pd_ras);
+ free((char *)pd);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/rotate.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/rotate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5895e30d9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/rotate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/rotate.c,v 2.4 89/08/22 21:56:05 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Routines to generate rotated bitmaps given unrotated inputs.
+ *
+ * The rotated bitmap is indistinguishable from the unrotated one (aside
+ * from being rotated of course!).
+ */
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+
+static void RotateClockwise();
+
+extern int errno;
+char *malloc();
+
+/*
+ * Rounding, but by powers of two only.
+ */
+#define ROUND(n,r) (((n) + ((r) - 1)) & ~((r) - 1))
+
+/*
+ * Set the rotation of glyph g to r.
+ */
+SetRotation(g, r)
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ int r;
+{
+
+ if (r < ROT_NORM || r > ROT_RIGHT)
+ error(1, 0, "bad rotation value %d", r);
+
+ /*
+ * The null glyph is trivial to rotate by any amount.
+ *
+ * Note that this assumes that any raster has been obtained
+ * BEFORE calling SetRotation()!
+ */
+ if (g->g_raster == NULL) {
+ g->g_rotation = r;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * This is hardly efficient, but it *is* expedient....
+ */
+ while (g->g_rotation != r) {
+ RotateClockwise(g);
+ g->g_rotation = (g->g_rotation - 1) & 3;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Rotation by 1/4 turn clockwise (from ROT_NORM to ROT_RIGHT, e.g.).
+ */
+static void
+RotateClockwise(glyph)
+ struct glyph *glyph;
+{
+ register char *nrast; /* new raster */
+ register char *orast; /* old raster */
+ register int oheight; /* old raster height, new raster width */
+ register int owidth; /* old raster width, new raster height */
+ unsigned int size; /* size of new raster (in bytes) */
+ int nplus; /* offset between rows in nrast */
+
+ /*
+ * First, get a new raster.
+ */
+ {
+ register struct glyph *g = glyph;
+ register int t;
+
+ oheight = g->g_height;
+ owidth = g->g_width;
+
+ /*
+ * Offset is (new width) rounded to bytes.
+ */
+ nplus = ROUND(oheight, 8) >> 3;
+
+ /*
+ * Size of new raster is (new height) * (new rounded width,
+ * in bytes).
+ */
+ size = nplus * owidth;
+ if ((nrast = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+ error(1, errno, "out of memory");
+ bzero(nrast, size);
+
+ /*
+ * New y origin is old x origin; new x origin is old height
+ * minus old y origin - 1.
+ */
+ t = g->g_yorigin;
+ g->g_yorigin = g->g_xorigin;
+ g->g_xorigin = oheight - t - 1;
+
+ /* While we are at it, exchange height & width... */
+ g->g_height = owidth;
+ g->g_width = oheight;
+
+ /* and grab a pointer to the old raster. */
+ orast = g->g_raster;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Now copy bits from the old raster to the new one. The mapping
+ * function is
+ *
+ * for i in [0..height)
+ * for j in [0..width)
+ * new[j, height-i-1] = old[i, j]
+ *
+ * Thus i maps to height-i-1 and (since we have to do our own 2
+ * dimensional array indexing) j to nplus*j. We call the mapped
+ * variables mapi and mapj, and, since we scan sequentially through
+ * the old raster, can discard the original i and j.
+ */
+ {
+ register int mapj, c, k, mapi;
+
+ mapi = oheight;
+ owidth *= nplus;
+ while (--mapi >= 0) {
+ k = 7;
+ for (mapj = 0; mapj < owidth; mapj += nplus) {
+ if (++k == 8) /* get another byte */
+ c = *orast++, k = 0;
+ if (c & 0x80) /* old[i,j] was set */
+ nrast[mapj + (mapi >> 3)] |=
+ 1 << (7 - (mapi & 7));
+ c <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Finally, free the storage associated with the original raster.
+ */
+ free(glyph->g_raster);
+ glyph->g_raster = nrast;
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/rstfont.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/rstfont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..693d876263
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/rstfont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ *
+ * The code in this file was partially derived from another version by
+ * Tim Morgan at UCI.
+ *
+ * TODO:
+ * test
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header$";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+
+/*
+ * RST (Imagen's font format) font operations.
+ */
+static int rst_read(), rst_getgly(), rst_rasterise();
+static void rst_freefont();
+
+#ifdef UCI
+#define D 1.0 /* I think */
+#else
+#define D 150.0
+#endif
+
+struct fontops rstops =
+ { "rst", 0, D, rst_read, rst_getgly, rst_rasterise, rst_freefont };
+
+#undef D
+
+/*
+ * Local info.
+ */
+#define FILEMARK_SIZE 8 /* header `file mark' bytes to skip */
+
+/*
+ * rc describes one RST character information block.
+ */
+struct rc {
+ i16 rc_height; /* character height (pixels) */
+ i16 rc_width; /* character width (pixels) */
+ i16 rc_yoffset; /* Y offset of reference point */
+ i16 rc_xoffset; /* X offset of reference point */
+ i32 rc_rastoff; /* raster offset */
+ i32 rc_TFMwidth; /* TFM width */
+};
+
+/*
+ * rst_details are the RST-specific font details.
+ *
+ * We keep track of the number of characters converted to internal
+ * glyph form, and when all have been done, we discard the now-
+ * useless details.
+ */
+struct rst_details {
+ int rd_unconv; /* number of characters unconverted */
+ struct rc *rd_rc; /* `font directory' */
+ char *rd_ras; /* raster space, until converted */
+ long rd_rastbase; /* adjust rc_rastoff by rastbase */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Get the rst_details from font f.
+ */
+#define ftord(f) ((struct rst_details *)(f)->f_details)
+
+extern errno;
+char *malloc();
+long ftell();
+
+/*
+ * Read an RST file.
+ */
+static int
+rst_read(f, fd)
+ struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+ register struct rst_details *rd;
+ register FILE *fp;
+ register struct rc *rc;
+ register int i;
+ int saverr;
+ long presize, diroff;
+ i32 firstgly, lastgly;
+
+ fp = NULL;
+ if ((rd = (struct rst_details *)malloc(sizeof *rd)) == 0)
+ goto fail;
+ rd->rd_ras = 0;
+ rd->rd_rc = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Read the header.
+ */
+ errno = 0; /* try to make errno meaningful */
+ if ((fp = fdopen(fd, "r")) == NULL) {
+ if (errno == 0)
+ errno = EMFILE;
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ (void) fseek(fp, (long)FILEMARK_SIZE, 0);
+ fGetWord(fp, presize); /* bytes in preamble (from FILEMARK_SIZE+2) */
+ presize += 2 + FILEMARK_SIZE;
+ i = getc(fp); /* version */
+ if (i != 0) {
+ error(0, 0, "Warning: strange RST version (%d) in \"%s\"", i,
+ f->f_path);
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ fGet3Byte(fp, diroff); /* offset to glyph directory */
+ fGetWord(fp, firstgly); /* first glyph */
+ fGetWord(fp, lastgly); /* last glyph (inclusive) */
+ lastgly++; /* make it exclusive */
+
+ (void) GetLong(fp); /* mag */
+ fGetLong(fp, f->f_design_size);
+ /* interline, interword, rotation, charadv, lineadv */
+ (void) fseek(fp, (long)(4 + 4 + 2 + 1 + 1), 1);
+ fGetLong(fp, f->f_checksum);
+ f->f_hppp = 0; /* ??? */
+ f->f_vppp = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * Read the glyph directory.
+ */
+ i = lastgly - firstgly;
+ rd->rd_rc = (struct rc *)malloc((unsigned) (i * sizeof(*rc)));
+ if (rd->rd_rc == 0)
+ goto fail;
+ (void) fseek(fp, presize, 0);
+ for (rc = rd->rd_rc; --i >= 0; rc++) {
+ fGetWord(fp, rc->rc_height);
+ fGetWord(fp, rc->rc_width);
+ fGetWord(fp, rc->rc_yoffset);
+ fGetWord(fp, rc->rc_xoffset);
+ fGetLong(fp, rc->rc_TFMwidth);
+ fGet3Byte(fp, rc->rc_rastoff);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Set up the raster pointer (if we need rasters).
+ */
+ if (f->f_flags & FF_RASTERS) {
+ struct stat st;
+
+ rd->rd_rastbase = ftell(fp);
+ /* back to unbuffered I/O */
+ (void) fstat(fd, &st);
+ i = st.st_size - presize - 15 * (lastgly - firstgly);
+ if (i < 0)
+ error(1, 0, "calculated raster size < 0 for \"%s\"",
+ f->f_path);
+ if (i != 0) {
+ if ((rd->rd_ras = malloc((unsigned) i)) == 0)
+ goto fail;
+ (void) lseek(fd, rd->rd_rastbase, 0);
+ if (read(fd, rd->rd_ras, i) != i)
+ goto fail;
+ }
+ }
+
+ f->f_details = (char *) rd;
+ if (FontHasGlyphs(f, firstgly, lastgly))
+ goto fail;
+
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ rd->rd_unconv = lastgly - firstgly;
+ return (0);
+
+fail:
+ saverr = errno;
+ if (rd) {
+ if (rd->rd_rc)
+ free((char *)rd->rd_rc);
+ if (rd->rd_ras)
+ free(rd->rd_ras);
+ free((char *) rd);
+ }
+ if (fp)
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ else
+ (void) close(fd);
+ errno = saverr;
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the specified range of glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+rst_getgly(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l;
+ register int h;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct rc *rc;
+ register int i;
+ struct rst_details *rd;
+
+ if ((rd = ftord(f)) == NULL)
+ panic("rst_getgly");
+
+ /*
+ * By definition, all glyphs are valid. Just copy the
+ * RST information.
+ */
+ for (rc = &rd->rd_rc[(i = l) - f->f_lowch]; i < h; i++, rc++) {
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ g->g_flags = GF_VALID;
+ g->g_height = rc->rc_height;
+ g->g_width = rc->rc_width;
+ g->g_yorigin = rc->rc_yoffset;
+ g->g_xorigin = rc->rc_xoffset;
+ g->g_rawtfmwidth = rc->rc_TFMwidth;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain rasters for the specified glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+rst_rasterise(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l;
+ register int h;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register struct rc *rc;
+ register struct rst_details *rd;
+ register int i;
+ unsigned sz;
+
+ if ((rd = ftord(f)) == NULL)
+ panic("rst_rasterise details==0");
+ if (rd->rd_ras == NULL)
+ panic("rst_rasterise rd_ras==NULL");
+ for (rc = &rd->rd_rc[(i = l) - f->f_lowch]; i < h; i++, rc++) {
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ if (!HASRASTER(g))
+ continue;
+ if (rc->rc_rastoff == 0) {
+ error(1, 0, "bad RST glyph %d in \"%s\"",
+ g->g_index, f->f_path);
+ } else {
+ sz = ((g->g_width + 7) >> 3) * g->g_height;
+ if ((g->g_raster = malloc(sz)) == NULL)
+ return (-1); /* ??? */
+ g->g_rotation = ROT_NORM;
+ bcopy(rd->rd_ras + rc->rc_rastoff - rd->rd_rastbase,
+ g->g_raster, sz);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we have converted all the characters, dump the
+ * pre-conversion rasters. In fact, dump everything.
+ */
+ rd->rd_unconv -= h - l;
+ if (rd->rd_unconv == 0) {
+ free((char *)rd->rd_rc);
+ free(rd->rd_ras);
+ free((char *)rd);
+ f->f_details = NULL;
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Discard the font details.
+ */
+static void
+rst_freefont(f)
+ struct font *f;
+{
+ struct rst_details *rd;
+
+ if ((rd = ftord(f)) != NULL) {
+ free((char *)rd->rd_rc);
+ free(rd->rd_ras);
+ free((char *)rd);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/scaletfm.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/scaletfm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6444d5d36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/scaletfm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/scaletfm.c,v 3.2 89/11/23 16:34:43 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "font.h"
+
+/*
+ * From DVITYPE.WEB:
+ *
+ * ``The most important part of in_TFM is the width computation, which
+ * involvles multiplying the relative widths in the TFM file by the scaling
+ * factor in the DVI file. This fixed-point multiplication must be done with
+ * precisely the same accuracy by all DVI-reading programs, in order to
+ * validate the assumptions made by DVI-writing programs like \TeX 82.
+ *
+ * Let us therefore summarize what needs to be done. Each width in a TFM
+ * file appears as a four-byte quantity called a fix_word. A fix_word whose
+ * respective bytes are (a,b,c,d) represents the number
+ *
+ * {{ b * 2^{-4} + c * 2^{-12} + d * 2^{-20}, if a = 0;
+ * x = {{
+ * {{ -16 + b * 2^{-4} + c * 2^{-12} + d * 2^{-20}, if a = 255.
+ *
+ * (No other choices of a are allowed, since the magnitude of a TFM dimension
+ * must be less than 16.) We want to multiply this quantity by the integer
+ * z, which is known to be less than 2^{27}. Let \alpha = 16z. If z <
+ * 2^{23}, the individual multiplications b * z, c * z, d * z cannot
+ * overflow; otherwise we will divide z by 2, 4, 8, or 16, to obtain a
+ * multiplier less than 2^{23}, and we can compensate for this later. If z
+ * has thereby been replaced by z' = z/2^e, let \beta = 2^{4-e}; we shall
+ * compute
+ *
+ * \lfloor (b + c * 2^{-8} + d * 2^{-16})z' / \beta \rfloor
+ *
+ * if a = 0, or the same quantity minus \alpha if a = 255. This calculation
+ * must be done exactly, for the reasons stated above; the following program
+ * does the job in a system-independent way, assuming that arithmetic is
+ * exact on numbers less than 2^{31} in magnitude.''
+ */
+#define ZLIM ((i32)1 << 23) /* z must be < zlim */
+
+/*
+ * Scale the single TFM width t by z.
+ */
+i32
+ScaleOneWidth(t, z)
+ register i32 t, z;
+{
+ register i32 alpha, log2beta;
+ register int a0;
+
+ /* First compute \alpha, \beta, and z': */
+ alpha = 16 * z;
+ log2beta = 4;
+ while (z >= ZLIM) {
+ z >>= 1;
+ log2beta--;
+ }
+
+ /* The four values 'a', 'b', 'c', and 'd' are fields within t: */
+#define a (UnSign8(t >> 24))
+#define b (UnSign8(t >> 16))
+#define c (UnSign8(t >> 8))
+#define d (UnSign8(t))
+ if (t) {
+ a0 = a;
+ t = (((((d * z) >> 8) + c * z) >> 8) + b * z) >> log2beta;
+ if (a0) {
+ if (a0 != 255)
+ error(0, 0, "bad TFM width! [ScaleOneWidth]");
+ t -= alpha;
+ }
+ }
+ return (t);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Scale a set of glyphs [l..h) in font f according to f->f_dvimag
+ * (that is, set g_tfmwidth from g_rawtfmwidth).
+ */
+ScaleGlyphs(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l, h;
+{
+ register int i, a0;
+ register i32 t, z, alpha, log2beta;
+
+ z = f->f_dvimag;
+ alpha = 16 * z;
+ log2beta = 4;
+ while (z >= ZLIM) {
+ z >>= 1;
+ log2beta--;
+ }
+
+ for (i = l; i < h; i++) {
+ if ((t = f->f_gly[i]->g_rawtfmwidth) != 0) {
+ a0 = a;
+ t = (((((d * z) >> 8) + c * z) >> 8) + b * z) >>
+ log2beta;
+ if (a0) {
+ if (a0 != 255)
+ error(0, 0,
+ "\"%s\", glyph %d: bad TFM width",
+ f->f_path, i);
+ t -= alpha;
+ }
+ }
+ f->f_gly[i]->g_tfmwidth = t;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/scanpost.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/scanpost.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f71b33c9b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/scanpost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/local/src/SeeTeX/libtex/RCS/scanpost.c,v 1.2 90/07/10 14:33:23 grunwald Exp Locker: grunwald $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * ScanPostAmble - read a DVI postamble.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "dvicodes.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+#include "gripes.h"
+#include "postamble.h"
+
+ScanPostAmble(f, headerfunc, fontfunc)
+ register FILE *f;
+ void (*headerfunc)();
+ register void (*fontfunc)();
+{
+ register int n;
+ register char *s;
+ char name[512];
+
+ if (FindPostAmble(f)) {
+ GripeCannotFindPostamble();
+ return(1);
+ }
+ if (GetByte(f) != Sign8(DVI_POST)) {
+ GripeMissingOp("POST");
+ return(1);
+ }
+
+ /* Read the postamble info stuff. */
+ {
+ struct PostAmbleInfo pai;
+ register struct PostAmbleInfo *p = &pai;
+
+ p->pai_PrevPagePointer = GetLong(f);
+ p->pai_Numerator = GetLong(f);
+ p->pai_Denominator = GetLong(f);
+ p->pai_DVIMag = GetLong(f);
+ p->pai_TallestPageHeight = GetLong(f);
+ p->pai_WidestPageWidth = GetLong(f);
+ p->pai_DVIStackSize = GetWord(f);
+ p->pai_NumberOfPages = GetWord(f);
+
+ (*headerfunc)(p);
+ }
+
+ /* Now read all the font definitions. */
+ {
+ struct PostAmbleFont paf;
+ register struct PostAmbleFont *p = &paf;
+ int c;
+
+ for (;;) {
+ if ((c = getc(f)) == EOF)
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case DVI_NOP:
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_FNTDEF1:
+ p->paf_DVIFontIndex = UnSign8(getc(f));
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_FNTDEF2:
+ p->paf_DVIFontIndex = UnSign16(GetWord(f));
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_FNTDEF3:
+ p->paf_DVIFontIndex = UnSign24(Get3Byte(f));
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_FNTDEF4:
+ p->paf_DVIFontIndex = GetLong(f);
+ break;
+
+ case DVI_POSTPOST:
+ return(0);
+
+ default:
+ GripeMissingOp("POSTPOST");
+ return(1);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+ }
+ p->paf_DVIChecksum = GetLong(f);
+ p->paf_DVIMag = GetLong(f);
+ p->paf_DVIDesignSize = GetLong(f);
+ p->paf_n1 = UnSign8(getc(f));
+ p->paf_n2 = UnSign8(getc(f));
+ p->paf_name = name; /* never trust people not to
+ clobber it */
+ n = p->paf_n1 + p->paf_n2;
+ s = name;
+ while (--n >= 0)
+ *s++ = GetByte(f);
+ *s = 0;
+ (*fontfunc)(p);
+ }
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..942b63f9c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/sdecode.c,v 3.4 89/11/06 15:01:07 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <varargs.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "sdecode.h"
+
+static char cclass[256]; /* XXX assumes 8-bit char */
+#define CCL_SPACE 0x01 /* white space */
+#define CCL_SEMI 0x02 /* `semicolon' (statement separator) */
+#define isstopc(c) (cclass[c] != 0) /* both space and semi char */
+static int sdset; /* flag says whether cclass[] set up */
+
+static void args(), badarg();
+static int scan(), scan_i(), scan_d();
+
+extern char *strsave();
+
+extern char *DVIFileName;
+
+#ifndef BLOCK_COPY
+/*
+ * Copy the text at `src' `downward' in memory for `len' bytes.
+ * This is like strcpy or memcpy, but handles one direction of
+ * overlap (when dst < src).
+ */
+static void
+movedown(src, dst, len)
+ register char *src, *dst;
+ register int len;
+{
+
+ while (--len >= 0)
+ *dst++ = *src++;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * We have a number of states to do word interpretation. Outside words,
+ * we skip blanks and `semicolons'. The first non-blank, non-`semi' enters
+ * WORD state; in WORD state, double quote characters switch to
+ * QUOTE state, after which another double quote switches back to
+ * WORD state, and blanks and `semi' end WORD state, switching to DONE.
+ * While in WORD or QUOTE states, `c produces c for all characters c;
+ * to do this, we use two more states.
+ */
+#define S_DULL 0 /* not in a word */
+#define S_WORD 1 /* in a word */
+#define S_QUOTE 2 /* inside "" in a word */
+#define S_BKQT1 3 /* not in "", but just read one ` */
+#define S_BKQT2 4 /* in "", but just read one ` */
+#define S_DONE 5 /* found end of word */
+
+/*
+ * Structure used to communicate between the various functions.
+ */
+struct decode_info {
+ /* data used to read from input file */
+ int di_nch; /* number of characters remaining in buffer */
+ char *di_cp; /* next character to be read from buffer */
+ long di_nfilech; /* number of characters remaining in file */
+ FILE *di_file; /* the file itself */
+
+ /* information used and/or returned by the canon routine */
+ int di_lexstate; /* lexical state */
+ int di_call; /* set when we reach terminating `semicolon' */
+
+ /* information used more globally */
+ char *di_word; /* last word from word() */
+ char *di_kw; /* the keyword */
+ int di_bkw; /* true iff keyword is in static buffer */
+};
+
+/*
+ * `Edit' the text in the buffer in-place.
+ * Return the count of characters resulting from the edit (e.g.,
+ * from `foo`"bar' the count would be 7).
+ * Set di_call if we reach state S_DONE by encountering a `semicolon'.
+ * The edited text begins wherever di_cp points.
+ * We begin the edit in the state given by di_lexstate.
+ */
+static int
+canon(di)
+ register struct decode_info *di;
+{
+ register int state, c, n;
+ register char *cp, *outp, *s;
+
+ state = di->di_lexstate;
+ n = di->di_nch;
+ cp = outp = di->di_cp;
+ while (--n >= 0) {
+ c = *cp++;
+ switch (state) {
+
+ case S_DULL:
+ if (isstopc(c))
+ continue;
+ state = S_WORD;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case S_WORD:
+ if (c == '"') {
+ state = S_QUOTE;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '`') {
+ state = S_BKQT1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* look for `semicolon' (call) characters */
+ if (cclass[c] & CCL_SEMI)
+ di->di_call = 1;
+ if (isstopc(c)) {
+ state = S_DONE;
+ goto done;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case S_QUOTE:
+ if (c == '`') {
+ state = S_BKQT2;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '"') {
+ state = S_WORD;
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case S_BKQT1:
+ state = S_WORD;
+ break;
+
+ case S_BKQT2:
+ state = S_QUOTE;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("sdecode canon");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ *outp++ = c;
+ }
+ n = 0;
+done:
+ c = outp - di->di_cp; /* wrote this many chars */
+ di->di_lexstate = state;/* save new state */
+ di->di_nch = n; /* and new counts and pointers */
+ di->di_cp = cp;
+ return (c);
+}
+
+#define WDMAX BUFSIZ /* when testing, make this small */
+
+/*
+ * Read a word from the input file.
+ * Returns NULL (and sets di_call) at end of \special.
+ *
+ * We gather up to WDMAX + k characters at a time into an input
+ * buffer, and lex them using `canon' above. The result is at most
+ * as long as the original text. Since a single legal word might
+ * be up to WDMAX bytes long, k must be at least 1 (for the trailing
+ * NUL). If the input word is longer, we flush the trailing part,
+ * using the k `extra' bytes (and again k must be at least 1).
+ *
+ * If there is a current keyword and it is in the current buffer
+ * (di_bkw != 0), and we have to move existing buffer text around
+ * or write over it with new file text, we save the keyword and
+ * clear di_bkw.
+ */
+static char *
+word(di, quietly)
+ register struct decode_info *di;
+ int quietly;
+{
+ register int n;
+ register char *p;
+ register int len, trunc = 0;
+ static char inbuf[WDMAX + 20]; /* k=20 */
+
+ len = 0; /* no word bytes yet */
+ p = di->di_cp; /* where canon() writes (nil if first time) */
+ di->di_lexstate = S_DULL;
+ /*
+ * Loop invariants:
+ * len is in [0..WDMAX)
+ * di_lexstate != S_DONE
+ */
+ do {
+ /* if the buffer is empty, refill it */
+ if (di->di_nch == 0) {
+ /* compute remaining buffer space */
+ n = sizeof inbuf - len;
+ /* read n bytes or rest of string, whichever smaller */
+ if (di->di_nfilech < n && (n = di->di_nfilech) == 0) {
+ /* `eof': fake up a call-terminator */
+ di->di_call = 1;
+ if (di->di_lexstate == S_DULL)
+ return (di->di_word = NULL);
+ break; /* take partial word */
+ }
+ /* save keyword if this will clobber it */
+ if (di->di_bkw) {
+ di->di_kw = strsave(di->di_kw);
+ di->di_bkw = 0;
+ }
+ /* if there is some canon text, move it to front */
+ if (len && p > inbuf) {
+#ifdef BLOCK_COPY
+ bcopy(p, inbuf, len);
+#else
+ movedown(p, inbuf, len);
+#endif
+ }
+ /* canon text is (or will be) at front now */
+ p = inbuf;
+ di->di_cp = p + len;
+ if (fread(di->di_cp, 1, n, di->di_file) != n) {
+ if (ferror(di->di_file))
+ error(1, -1, "error reading %s",
+ DVIFileName);
+ GripeUnexpectedDVIEOF();
+ }
+ di->di_nfilech -= n;
+ di->di_nch = n;
+ }
+ n = canon(di);
+ if ((len += n) > WDMAX) {
+ len = WDMAX;
+ trunc = 1;
+ }
+ } while (di->di_lexstate != S_DONE);
+ p[len] = 0;
+
+ /*
+ * If the word was too long (and hence truncated), complain
+ * (unless we are quietly skipping over the remains of a
+ * broken \special).
+ */
+ if (trunc && !quietly) {
+ /* word was too long; complain */
+ error(0, 0,
+#if WDMAX > 20
+ "over-long word in \\special: `%.20s...'",
+#else
+ "over-long word in \\special: `%s...'",
+#endif
+ p);
+ error(0, 0, "(truncated to %d characters)", WDMAX);
+ }
+ return (di->di_word = p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the character class table.
+ */
+void
+SDsetclass(spaces, semis)
+ register char *spaces;
+ register char *semis;
+{
+ register int c;
+
+ if (spaces == NULL)
+ spaces = "\b\t\n\f\r ";
+ if (semis == NULL)
+ semis = ";\n";
+
+ for (c = 0; c < sizeof cclass / sizeof *cclass; c++)
+ cclass[c] = 0;
+ while ((c = *spaces++) != 0)
+ cclass[c] |= CCL_SPACE;
+ while ((c = *semis++) != 0)
+ cclass[c] |= CCL_SEMI;
+ sdset = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Perform a binary search for the given string in the given table.
+ */
+static struct sdecode *
+lookup(str, p, max)
+ register char *str;
+ register struct sdecode *p;
+ register int max;
+{
+ register struct sdecode *m;
+ register int dir;
+
+ while (max > 0) {
+ /*
+ * Look at the median; pick the right hand one if
+ * there are two such entries (when `max' is even).
+ * Set dir positive if str is `greater than' m->sd_name,
+ * negative if it is `less'. If not equal, move
+ * left or right accordingly. When max is even and
+ * we move right, we have to use (max-1)/2 since we
+ * broke the tie towards the right.
+ */
+ m = p + (max >> 1);
+ if ((dir = *str - *m->sd_name) == 0)
+ dir = strcmp(str, m->sd_name);
+ if (dir == 0) /* found */
+ return (m);
+ if (dir > 0) { /* str > mid: move right */
+ p = m + 1;
+ max = (max - 1) >> 1;
+ } else /* str < mid: move left */
+ max >>= 1;
+ }
+ return (NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Decode a series of \special keywords.
+ *
+ * The table points to a sorted list of keywords to match.
+ * On a match, the appropriate function is called with appropriate
+ * arguments.
+ *
+ * Characters in `semi' (if not NULL) act like `statement separators'.
+ * For instance, decoding with semi=>";\n" means that
+ *
+ * \special{foo 1; bar 2 4^^Jbaz 3}
+ *
+ * tries to call foo(1), bar(2,4), and baz(3) (in that order).
+ */
+void
+SDecode(fp, len, table, tsize)
+ FILE *fp;
+ register i32 len;
+ struct sdecode *table;
+ int tsize;
+{
+ register char *cp;
+ register struct sdecode *tp;
+ register int h;
+ struct decode_info di;
+
+ /* set defaults, if necessary */
+ if (!sdset)
+ SDsetclass((char *)NULL, (char *)NULL);
+
+ di.di_nch = 0;
+ di.di_cp = NULL;
+ di.di_nfilech = len;
+ di.di_file = fp;
+ di.di_bkw = 0;
+ for (;;) {
+ di.di_call = 0;
+ if ((cp = word(&di, 0)) == NULL)
+ return; /* (all done) */
+ tp = lookup(cp, table, tsize);
+ if (tp == NULL) {
+ error(0, 0,
+ "Warning: unrecognised \\special keyword `%s' ignored", cp);
+ /* di_call is not set, so fall through */
+ } else {
+ di.di_kw = cp;
+ di.di_bkw = 1;
+ args(tp, &di);
+ if (!di.di_call)
+ error(0, 0,
+ "Warning: extra arguments to \\special `%s' ignored", di.di_kw);
+ if (!di.di_bkw)
+ free(di.di_kw);
+ di.di_bkw = 0;
+ }
+ /* eat extra arguments, or arguments to an unknown function */
+ while (!di.di_call)
+ (void) word(&di, 1);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Gather up the arguments to the given function, then (if all goes well)
+ * call that function with those arguments. On return, if di_call is not
+ * set, there were extra arguments left over.
+ */
+static void
+args(tp, di)
+ register struct sdecode *tp;
+ register struct decode_info *di;
+{
+ char *fmt;
+ int n, room, f1;
+ i32 *ip, i[4];
+ double d[2];
+
+ switch (tp->sd_args) {
+
+ case sda_none:
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_s:
+ fmt = "s";
+ if (scan(di, &fmt))
+ break;
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, di->di_word);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_d:
+ fmt = "d";
+ if (scan(di, &fmt, &i[0]))
+ break;
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, i[0]);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_f:
+ fmt = "f";
+ if (scan(di, &fmt, &d[0]))
+ break;
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, d[0]);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_dd:
+ fmt = "dd";
+ if (scan(di, &fmt, &i[0], &i[1]))
+ break;
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, i[0], i[1]);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_ff:
+ fmt = "ff";
+ if (scan(di, &fmt, &d[0], &d[1]))
+ break;
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, d[0], d[1]);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_ddddff:
+ fmt = "ddddff";
+ if (scan(di, &fmt, &i[0], &i[1], &i[2], &i[3], &d[0], &d[1]))
+ break;
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, i[0], i[1], i[2], i[3], d[0], d[1]);
+ return;
+
+ case sda_nd:
+ f1 = 'd';
+ goto array;
+
+ case sda_nx:
+ f1 = 'x';
+ goto array;
+
+ case sda_rest:
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name,
+ (i32)di->di_nch, di->di_cp, (i32)di->di_nfilech);
+ di->di_call = 1;
+ di->di_nch = 0;
+ di->di_nfilech = 0;
+ return;
+
+ default:
+ panic("sdecode args(): sd_argtype");
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If we get here, there is a missing or incorrect argument.
+ */
+ badarg(*fmt, di);
+ return;
+
+array:
+ ip = (i32 *)malloc((unsigned)(room = 10) * sizeof(i32));
+ if (ip == NULL)
+ goto nomem;
+ n = 0;
+ while (!di->di_call && word(di, 0) != NULL) {
+ if (scan_i(di->di_word, f1, &i[0])) {
+ badarg(f1, di);
+ free((char *)ip);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (n == room) {
+ room += 10;
+ ip = (i32 *)realloc((char *)ip,
+ (unsigned)room * sizeof(i32));
+ if (ip == NULL)
+ goto nomem;
+ }
+ ip[n++] = i[0];
+ }
+ (*tp->sd_fn)(tp->sd_name, n, ip);
+ free((char *)ip);
+ return;
+nomem:
+ /*
+ * might as well stop: if malloc() failed, we will probably get
+ * nowhere fast anyway.
+ */
+ error(1, -1,
+ "ran out of memory allocating %d bytes for \\special `%s'",
+ n * sizeof(i32), di->di_kw);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+
+}
+
+/*
+ * Complain about an argument. Scan() has set di_word to NULL if
+ * it was missing; otherwise it is incorrect.
+ */
+static void
+badarg(c, di)
+ int c;
+ struct decode_info *di;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case 'd':
+ s = "decimal";
+ break;
+
+ case 'f':
+ s = "floating";
+ break;
+
+ case 's':
+ s = "string"; /* must be `missing', not `bad' */
+ break;
+
+ case 'x':
+ s = "hexadecimal";
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("sdecode badarg(%c)", c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ if (di->di_word == NULL)
+ error(0, 0, "missing %s argument for \\special `%s'",
+ s, di->di_kw);
+ else {
+ error(0, 0, "bad %s argument to \\special `%s': `%s'",
+ s, di->di_kw, di->di_word);
+ error(0, 0, "(this part of the \\special will be ignored)");
+ while (!di->di_call)
+ (void) word(di, 1);
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+scan(va_alist)
+ va_dcl
+{
+ register struct decode_info *di;
+ register char *fmt;
+ register int c;
+ char **fmtp;
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap);
+ di = va_arg(ap, struct decode_info *);
+ fmtp = va_arg(ap, char **);
+ fmt = *fmtp;
+ while ((c = *fmt++) != 0) {
+ if (di->di_call || word(di, 0) == NULL) {
+ di->di_word = NULL;
+ goto out;
+ }
+ switch (c) {
+
+ /* BEWARE, can only handle one string */
+ case 's': /* always accepted */
+ break;
+
+ case 'd':
+ case 'x':
+ if (scan_i(di->di_word, c, va_arg(ap, i32 *)))
+ goto out;
+ break;
+
+ case 'f':
+ if (scan_d(di->di_word, va_arg(ap, double *)))
+ goto out;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ panic("sdecode scan() *fmt=%c", c);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ }
+ c = 0;
+out:
+ va_end(ap);
+ *fmtp = fmt - 1;
+ return (c);
+}
+
+static int
+scan_i(p, c, result)
+ char *p;
+ int c;
+ i32 *result;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOL
+ char *end;
+ long strtol();
+
+ *result = strtol(p, &end, c == 'x' ? 16 : 10);
+ return (*end);
+#else
+ long l;
+ char junk;
+
+ if (sscanf(p, c == 'x' ? "%lx%c" : "%ld%c", &l, &junk) != 1)
+ return (1);
+ *result = l;
+ return (0);
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+scan_d(p, result)
+ char *p;
+ double *result;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_STRTOD
+ char *end;
+ double strtod();
+
+ *result = strtod(p, &end);
+ return (*end);
+#else
+ char junk;
+
+ return (sscanf(p, "%lf%c", result, &junk) != 1);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0ef12ef8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/sdecode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Specials consist of keyword/value groupings, with the simple syntax
+ * suggested by the BNF
+ *
+ * list ::= kv | list ',' kv
+ * kv ::= word opt_eq words
+ * opt_eq ::= '=' | <empty>
+ * words ::= word | words ' ' word
+ *
+ * `Words' include any character that is not a space, comma, or quote,
+ * and can include these by using quoting. Inside and outside quotes,
+ * `\"' produces `"'; `\\' produces `\'; and `\,' produces `,'.
+ *
+ * No single word can exceed WDMAX characters (after quotes are interpreted).
+ * WDMAX is defined in sdecode.c, and is typically large (>= 1024).
+ *
+ * Each special is typed according to its arguments, which are collected
+ * and decoded, and passed to the special function as ordinary parameters.
+ * All possible argument-types must be known to the special decoder.
+ * The function also receives its own name (from the table) as its
+ * first argument.
+ */
+
+/* value argument types */
+enum sd_args {
+ sda_none, /* no arguments, just a flag */
+ sda_s, /* one string argument (`foo abc') */
+ sda_d, /* one decimal (i32) argument (`foo 2') */
+ sda_f, /* one floating (double) argument (`foo 3.14') */
+ sda_dd, /* two decimal arguments (`foo 3 4') */
+ sda_ff, /* two floating arguments (`foo .3 .4') */
+ sda_ddddff, /* four decimal args, then 2 floating args */
+ sda_nd, /* array n of decimal arguments */
+ sda_nx, /* array n of hex arguments (`x 1a00 d02f ...') */
+ sda_rest /* fn(len1, ptr, len2); uses up rest of input */
+};
+
+struct sdecode {
+ char *sd_name; /* keyword to match */
+ enum sd_args sd_args; /* arguments to collect */
+ void (*sd_fn)(); /* actual arguments depend on sd_args */
+};
+
+void SDecode(/* FILE *, i32, struct sdecode *, size_t */);
+void SDsetclass(/* char *spaces, char *semis */);
+
+#define SDsize(tab) ((int)(sizeof(tab) / sizeof(*tab)))
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ca80c10b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/search.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:58:14 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Key search routines (for a 32 bit key)
+ *
+ * SCreate initializes the search control area.
+ *
+ * SSearch returns the address of the data area (if found or created)
+ * or a null pointer (if not). The last argument controls the disposition
+ * in various cases, and is a ``value-result'' parameter.
+ *
+ * SEnumerate calls the given function on each data object within the
+ * search table. Note that no ordering is specified (though currently
+ * it runs in increasing-key-value sequence).
+ */
+
+#include "types.h"
+#include "search.h"
+
+#if vax || mc68000 || ns32000 || pyr
+#define HARD_ALIGNMENT 4
+#else
+#define HARD_ALIGNMENT 16 /* should suffice for most everyone */
+#endif
+
+static int DOffset; /* part of alignment code */
+
+char *malloc(), *realloc();
+
+struct search *
+SCreate(dsize)
+ register unsigned int dsize;
+{
+ register struct search *s;
+
+ if ((s = (struct search *) malloc(sizeof *s)) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ if (DOffset == 0) {
+#ifndef HARD_ALIGNMENT
+ DOffset = sizeof(i32);
+#else
+ DOffset = (sizeof(i32) + HARD_ALIGNMENT - 1) &
+ ~(HARD_ALIGNMENT - 1);
+#endif
+ }
+ dsize += DOffset; /* tack on space for keys */
+
+#ifdef HARD_ALIGNMENT
+ /*
+ * For machines with strict alignment constraints, it may be
+ * necessary to align the data at a multiple of some positive power
+ * of two. In general, it would suffice to make dsize a power of
+ * two, but this could be very space-wasteful, so instead we align it
+ * to HARD_ALIGNMENT. 64 bit machines might ``#define HARD_ALIGNMENT
+ * 8'', for example. N.B.: we assume that HARD_ALIGNMENT is a power
+ * of two.
+ */
+
+ dsize = (dsize + HARD_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(HARD_ALIGNMENT - 1);
+#endif
+
+ s->s_dsize = dsize; /* save data object size */
+ s->s_space = 10; /* initially, room for 10 objects */
+ s->s_n = 0; /* and none in the table */
+ if ((s->s_data = malloc(s->s_space * dsize)) == 0) {
+ free((char *)s);
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (s);
+}
+
+/*
+ * We actually use a binary search right now - this may change.
+ */
+char *
+SSearch(s, key, disp)
+ register struct search *s;
+ register i32 key;
+ int *disp;
+{
+ register char *keyaddr;
+ int itemstomove;
+
+ *disp &= S_CREATE | S_EXCL; /* clear return codes */
+ if (s->s_n) { /* look for the key */
+ register int h, l, m;
+
+ h = s->s_n - 1;
+ l = 0;
+ while (l <= h) {
+ m = (l + h) >> 1;
+ keyaddr = s->s_data + m * s->s_dsize;
+ if (*(i32 *) keyaddr > key)
+ h = m - 1;
+ else if (*(i32 *) keyaddr < key)
+ l = m + 1;
+ else { /* found it, now what? */
+ if (*disp & S_EXCL) {
+ *disp |= S_COLL;
+ return (0); /* collision */
+ }
+ *disp |= S_FOUND;
+ return (keyaddr + DOffset);
+ }
+ }
+ keyaddr = s->s_data + l * s->s_dsize;
+ } else
+ keyaddr = s->s_data;
+
+ /* keyaddr is now where the key should have been found, if anywhere */
+ if ((*disp & S_CREATE) == 0)
+ return (0); /* not found */
+
+ /* avoid using realloc so as to retain old data if out of memory */
+ if (s->s_space <= 0) { /* must expand; double it */
+ register char *new;
+
+ if ((new = malloc((s->s_n << 1) * s->s_dsize)) == 0) {
+ *disp |= S_ERROR; /* no space */
+ return (0);
+ }
+ keyaddr = (keyaddr - s->s_data) + new; /* relocate */
+ bcopy(s->s_data, new, s->s_n * s->s_dsize);
+ free(s->s_data);
+ s->s_data = new;
+ s->s_space = s->s_n;
+ }
+ /* now move any keyed data that is beyond keyaddr down */
+ itemstomove = s->s_n - (keyaddr - s->s_data) / s->s_dsize;
+ if (itemstomove) {
+#ifndef BLOCK_COPY
+ register char *from, *to;
+
+ from = s->s_data + s->s_n * s->s_dsize;
+ to = from + s->s_dsize;
+ while (from > keyaddr)
+ *--to = *--from;
+#else
+ BLOCK_COPY(keyaddr, keyaddr + s->s_dsize,
+ itemstomove * s->s_dsize);
+#endif
+ }
+ *disp |= S_NEW;
+ s->s_n++;
+ s->s_space--;
+ *(i32 *) keyaddr = key;
+ keyaddr += DOffset; /* now actually dataaddr */
+ /* the bzero is just a frill... */
+ bzero(keyaddr, s->s_dsize - DOffset);
+ return (keyaddr);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Call function `f' for each element in the search table `s'.
+ */
+void
+SEnumerate(s, f)
+ register struct search *s;
+ register void (*f)();
+{
+ register int n;
+ register char *p;
+
+ n = s->s_n;
+ p = s->s_data;
+ while (--n >= 0) {
+ (*f)(p + DOffset, *(i32 *)p);
+ p += s->s_dsize;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..864649c8df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/search.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/* search structures and routines for 32-bit key, arbitrary data */
+
+struct search {
+ unsigned s_dsize; /* data object size (includes key size) */
+ unsigned s_space; /* space left (in terms of objects) */
+ unsigned s_n; /* number of objects in the table */
+ char *s_data; /* data area */
+};
+
+/* returns a pointer to the search table (for future search/installs) */
+struct search *SCreate(); /* create a search table */
+
+/* returns a pointer to the data object found or created */
+char *SSearch(); /* search for a data object */
+
+/* clears a search table (wipes out all entries) */
+#define SClear(s) ((s)->s_space += (s)->s_n, (s)->s_n = 0)
+
+/* the third argument to SSearch controls operation as follows: */
+#define S_LOOKUP 0x00 /* pseudo flag */
+#define S_CREATE 0x01 /* create object if not found */
+#define S_EXCL 0x02 /* complain if already exists */
+
+/* in addition, it is modified before return to hold status: */
+#define S_COLL 0x04 /* collision (occurs iff S_EXCL set) */
+#define S_FOUND 0x08 /* found (occurs iff existed already) */
+#define S_NEW 0x10 /* created (occurs iff S_CREATE && !S_EXCL) */
+#define S_ERROR 0x20 /* problem creating (out of memory) */
+
+void SEnumerate();
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d9915516b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/seek.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:59:04 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * SeekFile copies an input stdio file, if necessary, so that
+ * it produces a stdio file on which fseek() works properly.
+ * It returns NULL if this cannot be done; in that case, the
+ * input file is closed (or otherwise rendered worthless).
+ *
+ * CopyFile copies an input file unconditionally. (On non-Unix
+ * machines, it might `accidentally' not copy it.)
+ *
+ * On Unix machines, this means `if the input is a pipe or tty,
+ * copy it to a temporary file'. On other systems, all stdio files
+ * might happen to be seekable.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h" /* for BSD_FILE_SYSTEM */
+#include "seek.h"
+
+#ifdef EASY_BUT_NOT_GOOD
+
+FILE *CopyFile(f) FILE *f; { return (f); }
+FILE *SeekFile(f) FILE *f; { return (f); }
+
+#else
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef BSD_FILE_SYSTEM
+#include <sys/param.h> /* want MAXBSIZE */
+#else
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+long lseek();
+char *malloc();
+
+extern int errno;
+
+/*
+ * Make and return a version of `f' on which fseek works (unconditionally).
+ * This code is somewhat Unix-specific.
+ */
+FILE *
+CopyFile(f)
+ FILE *f;
+{
+ register int tf, n, ifd, w;
+ register char *p, *buf;
+ register int blksize;
+ struct stat st;
+ int e;
+#ifdef MAXBSIZE
+#define BSIZE MAXBSIZE
+#else
+#define BSIZE BUFSIZ
+#endif
+ char stackbuf[BSIZE];
+
+ /* get a read/write temp file which will vanish when closed */
+ if ((tf = MakeRWTempFile(stackbuf)) < 0) {
+ e = errno;
+ (void) fclose(f);
+ errno = e;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* compute buffer size and choose buffer */
+ ifd = fileno(f);
+ buf = stackbuf;
+ blksize = sizeof stackbuf;
+#ifdef BSD_FILE_SYSTEM
+ if (fstat(tf, &st) == 0 && st.st_blksize > blksize) {
+ /*
+ * The output block size is the important one,
+ * but the input block size is not irrelevant.
+ *
+ * This should actually compute the lcm, but we
+ * will rely on block sizes being powers of two
+ * (so that the larger is the lcm).
+ */
+ blksize = st.st_blksize;
+ if (fstat(ifd, &st) == 0 && st.st_blksize > blksize)
+ blksize = st.st_blksize;
+ if ((buf = malloc((unsigned)blksize)) == NULL) {
+ buf = stackbuf;
+ blksize = sizeof stackbuf;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ /* copy from input file to temp file */
+ (void) lseek(ifd, 0L, 0); /* paranoia */
+ while ((n = read(ifd, p = buf, blksize)) > 0) {
+ do {
+ if ((w = write(tf, p, n)) < 0) {
+ (void) close(tf);
+ (void) fclose(f);
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+ p += w;
+ } while ((n -= w) > 0);
+ }
+ e = errno; /* in case n < 0 */
+ if (buf != stackbuf)
+ free(buf);
+ if (n < 0) {
+ (void) close(tf);
+ (void) fclose(f);
+ errno = e;
+ return (NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* discard the input file, and rewind and open the temporary */
+ (void) fclose(f);
+ (void) lseek(tf, 0L, 0);
+ errno = 0;
+ if ((f = fdopen(tf, "r")) == NULL) {
+ if (errno == 0)
+ e = EMFILE;
+ (void) close(tf);
+ errno = e;
+ }
+ return (f);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copy an input file, but only if necessary.
+ */
+FILE *SeekFile(f)
+ FILE *f;
+{
+ int fd = fileno(f);
+
+ return (lseek(fd, 0L, 1) >= 0 && !isatty(fd) ? f : CopyFile(f));
+}
+
+#endif /* EASY_BUT_NOT_GOOD */
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ab66cbdb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/seek.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Declarations for seek.c: SeekFile(FILE *fp) returns a
+ * version of `fp' on which `fseek' functions properly;
+ * CopyFile(FILE *fp) returns a temporary copy of fp.
+ */
+
+FILE *SeekFile(/* FILE *fp */), *CopyFile(/* FILE *fp */);
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/skip.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/skip.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54366b331a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/skip.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/skip.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:45:13 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+
+/*
+ * Skip a font definition. The font number has already been consumed.
+ */
+SkipFontDef(fp)
+ register FILE *fp;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ (void) GetLong(fp); /* checksum */
+ (void) GetLong(fp); /* mag */
+ (void) GetLong(fp); /* designsize */
+ i = UnSign8(GetByte(fp)) + UnSign8(GetByte(fp));
+ while (--i >= 0)
+ (void) GetByte(fp);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/split.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/split.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21d0d64832
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/split.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/split.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:59:36 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+ * Split a line into an array of words. This is destructive of
+ * the original line; the word pointers point to places within
+ * that line.
+ *
+ * The pound-sign character `#', at the beginning of the line or
+ * after white space, marks the end of the line.
+ *
+ * Return the number of words made, or -1 for overflow.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * The lexical states are much like `sh's, except that we also do
+ * C-style backslash-escapes.
+ */
+enum lexstate {
+ S_BLANK, /* outside a word */
+ S_WORD, /* inside a word, no quoting */
+ S_SQUOTE, /* inside a single quote */
+ S_DQUOTE, /* inside a double quote */
+ S_BKSL0, /* last char was \ */
+ S_BKSL1, /* last chars were \, [0-7] */
+ S_BKSL2 /* last chars were \, [0-7][0-7] */
+};
+
+int
+split(s, w, nw)
+ register char *s, **w;
+ int nw;
+{
+ register int c;
+ register char *canon = s;
+ register int wleft = nw;
+ enum lexstate state, prebkstate;
+
+ /*
+ * Start out in the `blank' state (outside a word). Handle
+ * quotes and things. Backslashes are handled by saving the
+ * `pre-backslash' state, doing the backslash, and restoring
+ * that state at the end of the backslash sequence.
+ */
+ state = S_BLANK;
+ while ((c = *s++) != 0) {
+reswitch:
+ switch (state) {
+
+ /*
+ * Blanks: spaces stay in blank state; '#' ends the line;
+ * anything else starts a word. However, quotes may put
+ * us into quote states, rather than word states.
+ */
+ case S_BLANK:
+ if (isspace(c))
+ continue;
+ if (c == '#')
+ goto stopped_by_comment;
+ if (--wleft < 0)
+ return (-1);
+ *w++ = canon;
+ state = S_WORD;
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ /*
+ * In a word. Spaces take us out (and end the
+ * current word). Quotes, however, put us into
+ * quote states.
+ */
+ case S_WORD:
+ if (isspace(c)) {
+ *canon++ = 0;
+ state = S_BLANK;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c == '\'') {
+ state = S_SQUOTE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c == '"') {
+ state = S_DQUOTE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (c == '\\') {
+ prebkstate = S_WORD;
+ state = S_BKSL0;
+ break;
+ }
+ *canon++ = c;
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * Inside a single quote, the only special character
+ * is another single quote. This matches the Bourne
+ * shell quoting convention exactly.
+ */
+ case S_SQUOTE:
+ if (c == '\'')
+ state = S_WORD;
+ else
+ *canon++ = c;
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * Inside a double quote, double quotes get us out,
+ * but backslashes must be interpreted.
+ */
+ case S_DQUOTE:
+ if (c == '\\') {
+ prebkstate = S_DQUOTE;
+ state = S_BKSL0;
+ } else if (c == '"')
+ state = S_WORD;
+ else
+ *canon++ = c;
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * If we are handling a backslash, we will either
+ * restore the state, or go to BKSL1 state. In
+ * the latter case, do not advance the canonicalisation
+ * pointer, since we might have more octal digits
+ * to insert.
+ */
+ case S_BKSL0:
+ state = prebkstate; /* probably */
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case 'b':
+ *canon++ = '\b';
+ break;
+
+ case 'f':
+ *canon++ = '\f';
+ break;
+
+ case 'n':
+ *canon++ = '\n';
+ break;
+
+ case 'r':
+ *canon++ = '\r';
+ break;
+
+ case 't':
+ *canon++ = '\t';
+ break;
+
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+ case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+ *canon = c - '0';
+ state = S_BKSL1;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ *canon++ = c;
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+
+ /*
+ * In BKSL1, we have seen backslash and one octal
+ * digit. There may be more (in which case just
+ * count them on in), or there might be something
+ * that requires we restore the state and try again.
+ */
+ case S_BKSL1:
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+ case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+ *canon <<= 3;
+ *canon |= c - '0';
+ state = S_BKSL2;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ canon++;
+ state = prebkstate;
+ goto reswitch;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ /*
+ * BKSL2 is like BKSL1, except that it cannot
+ * help but restore the original state, since
+ * there are no four-character octal sequences.
+ */
+ case S_BKSL2:
+ state = prebkstate; /* assuredly */
+ switch (c) {
+
+ case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+ case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+ *canon <<= 3;
+ *canon++ |= c - '0';
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ canon++;
+ goto reswitch;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+stopped_by_comment:
+#ifdef notdef
+ if (state != S_WORD && state != S_BLANK)
+ error(0, 0, "warning: unclosed quote");
+#endif
+ if (state != S_BLANK)
+ *canon = 0;
+ return (nw - wleft);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/strsave.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/strsave.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..998ff8003e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/strsave.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Save a string in managed memory.
+ */
+
+char *malloc(), *realloc();
+extern int errno;
+
+#include "types.h" /* for bcopy */
+#include "error.h"
+
+char *
+strsave(s)
+ register char *s;
+{
+ register int l = strlen(s) + 1;
+ register char *p = malloc((unsigned) l);
+
+ if (p == 0)
+ error(1, errno, "no room for %d bytes of string", l);
+ bcopy(s, p, l);
+ return (p);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/strtol.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cb6662fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/*
+ * This is for people who don't have strtol defined on their systems.
+ * -- Compliments of Daniel.Stodolsky@cs.cmu.edu
+ */
+
+long strtol(nptr,base,eptr)
+char *nptr;
+int base;
+char **eptr;
+{
+ long l;
+
+ if (base==10)
+ {
+ if (sscanf(nptr,"%ld",&l)!=1)
+ {
+ *eptr = nptr;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while(!isdigit(*nptr))
+ nptr++;
+ while (isdigit(*nptr))
+ nptr++;
+ *eptr = nptr;
+ return l;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ if (base==16)
+ {
+ if (sscanf(nptr,"%lx",&l)!=1)
+ {
+ *eptr = nptr;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while(!isxdigit(*nptr))
+ nptr++;
+ while (isxdigit(*nptr))
+ nptr++;
+ *eptr = nptr;
+ return l;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ { /* a base we don't understand. Puke */
+ *eptr = nptr;
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tempfile.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tempfile.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acd410cefc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tempfile.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/tempfile.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 21:45:20 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+
+char *getenv();
+
+/*
+ * Create an open but unlinked (i.e., remove-on-exit-or-file-close)
+ * file. Return the file descriptor, or -1 if unable to create such
+ * a file. The buffer `name' is used to hold the file name (so that
+ * if this returns -1, it is useful for error messages).
+ *
+ * We use the despicable trick of unlinking an open temporary file.
+ * The alternatives are too painful. If it becomes necessary to
+ * do this another way, however, here is a method suggested by Fred
+ * Blonder: fork, and have the parent wait for the child to exit.
+ * (The parent must avoid being killed during this phase.) When
+ * the child exits, the parent should then remove the temporary file,
+ * then exit with the same status, or send itself the same signal.
+ */
+int
+MakeRWTempFile(name)
+ register char *name;
+{
+ register int tf, n;
+ int mypid, tries;
+ char *tmpdir;
+
+ if ((tmpdir = getenv("TMPDIR")) == NULL)
+ tmpdir = "/tmp";
+
+ /* compose a suitable temporary file name, and get an r/w descriptor */
+ mypid = getpid();
+ n = 0;
+ tries = 0;
+ do {
+ (void) sprintf(name, "%s/#%d.%d", tmpdir, mypid, n++);
+ (void) unlink(name);
+#ifdef O_CREAT /* have three-argument open syscall */
+ tries++;
+ tf = open(name, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, 0666);
+#else
+ if (access(name, 0) == 0) {
+ /*
+ * Skip existing files. Note that tf might
+ * not be set yet.
+ */
+ tf = -1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ tries++;
+ tf = creat(name, 0666);
+ if (tf >= 0) {
+ (void) close(tf);
+ tf = open(name, 2);
+ if (tf < 0)
+ (void) unlink(name);
+ }
+#endif
+ } while (tf < 0 && tries < 20);
+ if (tf < 0) /* probably unrecoverable user error */
+ return (-1);
+
+ (void) unlink(name);
+ return (tf);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..adbd7c624d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/tfm.c,v 3.1 89/08/22 22:00:12 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * TFM file reading routines.
+ *
+ * TODO:
+ * finish
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "fio.h"
+#include "tfm.h"
+
+static int trd_header(), trd_ci(), trd_fix();
+
+char *malloc();
+
+#define ALLOC(n, type) ((type *)malloc((unsigned)((n) * sizeof(type))))
+
+int
+readtfmfile(f, t, stopafterwidth)
+ register FILE *f;
+ register struct tfmdata *t;
+ int stopafterwidth; /* ??? */
+{
+ i32 nc;
+
+ if (trd_header(f, &t->t_hdr))
+ return (-1);
+ nc = t->t_hdr.th_ec - t->t_hdr.th_bc + 1;
+
+ t->t_ci = NULL;
+ t->t_width = NULL;
+ t->t_height = NULL;
+ t->t_depth = NULL;
+
+ (void) fseek(f, t->t_hdr.th_lh * 4L, 1); /* XXX */
+
+ if ((t->t_ci = ALLOC(nc, struct char_info_word)) == NULL ||
+ trd_ci(f, nc, t->t_ci) ||
+ (t->t_width = ALLOC(t->t_hdr.th_nw, i32)) == NULL ||
+ trd_fix(f, t->t_hdr.th_nw, t->t_width))
+ goto bad;
+ if (stopafterwidth)
+ return (0);
+ if ((t->t_height = ALLOC(t->t_hdr.th_nh, i32)) == NULL ||
+ trd_fix(f, t->t_hdr.th_nh, t->t_height) ||
+ (t->t_depth = ALLOC(t->t_hdr.th_nd, i32)) == NULL ||
+ trd_fix(f, t->t_hdr.th_nd, t->t_depth))
+ goto bad;
+ return (0);
+
+bad:
+ if (t->t_ci != NULL)
+ free((char *) t->t_ci);
+ if (t->t_width != NULL)
+ free((char *) t->t_width);
+ if (t->t_height != NULL)
+ free((char *) t->t_height);
+ if (t->t_depth != NULL)
+ free((char *) t->t_depth);
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+static int
+trd_header(f, th)
+ register FILE *f;
+ register struct tfmheader *th;
+{
+ register i32 *p;
+
+ for (p = &th->th_lf; p <= &th->th_np; p++)
+ fGetWord(f, *p);
+ if (feof(f))
+ return (-1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+trd_ci(f, nc, ci)
+ register FILE *f;
+ register int nc;
+ register struct char_info_word *ci;
+{
+
+ while (--nc >= 0) {
+ ci->ci_width = fgetbyte(f);
+ ci->ci_h_d = fgetbyte(f);
+ ci->ci_i_t = fgetbyte(f);
+ ci->ci_remainder = fgetbyte(f);
+ ci++;
+ }
+ if (feof(f))
+ return (-1);
+ return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+trd_fix(f, nf, p)
+ register FILE *f;
+ register int nf;
+ register i32 *p;
+{
+
+ while (--nf >= 0) {
+ fGetLong(f, *p);
+ p++;
+ }
+ if (feof(f))
+ return (-1);
+ return (0);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a50657e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * TFM file information.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * TFM files start with a series of unsigned 16 bit integers. We
+ * read this into the structure `tfm_header'. These are type i32
+ * so that they may be used as integer quantities without concern
+ * as to sign extension.
+ */
+struct tfmheader {
+ i32 th_lf; /* length of the file (16 bit words) */
+ i32 th_lh; /* length of the header data (words) */
+ i32 th_bc; /* beginning character */
+ i32 th_ec; /* ending character (inclusive) */
+ i32 th_nw; /* number of words in width table */
+ i32 th_nh; /* number of words in height table */
+ i32 th_nd; /* number of words in depth table */
+ i32 th_ni; /* words in italic correction table */
+ i32 th_nl; /* words in ligature/kern table */
+ i32 th_nk; /* words in kern table */
+ i32 th_ne; /* words in extensible character table */
+ i32 th_np; /* number of font parameter words */
+};
+
+/*
+ * The remainder of the TFM file comprises the following information,
+ * all of which are 32 bit quantities:
+ *
+ * header: array [0..lh-1] of stuff
+ * char_info: array [bc..ec] of char_info_word
+ * width: array [0..nw-1] of fix_word
+ * height: array [0..nh-1] of fix_word
+ * depth: array [0..nd-1] of fix_word
+ * italic: array [0..ni-1] of fix_word
+ * lig_kern: array [0..nl-1] of lig_kern_command
+ * kern: array [0..ne-1] of extensible_recipie
+ * param: array [0..np-1] of fix_word
+ */
+
+/*
+ * A char_info_word is built of four unsigned eight-bit quantities. The first
+ * is an index into the width table (this saves 24 bits for every
+ * character that has the same width as another character). The
+ * second is a composite height and depth index. The third is a
+ * composite italic index and tag, and the fourth is a remainder.
+ *
+ * XXX needs explaining
+ */
+struct char_info_word {
+ char ci_width; /* width index */
+ char ci_h_d; /* height and depth index */
+ char ci_i_t; /* italic index and tag */
+ char ci_remainder; /* ??? */
+};
+
+/*
+ * These macros split up h_and_d and i_and_t values.
+ */
+#define T_CI_H(ci) (((ci)->ci_h_d >> 4) & 0xf)
+#define T_CI_D(ci) ((ci)->ci_h_d & 0xf)
+#define T_CI_I(ci) (((ci)->ci_i_t >> 2) & 0x3f)
+#define T_CI_T(ci) ((ci)->ci_i_t & 3)
+
+/*
+ * This structure contains everything one might need to know about
+ * a TFM file at run-time.
+ *
+ * XXX incomplete, or wrong, as yet
+ */
+struct tfmdata {
+ struct tfmheader t_hdr; /* full header */
+ struct char_info_word *t_ci; /* char info */
+ i32 *t_width; /* widths table */
+ i32 *t_height; /* heights */
+ i32 *t_depth; /* depths */
+};
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfmfont.c b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfmfont.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8831a8700f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/tfmfont.c
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char rcsid[] = "$Header: /usr/src/local/tex/local/mctex/lib/RCS/tfmfont.c,v 3.4 89/11/29 02:29:58 chris Exp $";
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "types.h"
+#include "conv.h"
+#include "font.h"
+#include "tfm.h"
+
+/*
+ * TFM font operations. This defines three fonts:
+ *
+ * box - prints as little square boxes, outlining what TeX
+ * thinks is the character; carries a warning.
+ * blank - prints as entirely blank; carries a warning.
+ * tfm - prints as entirely blank; can be used for built-in fonts.
+ * invis - an alias for tfm.
+ *
+ * The first two also complain that no font is available in the
+ * requested size; these are intended to be used as a last resort
+ * so that users can always print DVI files. You should configure
+ * in exactly one of box or blank.
+ *
+ * TODO:
+ * base box edge widths on Conversion.c_dpi
+ */
+static int box_read(), blank_read(), tfm_read();
+static int tfm_getgly(), tfm_rasterise();
+static void tfm_freefont();
+
+ /* magnifications are unused in tfm fonts */
+struct fontops boxops = /* `boxtops'? Is this a cereal driver? */
+ { "box", 1, 0.0, box_read, tfm_getgly, tfm_rasterise, tfm_freefont };
+struct fontops blankops =
+ { "blank", 2, 0.0, blank_read, tfm_getgly, tfm_rasterise, tfm_freefont };
+struct fontops tfmops =
+ { "tfm", 0, 0.0, tfm_read, tfm_getgly, tfm_rasterise, tfm_freefont };
+struct fontops invisops =
+ { "invis", 0, 0.0, tfm_read, tfm_getgly, tfm_rasterise, tfm_freefont };
+
+/*
+ * Local info.
+ */
+struct tfm_details {
+ int tfm_edge; /* box edge widths, in pixels */
+ struct tfmdata tfm_data; /* the TFM file data */
+};
+
+/*
+ * Get the tfm_details from font f.
+ */
+#define ftotfm(f) ((struct tfm_details *)(f)->f_details)
+
+static int do_read();
+
+extern int errno;
+char *malloc();
+
+/*
+ * Read a Box font.
+ */
+static int
+box_read(f, fd)
+ struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+
+ return (do_read(f, fd, 0));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a Blank font.
+ */
+static int
+blank_read(f, fd)
+ struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+
+ return (do_read(f, fd, 1));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a TFM font.
+ */
+static int
+tfm_read(f, fd)
+ struct font *f;
+ int fd;
+{
+
+ return (do_read(f, fd, 1));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read a TFM font. It is blank if `blank'.
+ */
+static int
+do_read(f, fd, blank)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int fd, blank;
+{
+ register struct tfm_details *tfm;
+ FILE *fp;
+
+ if ((fp = fdopen(fd, "r")) == NULL) {
+ (void) close(fd);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ if ((tfm = (struct tfm_details *)malloc(sizeof *tfm)) == NULL)
+ goto fail;
+ if (readtfmfile(fp, &tfm->tfm_data, blank))
+ goto fail;
+ if (blank)
+ tfm->tfm_edge = 0;
+ else
+ tfm->tfm_edge = 2; /* XXX should be based on dpi */
+ if (FontHasGlyphs(f, tfm->tfm_data.t_hdr.th_bc,
+ tfm->tfm_data.t_hdr.th_ec + 1))
+ goto fail;
+ f->f_checksum = 0; /* ??? */
+ f->f_design_size = 0; /* ??? */
+ f->f_hppp = 0;
+ f->f_vppp = 0;
+ f->f_details = (char *)tfm;
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ return (0);
+
+fail:
+ (void) fclose(fp);
+ if (tfm != NULL)
+ free((char *)tfm);
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the specified range of glyphs.
+ */
+static int
+tfm_getgly(f, l, h)
+ register struct font *f;
+ int l;
+ register int h;
+{
+ register struct tfm_details *tfm = ftotfm(f);
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register int i;
+ register struct char_info_word *ci;
+#define t (&tfm->tfm_data)
+ i32 ScaleOneWidth();
+#define ftop(fix) fromSP(ScaleOneWidth(fix, f->f_dvimag))
+
+ for (i = l; i < h; i++) {
+ ci = &t->t_ci[i - t->t_hdr.th_bc];
+ /* zero widths mark invalid characters */
+ if (ci->ci_width == 0)
+ continue;
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ g->g_flags = GF_VALID;
+ g->g_rawtfmwidth = t->t_width[UnSign8(ci->ci_width)];
+ g->g_xorigin = 0;
+ if (tfm->tfm_edge != 0) {
+ g->g_yorigin = ftop(t->t_height[T_CI_H(ci)]);
+ g->g_width = ftop(g->g_rawtfmwidth);
+ g->g_height = g->g_yorigin +
+ ftop(t->t_depth[T_CI_D(ci)]);
+ } else {
+ g->g_yorigin = 0;
+ g->g_width = 0;
+ g->g_height = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+#undef t
+}
+
+/*
+ * Obtain rasters for the specified glyphs.
+ *
+ * IGNORES tfm->tfm_edge: 2 HARDCODED FOR NOW
+ */
+static int
+tfm_rasterise(f, l, h)
+ struct font *f;
+ int l, h;
+{
+ register struct glyph *g;
+ register char *p;
+ register int w, j, i;
+ struct tfm_details *tfm = ftotfm(f);
+#define EDGE 2
+
+ if (tfm->tfm_edge == 0)
+ return (0);
+if (tfm->tfm_edge != 2) panic("tfm_rasterise");
+ for (i = l; i < h; i++) {
+ g = f->f_gly[i];
+ if ((g->g_flags & GF_VALID) == 0 || !HASRASTER(g))
+ continue;
+ w = (g->g_width + 7) >> 3;
+ p = malloc((unsigned) (g->g_height * w));
+ if (p == NULL)
+ return (-1);
+ g->g_raster = p;
+ g->g_rotation = ROT_NORM;
+ if (g->g_width < 2 * EDGE) {
+ w = 2 * EDGE - g->g_width;
+ for (j = g->g_height; --j >= 0;)
+ *p++ = 0xf0 << w;
+ } else {
+ bzero(p, g->g_height * w);
+ for (j = 0; j < g->g_height;) {
+ if (j < EDGE || j >= g->g_height - EDGE) {
+ register int k = w;
+
+ while (--k > 0)
+ *p++ = 0xff;
+ *p++ = 0xff << ((8 - g->g_width) & 7);
+ j++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ /* the following depends on EDGE==2 */
+ *p = 0xc0;
+ p += w - ((g->g_width & 7) == 1 ? 2 : 1);
+ *p++ |= 0xc0 >> ((g->g_width - EDGE) & 7);
+ if ((g->g_width & 7) == 1)
+ *p++ = 0x80;
+ /* end dependencies */
+ if (++j == EDGE && g->g_height >= 2 * EDGE) {
+ register int n = g->g_height - EDGE;
+
+ p += (n - j) * w;
+ j = n;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Discard the font details.
+ */
+static void
+tfm_freefont(f)
+ struct font *f;
+{
+
+ free(f->f_details);
+}
diff --git a/dviware/dvibook/libtex/types.h b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/types.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3c780814a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dviware/dvibook/libtex/types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1989 University of Maryland
+ * Department of Computer Science. All rights reserved.
+ * Permission to copy for any purpose is hereby granted
+ * so long as this copyright notice remains intact.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * MC-TeX types and macros (system dependent).
+ * Check to make sure they are correct for your system.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MCTEX_TYPES_
+#define _MCTEX_TYPES_
+
+/*
+ * Define void as int if your compiler does not support void,
+ * or if there are bugs in its support (e.g., 4.1BSD).
+ */
+/* #define void int */
+
+/*
+ * Define the following if and only if vfprintf is in your C library.
+ * If not, lib/error.c will make assumptions about the implementation
+ * of stdio. If neither works, you may have to come up with something
+ * yourself.
+ */
+#define HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/*
+ * Define BSD_FILE_SYSTEM if you have the BSD file system `stat'
+ * structure (with the st_blksize field). Otherwise, MakeSeekable()
+ * will be slower than necessary.
+ */
+#define BSD_FILE_SYSTEM
+
+/*
+ * Define this as the name of a routine that handles overlapping block
+ * copies, if there is such a routine. Usually it will be called memmove()
+ * but on 4.3BSD it is called bcopy(). Note that the 4.2BSD bcopy() does
+ * not handle overlap, and must not be used here. If there is no routine,
+ * or if its overlap handling is uncertain, leave BLOCK_COPY undefined.
+ *
+ * (The bcopy provided in lib/bcopy.c does handle overlap.)
+ */
+/* #define BLOCK_COPY(from, to, len) memmove(to, from, len) */
+#define BLOCK_COPY(from, to, len) bcopy(from, to, len)
+
+/*
+ * If you have memcpy/memmove, but not bcopy, use the definition below.
+ * If you have neither, try the bcopy provided in lib/bcopy.c.
+ */
+/* #define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy(to, from, len) */
+
+/*
+ * If you have memcmp, but not bcmp, use the definition below.
+ * If you have neither, try the bcmp provided in lib/bcmp.c.
+ */
+/* #define bcmp(s1, s2, len) memcmp(s1, s2, len) */
+
+/*
+ * Define the following types and macros as required by your system.
+ */
+
+typedef short i16; /* a 16 bit integer (signed) */
+
+typedef long i32; /* a 32 bit integer (signed) */
+typedef unsigned long ui32; /* a 32 bit integer (unsigned) */
+
+/* macros to sign extend quantities that are less than 32 bits long */
+
+/* these compilers mishandle (int)(char)(constant), but a subterfuge works */
+#if defined(sun) || defined(hp300)
+#define Sign8(n) ((i32)(char)(int)(n))
+#endif
+
+/* these have signed characters and (int)(char)(constant) works */
+#if defined(vax) || defined(mips)
+#define Sign8(n) ((i32)(char)(n))
+#endif
+
+/* this works everywhere, but may be slow */
+#ifndef Sign8
+#define Sign8(n) ((n) & 0x80 ? ((n) | ~0xff) : (n))
+#endif
+
+/* this should work everywhere */
+#ifndef Sign16
+#define Sign16(n) ((i32)(i16)(n))
+#endif
+
+/* this works where int is 32 bits, and >> sign extents and is fast */
+#if defined(vax) || defined(mips)
+#define Sign24(n) (((n) << 8) >> 8)
+#endif
+
+/* this works everywhere, but may be slow */
+#ifndef Sign24
+#define Sign24(n) ((n) & 0x800000 ? ((n) | ~0xffffff) : (n))
+#endif
+
+/* macros to truncate quantites that may be signed */
+#define UnSign8(n) ((i32)(n) & 0xff)
+#define UnSign16(n) ((i32)(n) & 0xffff)
+#define UnSign24(n) ((i32)(n) & 0xffffff)
+
+#endif /* _MCTEX_TYPES_ */